US20170157175A1 - Foam containing benzoyl peroxide - Google Patents
Foam containing benzoyl peroxide Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20170157175A1 US20170157175A1 US15/263,120 US201615263120A US2017157175A1 US 20170157175 A1 US20170157175 A1 US 20170157175A1 US 201615263120 A US201615263120 A US 201615263120A US 2017157175 A1 US2017157175 A1 US 2017157175A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- agent
- acid
- composition
- oil
- carrier
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K33/00—Medicinal preparations containing inorganic active ingredients
- A61K33/40—Peroxides
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/185—Acids; Anhydrides, halides or salts thereof, e.g. sulfur acids, imidic, hydrazonic or hydroximic acids
- A61K31/19—Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
- A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
- A61K31/7056—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing five-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
- A61K47/08—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing oxygen, e.g. ethers, acetals, ketones, quinones, aldehydes, peroxides
- A61K47/12—Carboxylic acids; Salts or anhydrides thereof
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
- A61K8/02—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K8/04—Dispersions; Emulsions
- A61K8/046—Aerosols; Foams
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
- A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
- A61K8/30—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
- A61K8/33—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing oxygen
- A61K8/38—Percompounds, e.g. peracids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0014—Skin, i.e. galenical aspects of topical compositions
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/10—Dispersions; Emulsions
- A61K9/12—Aerosols; Foams
- A61K9/122—Foams; Dry foams
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61Q—SPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
- A61Q19/00—Preparations for care of the skin
- A61Q19/008—Preparations for oily skin
Definitions
- the present invention relates to foamable compositions for treating inter alia acne comprising benzoyl peroxide; to a therapeutic kit comprising such compositions; and to a method of treating acne using such compositions.
- Acne Vulgaris is an inflammatory disease of the skin, caused by changes in the pilosebaceous units (skin structures consisting of a hair follicle and its associated sebaceous gland). Acne develops as a result of blockages in follicles. Hyperkeratinization and formation of a plug of keratin and sebum (a microcomedo) is the earliest change. Enlargement of sebaceous glands and an increase in sebum production occur with increased androgen (DHEA-S) production at adrenarche. The microcomedo may enlarge to form an open comedo (blackhead) or closed comedo (whitehead).
- Propionibacterium acnes can cause inflammation, leading to inflammatory lesions (papules, infected pustules, or nodules) in the dermis around the microcomedo or comedo, which results in redness and may result in scarring or hyperpigmentation.
- inflammatory lesions papules, infected pustules, or nodules
- BMJ 325 (7362): 475-9, PMID 12202330 See, e.g., Webster GF (2002), “Acne vulgaris,” BMJ 325 (7362): 475-9, PMID 12202330.
- Benzoyl peroxide (“BPO”) has been widely used for the treatment of acne.
- Gel or cream containing benzoyl peroxide is usually rubbed into the pores over the affected region.
- benzoyl peroxide In addition to its therapeutic effect as a keratolytic (a chemical that dissolves the keratin plugging the pores), benzoyl peroxide also prevents new lesions by killing P. acnes .
- Benzoyl peroxide has the advantage of being a strong oxidizer and thus does not appear to generate bacterial resistance.
- the disadvantage associated with the use of benzoyl peroxide is that it routinely causes dryness, local irritation and redness.
- compositions containing benzoyl peroxide for topical treatment of acne are available primarily in cream, lotion gel and ointment forms. Rubbing creams or ointments into the skin is inherently inefficient and difficult to achieve a constant and balanced application over large area of skin. Lotions on the other hand are not ideal as they can run and drip and may not be homogenous. Therefore, while semi-solid compositions, such as creams, gels and ointments are commonly used by consumers, new forms are desirable in order to achieve better control of the application, while maintaining or bestowing the skin beneficial properties of such products. Hence, the development of new compositions, having breakable foam consistency when released from a container and liquid properties when applied onto the skin is advantageous.
- Benzoyl peroxide is a sensitive active agent which reacts readily and degrades for example in oil. As a powerful oxidant, it can cause the breakdown of other active agents such as certain antibiotics if present in the same formulation and is itself sensitive to formulation conditions which have different values. Hence, there is a need to provide foamable compositions in which benzoyl peroxide is stable in the presence of other excipients.
- Foams and, in particular, foam emulsions are complex dispersion systems which do not form under all circumstances. Slight shifts in foam emulsion composition, such as by the addition of active ingredients, may destabilize the foam. Foams are very complex and sensitive systems and are not formed at will. Mere addition of basic ingredients like oil, water, surfactant and propellant is far from sufficient to produce foams of quality that are homogenous, stable, breakable upon mechanical force and can be used to provide a shelf stable pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition. Small deviations may lead to foam collapse. Much consideration needs to be given to facilitate the introduction of an active agent, such as examining compatibility and non reactivity with the various excipients and container and determining shelf life chemical stability.
- a foamable composition for treating acne comprising (a) a prefoam emulsion composition comprising: i. benzoyl peroxide; ii. one or more surface-active agents; iii. about 0.001% to about 1% by weight of the total composition of at least one polymeric additive; and iv.
- the foam produced from the foamable composition has an average bubble size of less than about 150 microns.
- the prefoam emulsion composition further comprises a pH adjusting component selected from the group consisting of, a base or a buffer system, said pH adjusting component selected to be able to gel the polymeric additive.
- the pH of the prefoam emulsion composition is between about 4.0 and about 6.0.
- the buffer system is at a pH less than the pH of the prefoam emulsion before addition of the buffer and is selected to provide a liquid prefoam emulsion.
- the buffer system comprises citric acid and sodium citrate or lactic acid and ammonium lactate.
- the composition further comprises about 5% to about 15% a moisturizing complex comprising glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA). In another embodiment, the composition further comprises about 5% to about 30% of a moisturizing complex comprising an oil and at least one of glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA), wherein the oil comprises mineral oil and a silicone oil.
- PCA 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid
- the moisturizing complex has at least three of the following characteristics: (a) improves the chemical stability of BPO in the composition; (b) improves the homogeneity of BPO in the composition; (c) improves the quality of the foam produced from the foamable propellant composition; (d) improves the hydration of skin after 7 hours by at least about 20%.
- the composition further comprises about 1% glycerol stearate and one of about 1% stearol alcohol or about 1% cetostearyl alcohol.
- the polymeric additive comprises an amphiphilic polymer.
- the amphiphilic polymeric additive comprises a carbomer.
- the polymeric additive further comprises a polymeric agent selected from the group consisting of methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Methocel), hydroxyethyl cellulose, methylhydroxyethylcellulose, methylhydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxyethylcarboxymethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, Sodium CMC, carboxymethylhydroxyethylcellulose, xanthan gum, guar gum, carrageenin gum, locust bean gum and tragacanth gum and mixtures of two or more thereof.
- the concentration range of benzoyl peroxide is selected from the group of (i) between about 0.005% and about 0.5%; (ii) between about 0.5% and about 2%; (iii) between about 2% and about 5%; (iv) between about 5% and about 10%; and (v) between about 10% and about 15%.
- the concentration of the one or more surface-active agents is between about 0.1% and about 5%.
- the surface-active agent is selected from the group consisting of Steareth-21, Steareth-2, steareth 20, Polysorbate 80, Polysorbate 60, Polysorbate 20, ceteth 20, PEG 40-stearate, PEG 100-stearate, PEG-30 dipolyhydroxystearate, sorbitan stearate (span 60), sorbitan palmitate (span 40), sorbitan laurate (span 20), sorbitan monooleate (span 80), glycerol monostearate, glyceryl stearate, laureth 4, ceteareth 20, macrogol cetostearyl ether, ceteth 2 (Lipocol C-2), sucrose distearate (Sisterna SP30), polyoxyethylene (100) stearate, and mixtures thereof.
- the composition comprises about 1% to about 15% by weight of an oil. In another embodiment, the composition comprises about 1% to about 15% by weight of an oil, wherein the oil is selected from the group consisting of mineral oil, silicone oil, jojoba oil, MCT oil and mixtures of two or more thereof.
- the composition comprises about 0.1% to about 5% by weight of a therapeutically active foam adjuvant selected from the group consisting of fatty alcohols having 15 or more carbons in their carbon chain; fatty acids having 16 or more carbons in their carbon chain; fatty alcohols derived from beeswax and including a mixture of alcohols, a majority of which has at least 20 carbon atoms in their carbon chain; fatty alcohols having at least one double bond; fatty acids having at least one double bond; branched fatty alcohols; branched fatty acids; fatty acids substituted with a hydroxyl group; cetyl alcohol; stearyl alcohol; arachidyl alcohol; behenyl alcohol; 1-triacontanol; hexadecanoic acid; stearic acid; arachidic acid; behenic acid; octacosanoic acid; 12-hydroxy stearic acid and mixtures thereof.
- a therapeutically active foam adjuvant selected from the group consisting of fatty alcohols having 15
- the composition comprises at least one additional therapeutic agent, which is an antibiotic agent, selected from the group consisting of beta-lactam antibiotics, aminoglycosides, ansa-type antibiotics, anthraquinones, antibiotic azoles, antibiotic glycopeptides, macrolides, antibiotic nucleosides, antibiotic peptides, antibiotic polyenes, antibiotic polyethers, quinolones, antibiotic steroides, sulfonamides, tetracycline, lincomycin class, dicarboxylic acids, antibiotic metals, oxidizing agents, substances that release free radicals and/or active oxygen, cationic antimicrobial agents, quaternary ammonium compounds, biguanides, triguanides, bisbiguanides and analogs and polymers thereof, and naturally occurring antibiotic compounds.
- the antibiotic is clindamycin.
- a foamable composition for treating acne comprising: (a) a prefoam emulsion composition comprising: i. benzoyl peroxide; ii. one or more surface-active agents; iii. about 0.001% to about 1% by weight of the total composition of at least one polymeric additive; iv. about 5% to about 15% by weight of the total composition of a moisturizing complex; and v.
- the foam produced from the foamable propellant composition has an average bubble size of less than about 150 microns.
- the prefoam emulsion composition further comprises a pH adjusting component selected from the group consisting of a base or a buffer system, said pH adjusting component selected to be able to gel the polymeric additive.
- the pH of the prefoam emulsion composition is between about 4.0 and about 6.0.
- the buffer system is at a pH less than the pH of the prefoam emulsion before addition of the buffer and is selected to provide a liquid prefoam emulsion.
- a method of treating acne comprising administering topically to a subject having acne a foamable composition provided herein.
- a foamable composition comprising: (a) a prefoam composition comprising: i. a suspended solid active agent; ii. one or more surface-active agents; iii. about 0.001% to about 1% by weight of the total composition of at least one polymeric additive; iv. up to about 2% by weight of the total composition of a buffer system; and v.
- the viscosity of the prefoam composition is less than about 8000 centipoises (cps) at room temperature; and (b) a liquefied or compressed gas propellant at a concentration of about 3% to about 25% by weight of the total composition, wherein the viscosity of the foamable composition is less than about 8000 centipoises (cps) at room temperature.
- a foamable composition comprising: (a) a prefoam composition comprising: i. a suspended solid active agent; ii. one or more surface-active agents; iii. about 0.001% to about 1% by weight of the total composition of at least one polymeric additive; iv. about 5% to about 15% by weight of the total composition of a moisturizing complex; and v.
- the foam produced from the foamable propellant composition has an average bubble size of less than about 150 microns.
- the suspended solid agent has an average particle size of less than about 35 microns.
- the buffer system comprises citric acid and sodium citrate or lactic acid and ammonium lactate.
- the composition further comprises about 5% to about 15% a moisturizing complex comprising glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA). In another embodiment, the composition further comprises about 5% to about 30% of a moisturizing complex comprising an oil and at least one of glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA), wherein the oil comprises mineral oil and a silicone oil.
- PCA 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid
- the composition further comprises at least one organic carrier selected from the group consisting of a hydrophobic organic carrier, an organic polar solvent, an emollient and mixtures thereof, at a concentration of about 2% to about 50% by weight.
- the at least one organic carrier is present in an amount selected from the group consisting of (i) about 2% to about 5%; (ii) about 5% to about 10%; (iii) about 10% to about 20%; and (iv) about 20% to about 50% by weight.
- the composition further comprises a penetration enhancer.
- the penetration enhancer is selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol, butylene glycols, hexylene glycol, glycerol, pentaerythritol, sorbitol, mannitol, oligosaccharides, dimethyl isosorbide, monooleate of ethoxylated glycerides having about 8 to 10 ethylene oxide units, polyethylene glycol 200-600, transcutol, glycofurol and cyclodextrins.
- the composition further comprises at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of an a steroidal anti-inflammatory agent, an immunosuppressive agent, an immunomodulator, an immunoregulating agent, a hormonal agent, an androgen, an estrogen, a prostaglandin, an antiandrogen agent, a testosterone inhibitor, a dihydrotestosterone inhibitor, an antifungal agent, an antiviral agent, an antiparasitic agent, a retinoid, vitamin A, a vitamin A derivative, vitamin B, a vitamin B derivative, vitamin C, a vitamin C derivative, vitamin D, a vitamin D derivative, vitamin E, a vitamin E derivative, vitamin F, a vitamin F derivative, vitamin K, a vitamin K derivative, a wound healing agent, a disinfectant, an anesthetic, an antiallergic agent, a keratolytic agent, urea, a urea derivative, an alpha hydroxyl acid, lactic acid, glycolic acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a protein, a steroidal agent
- the surface active agent comprises about 0.1% to about 5% by weight of a mixture of Glyceryl monostearate and PEG-40 Stearate.
- the composition about 1% to about 25% by weight of a polar solvent.
- the polar solvent is selected from polyols, glycerol (glycerin), propylene glycol, hexylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol n-alkanols, terpenes, di-terpenes, tri-terpenes, terpen-ols, limonene, terpene-ol, 1-menthol, dioxolane, ethylene glycol, other glycols, sulfoxides, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), dimethylformanide, methyl dodecyl sulfoxide, dimethylacetamide, monooleate of ethoxylated glycerides (with 8 to 10 ethylene oxide units), azone (1-dodecylazacycloheptan-2-one), 2-(n-nonyl)-1,3-dioxolane, esters, is
- the polar solvent is selected from polyethylene glycol (PEG), PEG200 (MW (molecular weight) about 190-210 kD), PEG300 (MW about 285-315 kD), PEG400 (MW about 380-420 kD), PEG600 (MW about 570-630 kD), PEG 4000, PEG 6000, PEG 10000 and mixtures thereof.
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- PEG200 MW (molecular weight) about 190-210 kD
- PEG300 MW about 285-315 kD
- PEG400 MW about 380-420 kD
- PEG600 MW about 570-630 kD
- PEG 4000 PEG 6000
- PEG 10000 and mixtures thereof.
- a therapeutic kit to provide a safe and effective dosage for treating acne including an aerosol packaging assembly comprising: (a) a container accommodating a pressurized product; and (b) an outlet capable of releasing the pressurized product as a foam; wherein the pressurized product comprises a foamable composition provided herein.
- an aerosol packaging assembly comprising: (a) a container accommodating a pressurized product; and (b) an outlet capable of releasing the pressurized product as a foam; wherein the pressurized product comprises a foamable composition provided herein.
- a shear-sensitive foam having a density range selected from (1) between about 0.02 g/mL and about 0.1 g/mL; and (2) between about 0.02 g/mL and about 0.1 g/mL, is produced.
- a therapeutic kit to provide a safe and effective dosage for treating acne including an aerosol packaging assembly comprising: (a) a first container accommodating a first pressurized product; (b) a second container accommodating a second pressurized product and (b) at least one outlet capable of releasing the first pressurized product and the second pressurized product as a foam; wherein the first pressurized product comprises a foamable composition provided herein, and the second pressurized product comprises a foamable composition containing one additional therapeutic agent.
- the additional therapeutic agent is selected from antibiotics, retinoids, keratolytics and azelaic acid (AZA).
- the additional therapeutic agent is an antibiotic selected from the group consisting of beta-lactam antibiotics, aminoglycosides, ansa-type antibiotics, anthraquinones, antibiotic azoles, antibiotic glycopeptides, macrolides, antibiotic nucleosides, antibiotic peptides, antibiotic polyenes, antibiotic polyethers, quinolones, antibiotic steroides, sulfonamides, tetracycline, dicarboxylic acids, antibiotic metals, oxidizing agents, substances that release free radicals and/or active oxygen, cationic antimicrobial agents, quaternary ammonium compounds, biguanides, triguanides, bisbiguanides and analogs and polymers thereof and naturally occurring antibiotic compounds.
- the additional therapeutic agent is clindamycin.
- a method of enhancing the stability of a foamable composition comprising benzoyl peroxide for treating acne comprising adding a moisturizing complex to the foamable composition.
- the moisturizing complex comprises about 5% to about 15% by weight of the total composition.
- the moisturizing complex comprises glycerin and sodium PCA.
- the moisturizing complex includes an oil and comprises about 5% to about 30% by weight of the total composition and at least one of glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA), wherein the oil comprises mineral oil and a silicone oil.
- PCA 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid
- a method of reducing the dryness, irritation, or both associated with the use of a foamable composition containing benzoyl peroxide for treating acne comprising adding a moisturizing complex to the foamable composition.
- the moisturizing complex comprises about 5% to about 15% by weight of the total composition.
- the moisturizing complex comprises glycerin and sodium PCA.
- the moisturizing complex includes an oil and comprises about 5% to about 30% by weight of the total composition and at least one of glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA), wherein the oil comprises mineral oil and a silicone oil.
- PCA 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid
- a method of making a foamable composition comprising containing a suspended solid active agent, comprising: (a) forming a prefoam emulsion comprising a solid active agent, one or more surface-active agents; about 0.001% to about 1% by weight of the total composition of at least one polymeric additive; a pH adjusting component selected to be able to gel the polymeric additive; about 5% to about 15% by weight of the total composition of a moisturizing complex; and water, wherein the aqueous phase has a thickness sufficient to suspend the active agent; (b) adding a buffer system to the prefoam emulsion to reduce the viscosity of the prefoam formulation, said buffer system at a pH that is less than that of the prefoam emulsion before addition of the buffer and is selected to provide a liquid prefoam emulsion; and (c) introducing a liquefied or compressed gas propellant at a concentration of about 3% to about 25% by weight of the total
- the prefoam emulsion has a pH in the range for 4 to 6. In another embodiment, the prefoam emulsion has a pH of less than about 5. In another embodiment, the foam produced from the foamable composition has an average bubble size of less than about 150 microns.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic illustration of an aerosol valve suitable for use in the aerosol packaging assembly according to in one or more embodiments.
- FIG. 2 is a cross sectional view of an apparatus for substantially contemporaneously releasing, mixing and/or combining at least two foamable compositions measure of content from at least two containers.
- FIG. 3 shows Corneometer average values after treatment of skin using foamable compositions.
- FIG. 4 shows Corneometer average values after treatment of skin using foamable compositions.
- FIG. 5 shows Corneometer average values after treatment of skin using foamable compositions.
- FIG. 6 shows Corneometer average values after treatment of skin using foamable compositions with and without carbomer.
- FIG. 7 shows Corneometer average values after treatment of skin using foamable compositions with and without carbomer.
- FIG. 8 shows Corneometer average values after treatment of skin using foamable compositions with various moisturizing complexes.
- FIG. 9 shows Corneometer average values after treatment of skin using foamable compositions with various moisturizing complexes.
- FIG. 10 shows Corneometer average values after treatment of skin using foamable compositions with various moisturizing complexes.
- FIG. 11 shows stability measurements of BPO at 30 C.
- FIG. 12 shows formulations each comprising a different polymer.
- FIG. 13 shows formulations each comprising a different propellant.
- FIG. 14 shows formulations before and after addition of citrate buffer.
- FIG. 15 shows formulations comprising propellant with and without carbomer.
- the present invention provides a foamable composition for treating acne comprising benzoyl peroxide; a therapeutic kit comprising such composition; and a method of treating acne using such composition.
- BPO Benzoyl peroxide
- BPO is commonly used for one or more of the following indications acne (main indication), fungal skin infections and decubitus or stasis ulcers. It may also be of effect in alopecia areata, in progressive macular hypomelanosis (in combination with clindamyin and UVA), and in seborrheic keratoses.
- BPO can also be used in combination with antibiotics.
- antibiotics includes clindamycin phosphate, erythromycin, clindamycin, and erythromycin estolate.
- BPO can also be used in combination with other drugs
- a non limiting list of combinations is as follows: BPO+urea; BPO+sodium hyaluronate; BPO+potassium hydroxyquinoline sulfate; BPO+hydrocortisone; BPO+sulphur; BPO+cetylpyridinium chloride; BPO+miconazole nitrate; BPO+potassium hydroxyquinoline sulfate+hydrocortisone; BPO+silver+kaolin+calcium gluconate (Katoxyn); It may also be effective as BPO+adapalene; and BPO+allylamine.
- an average particle size of less than about 35 microns, more preferably less than about 25 microns.
- the formulations are homogenized resulting in an average BPO particle size distribution of about 2 to about 24 microns, The particle size is determined by light microscope in which the level of detection is about 1 micron. Thus, particles may be present below the level of detection.
- the particle size can depend on one or more of, the formulation, homogenization time and quality of homogenization.
- the homogenizer used is a Silverson L4RT.
- foam is a general term that encompasses a range of substances. Accordingly, the context in which “foam” is discussed must be examined carefully.
- the type and quality of the foam is of critical importance. There are many different types of foams and within each foam type there are many levels of qualities. For example, the froth on the head of beer, lather of shampoo, and lather of shaving cream have been loosely described as foam but all are different from one another. At one end of the cosmetic or pharmaceutical foam spectrum the foam can be long lasting and essentially not readily breakable like shaving foams. At the other end of the spectrum the foam can be quick breaking and collapses upon release.
- Thermolabile foams are an example of type of quick breaking foam. They can contain significant amounts of thermolabile substances that aid their collapse upon being exposed to an increased temperature for example when applied to a body surface at 37 C. Upon being exposed to the higher temperature they collapse rapidly. Examples are foam formulations that comprise significant amounts of volatile solvents.
- Breakable foam is a specialized type of foam. It is a low density foam that is stable on release at least in the short time span of several minutes, which facilitates application to a target area; but can break readily upon the application of shear force such as gentle rubbing to spread easily over a target surface. It is not thermolabile (and does not melt at skin temperature) and nor does it display late or long delayed expansion over minutes.
- foams expand slowly whilst others do so quickly. Some foams foam immediately and some demonstrate delayed foaming. Some require mechanical lathering and some expulsion by propellant. Whilst they all fall under the so called term “foam” and may appear to have some common ingredients the results and properties of these products are different.
- a suitable foamable formulation for a particular application may present challenges at several levels.
- a foam formulation may require a stable pre foam formulation; a stable pre foam propellant formulation and ultimately deliverly an effective measured amount of active agent to a target.
- a stable pre foam formulation may require a stable pre foam formulation; a stable pre foam propellant formulation and ultimately deliverly an effective measured amount of active agent to a target.
- the pharmaceutical and cosmetic foams discussed herein are generated in general terms by manufacturing a suitable foamable carrier composition and loading the carrier in a pressurized valved canister with an appropriate propellant. Upon expelling the canister contents a foam can be released.
- the type, nature and quality of the foam depends inter alia on the carrier composition, the active agent, the propellant and the method of manufacture and storage. Making a stable (physically and chemically) formulation that can be stored in a canister with a propellant that remains stable and can produce a breakable foam of quality on release is far from trivial.
- the foamable composition carries BPO as solid particles in suspension and upon discharge from an aerosol container forms a breakable foam, which is rich and creamy in appearance, and shows very fine bubble structure.
- the foam does not break down immediately upon discharge, neither does it break down upon exposure to skin temperature. However, it collapses to spread easily and deposits BPO uniformly onto a skin area upon slight rubbing.
- the composition is able to hold BPO physically and chemically stable despite the fact it is of low viscosity.
- the composition is further able to ameliorate the irritating and drying effects of BPO and actually improves skin moisture.
- BPO is an insoluble solid. It has a tendency to cake or form lumps and to sediment, which could make the product non-uniform. It is a skin irritant, and its irritation potential is concentration-dependent. It dries the skin.
- BPO BPO in an emulsion comprising oil droplets in water
- BPO emulsion In order to formulate BPO in an emulsion comprising oil droplets in water the BPO emulsion must be stabilized to prevent phase separation. Simultaneously, in order to formulate BPO as a homogenous suspension the BPO emulsion must be stabilized to prevent sedimentation and also to prevent caking at the bottom of the container or BPO aggregates. Stabilization is dependent inter alia upon counteracting repellant molecular forces, particle motion and gravity.
- a method of trying to achieve these objectives is to create a formulation in which the viscosity is increased to a level (high) such that the emulsion oil globules and also the suspended BPO particles have a reduced level (low) of mobility.
- Such high viscous formulations are not desirable for foamable compositions since they have low flowability and may exhibit one or more of the following: are not shakable; form a block, i.e., a solid no flowable mass, in the canister; do not result in uniform expulsion; and if expulsed may be accompanied by unwanted phenomena such as one or more of jets, tailing and noise.
- compositions which are truly flowable and have low viscosity in which the propellant forms part of the oil phase of the emulsion formulation but nevertheless surprisingly does not make the formulation substantially vulnerable to phase separation and or sedimentation. Moreover these compositions are stable and are able to form breakable foam of quality that spreads easily and is able to deliver an effective and measurable amount of active agent homogeneously to a target surface.
- the polymeric agent can contribute to the stability and stabilization of the formulation. Concentrations of polymeric agents and other thickeners have in the past been used to achieve very high viscosities of at least 20,000 centipoises (cps) to a million or more cps. Surprisingly, it has been unexpectedly found that by using low viscosities of the order of about 7000 to about 8000 cps or less for the pre-foam formulation whose viscosity is further reduced upon inclusion of propellant it has been possible to achieve a stable BPO formulation that produces breakable (non thermolabile) foam of good quality even after addition of propellant and even though the foamable formulation with propellant is fluid and easily shakable.
- the viscosity of a formulation comprising propellant is below about 5000 cps and in a more preferred embodiment it is below about 3000 cps. At such low levels of viscosity, one would expect a suspended solid active agent such as BPO to precipitate out of solution. In the low viscosity formulations provided herein, BPO unexpectedly remains homogeneously dispersed in suspension. For pharmaceutical applications, BPO needs to be homogeneous to ensure that the amount of BPO in the first dose and the last dose.
- polymeric agent An important factor in the use of a polymeric agent is to ensure the polymer(s) is appropriately and correctly swelled in the presence of water by adding an effective amount of base. Without being bound by any theory it may be the case that the lower levels of polymeric agent still form a semi water gel like infrastructure that unexpectedly is able to stabilize the BPO physically and chemically at low viscosities.
- the polymer is an amphphilc polymer, such as, an acrylates/C10-30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymer
- the hydrophilic and hydrophobic regions of these polymers serve to interact with and stabilize hydrophilic and lipophilic components, respectively, of a composition.
- the polymeric agent is a carbomer.
- suitable polymeric surfactants include cross linked copolymers of acrylic acid and a hydrophobic comonomer, such as Pemulen TR-1 and Pemulen TR-2, ETD 2020 and Carbopol 1382 (all, Acrylates/C10-30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymer), Natrosol CS Plus 330 and 430 and Polysurf 67 (all, cetyl hydroxyethyl cellulose), Aculyn 22 (acrylates/steareth-20 methacrylate copolymer), Aculyn 25 (acrylates/laureth-25 methacrylate copolymer), Aculyn 28 (acrylates/beheneth-25 methacrylate copolymer), Aculyn 46 (PEG-150/stearyl alcohol/SMDI copolymer), Stabylen 30 (acrylates/vinyl isodecanoate), Structure 2001 (acrylates/steareth-20 itaconate copolymer), Structure 3001 (acrylates/ceteth-20 itacon
- amphiphilic copolymers include silicone polymers such as amphiphilic silicone polyols or copolyol, for example cetyl dimethicon copolyol and dimethicone copolyol PPG-3 oleyl ether, acetylated starch derivatives, amphiphilic modified starches, and amphiphilic block copolymers of ethylene oxide, propylene oxide and/or propylene glycol (also known as “poloxamer”).
- silicone polymers such as amphiphilic silicone polyols or copolyol, for example cetyl dimethicon copolyol and dimethicone copolyol PPG-3 oleyl ether, acetylated starch derivatives, amphiphilic modified starches, and amphiphilic block copolymers of ethylene oxide, propylene oxide and/or propylene glycol (also known as “poloxamer”).
- the gelling agent may include other types of gelling agents, in combination with an amphiphilic copolymer.
- a non limiting list of other types such as water soluble cellulose, or gums like guar and xantham is provided below.
- Example 24 The comparative analysis of Example 24 showed that carbapol was better than pemulen was better than xanthan. It is difficult to try and explain why in a fluid hydrocarbon low viscosity medium one polymer is better than another. Moreover, it is completely unexpected that in a fluid viscous emulsion medium carbopol can hold the BPO in a homogenous distribution even after six months.
- a further element and aid to reducing viscosity in the presence of gelling agents is the use of a buffer or buffer complex. It was observed that when small amounts of citrate buffer or alternatively lactate buffer was added to the carbomer gel it results in a viscous liquid. Thus, the presence of citrate or lactate buffer was noted to cause a thick emulsion gel or paste containing carbomer to become fluid.
- Other similar buffers may work.
- Non limiting examples of appropriate possible buffers, which may achieve the same objective are acetate, malate, sorbate, succinate and tartrate. As is explained below and as is seen in the Examples when the acid of the buffer is added first this alone can break the gel. Thus, in one or more embodiments when a buffer is added it is added sequentially. In other embodiments it is added simultaneously as a stock solution. In further embodiments a pH adjuster is added.
- a further element and complication is that in certain circumstances it has been observed that the propellant itself can cause the BPO to chemically degrade. Therefore it is not sufficient to merely dilute the formulation with propellant but the formulation must also be formulated such that the BPO remains substantially un-degraded following application of propellant and its absorption into the oil phase of the emulsion.
- a foamable composition for treating acne comprising: (a) a prefoam emulsion composition comprising: i. benzoyl peroxide; ii. one or more surface-active agents; iii. about 0.001% to about 1% by weight of the total composition of at least one polymeric additive; and iv.
- the foam produced from the foamable composition has an average bubble size of less than about 150 microns.
- the composition further comprises about 5% to about 15% a moisturizing complex comprising glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA). In some cases, the composition further comprises about 5% to about 30% of a moisturizing complex comprising an oil and at least one of glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA), wherein the oil comprises mineral oil and a silicone oil.
- PCA 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid
- the moisturizing complex has at least three of the following characteristics: (a) improves the chemical stability of BPO in the composition; (b) improves the homogeneity of BPO in the composition; (c) improves the quality of the foam produced from the foamable propellant composition; (d) improves the hydration of skin after 7 hours by at least about 20%.
- the composition described hereinabove may further comprise at least one organic carrier at least one organic carrier selected from the group consisting of a hydrophobic organic carrier, an organic polar solvent, an emollient and mixtures thereof, at a concentration of about 2% to about 50% by weight.
- the at least one organic carrier is present in an amount selected from the group consisting of (i) about 2% to about 5%; (ii) about 5% to about 10%; (iii) about 10% to about 20%; and (iv) about 20% to about 50% by weight.
- composition described hereinabove may further comprise about 0.1% to about 5% by weight of a therapeutically active foam adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of fatty alcohols having 15 or more carbons in their carbon chain; fatty acids having 16 or more carbons in their carbon chain; fatty alcohols derived from beeswax and including a mixture of alcohols, a majority of which has at least 20 carbon atoms in their carbon chain; fatty alcohols having at least one double bond; fatty acids having at least one double bond; branched fatty alcohols; branched fatty acids; fatty acids substituted with a hydroxyl group; cetyl alcohol; stearyl alcohol; arachidyl alcohol; behenyl alcohol; 1-triacontanol; hexadecanoic acid; stearic acid; arachidic acid; behenic acid; octacosanoic acid; 12-hydroxy stearic acid and mixtures thereof.
- a therapeutically active foam adjuvant is selected from the group consist
- the composition comprises at least one additional therapeutic agent, which is an antibiotic agent, selected from the group consisting of beta-lactam antibiotics, aminoglycosides, ansa-type antibiotics, anthraquinones, antibiotic azoles, antibiotic glycopeptides, macrolides, antibiotic nucleosides, antibiotic peptides, antibiotic polyenes, antibiotic polyethers, quinolones, antibiotic steroides, sulfonamides, tetracycline, lincomycin class, dicarboxylic acids, antibiotic metals, oxidizing agents, substances that release free radicals and/or active oxygen, cationic antimicrobial agents, quaternary ammonium compounds, biguanides, triguanides, bisbiguanides and analogs and polymers thereof, and naturally occurring antibiotic compounds.
- the antibiotic is clindamycin.
- the concentration range of benzoyl peroxide is selected from the group of (i) between about 0.005% and about 0.5%; (ii) between about 0.5% and about 2%; (iii) between about 2% and about 5%; (iv) between about 5% and about 10%; and (v) between about 10% and about 15%.
- the concentration of the surface-active agent is between about 0.1% and about 5%.
- a foamable composition comprising: (a) a prefoam composition comprising: i. a suspended solid active agent; ii. one or more surface-active agents; iii. about 0.001% to about 1% by weight of the total composition of at least one polymeric additive; iv. up to about 2% by weight of the total composition of a buffer system; and v.
- the viscosity of the prefoam composition is less than about 8000 centipoises (cps) at room temperature; and (b) a liquefied or compressed gas propellant at a concentration of about 3% to about 25% by weight of the total composition, wherein the viscosity of the foamable composition is less than about 8000 centipoises (cps) at room temperature.
- a foamable composition comprising: (a) a prefoam composition comprising: i. a suspended solid active agent; ii. one or more surface-active agents; iii. about 0.001% to about 1% by weight of the total composition of at least one polymeric additive; iv. about 5% to about 15% by weight of the total composition of a moisturizing complex; and v.
- the foam produced from the foamable propellant composition has an average bubble size of less than about 150 microns.
- the suspended solid agent has an average particle size of less than about 35 microns.
- the buffer system comprises citric acid and sodium citrate or lactic acid and ammonium lactate.
- the composition further comprises about 5% to about 15% a moisturizing complex comprising glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA). In another embodiment, the composition further comprises about 5% to about 30% of a moisturizing complex comprising an oil and at least one of glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA), wherein the oil comprises mineral oil and a silicone oil.
- PCA 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid
- the polymeric agent includes, but not limited to, a water-soluble polymer, a water-insoluble polymer, a gelling agent, an inorganic gelling agent, a mucoadhesive macromolecule and a film forming polymer.
- the water-soluble polymer includes, but not limited to, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Methocel), hydroxyethyl cellulose, methylhydroxyethylcellulose, methylhydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxyethylcarboxymethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, carboxymethylhydroxyethylcellulose, xanthan gum, guar gum, carrageenin gum, locust bean gum and tragacanth gum.
- the polymeric additive comprises an amphiphilic polymer.
- the amphiphilic polymeric additive comprises a carbomer.
- the polymeric additive further comprises a polymeric agent selected from the group consisting of methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Methocel), hydroxyethyl cellulose, methylhydroxyethylcellulose, methylhydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxyethylcarboxymethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, Sodium CMC, carboxymethylhydroxyethylcellulose, xanthan gum, guar gum, carrageenin gum, locust bean gum and tragacanth gum and mixtures of two or more thereof.
- the composition described herein above may further contain a penetration enhancer.
- the penetration enhancer includes, without Ilimiation, propylene glycol, butylene glycols, hexylene glycol, glycerol, pentaerythritol, sorbitol, mannitol, oligosaccharides, dimethyl isosorbide, monooleate of ethoxylated glycerides having about 8 to 10 ethylene oxide units, polyethylene glycol 200-600, transcutol, glycofurol and cyclodextrins.
- the composition described herein above may further contain the composition further comprises a pH adjusting agent (or a pH adjuster).
- the pH adjusting agent is selected from an acid, a base and a buffering agent.
- the pH adjusting agent is selected from citric acid, sodium citrate and mixtures thereof.
- the pH of the foamable composition is between about 3.0 and about 7.0, for example, about 3.0, about 3.5, about 4.0, about 4.5, about 5.0, about 5.5, about 6.0, about 6.5 and about 7.0.
- the pH of the foamable composition is between about 3.0 and about 6.0.
- the pH of the foamable composition is between about 4.0 and about 7.0.
- the pH of the foamable composition is between about 4.0 and about 5.0.
- the prefoam emulsion composition further comprises a pH adjusting component selected from the group consisting of, a base or a buffer system, said pH adjusting component selected to be able to gel the polymeric additive.
- the pH of the prefoam emulsion composition is between about 4.0 and about 6.0.
- the buffer system is at a pH less than the pH of the prefoam emulsion before addition of the buffer and is selected to provide a liquid prefoam emulsion.
- the buffer system comprises citric acid and sodium citrate or lactic acid and ammonium lactate.
- a pH adjuster includes buffer but a buffer does not necessarily include a pH adjuster.
- a pH adjuster can be, for example, an acid alone or an acidic agent alone or a base alone or a basic agent alone or a buffer.
- a simple buffer is a solution which resists change of pH upon addition of small amounts of acid or base, or upon dilution. It is an aqueous solution consisting of a mixture of a weak acid and its conjugate base or a weak base and its conjugate acid.
- the buffer can be a biological buffer such as Tris.
- a buffer primarily comprises an acid and its salt (for example, citric acid/sodium citrate).
- the buffer can be used to bring the formulation to a desired pH and is designed to maintain the pH at the desired pH so that the pH remains substantially unchanged when a composition is exposed to small amounts of acidic or basic substances. In the absence of buffer the same composition may have shown a significant pH change.
- Polymeric agents used to form gels have different sensitivities to changes in pH. For example, methocel and xantham gum are not expected to be sensitive to pH changes, whereas carbopols are sensitive to pH. Carbopols obtained from one manufacturer may have a different sensitivity range than that obtained from a different manufacturer. Thus, it is important to look at what the manufacturer says about its product. The carbopols used in the Examples provided herein were obtained from Noveon. The pH sensitivity appears to be reversible. When buffer is added to the gel, there is a small reduction in pH but this appears to destroy the carbomer matrix and turn the gel into a liquid. In fact when the acid component of the buffer is added first this was seen to destroy the gel.
- acids include alpha hydroxyl acid, an aliphatic beta hydroxyacid, an aromatic acid, an aromatic hydroxyl acid, an alpha ketoacid, an aliphatic carboxylic acid, a branched aliphatic carboxylic acid, a short chain carboxylic acid, a fatty acid, an omega-3 fatty acid, an omega-6 fatty acid, an omega-9 fatty acid, a dicarboxylic acid, a branched dicarboxylic acid, an unsaturated dicarboxylic acid, an amino acid and a dimer or oligomer of amino acids.
- the acid should be miscible in water. If the acid has low or poor miscibility its effect will be reduced, although incorporating it into an aqueous emulsion may
- the concentration of the one or more surface-active agents is between about 0.1% and about 5%.
- the surface-active agent is selected from the group consisting of Steareth-21, Steareth-2, steareth 20, Polysorbate 80, Polysorbate 60, Polysorbate 20, ceteth 20, PEG 40-stearate, PEG 100-stearate, PEG-30 dipolyhydroxystearate, sorbitan stearate (span 60), sorbitan palmitate (span 40), sorbitan laurate (span 20), sorbitan monooleate (span 80), glycerol monostearate, glyceryl stearate, laureth 4, ceteareth 20, macrogol cetostearyl ether, ceteth 2 (Lipocol C-2), sucrose distearate (Sisterna SP30), polyoxyethylene (100) stearate, and mixtures thereof.
- the surfactant is selected from Steareth-21, Steareth-2, Polysorbate 60, and mixtures thereof.
- the foam adjuvant is Stearyl alcohol.
- the emollient or emulsifier is Glyceryl monostearate or PEG-40 Stearate.
- the gelling agent is selected from Sodium CMC, Xanthan gum, Methocel K100, and mixtures thereof.
- the pH adjusting agent is present and is selected from an acid, a base and a buffering agent.
- the pH adjusting agent is selected from citric acid, sodium citrate and mixtures thereof.
- the moisturizing complex comprises glycerin and sodium PCA.
- the gelling agent is selected from acrylates/C10-30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymer, a carbomer, xanthan, Methocel (hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose), sodium carboxmethylcellulose (“CMC”), Klucel (hydroxypropylcellulose) and mixtures thereof.
- the agent or mixtures thereof are selected to achieve a viscosity of less than about 8000 cps, which is preferably less than 6000 cps and more preferably less than about 3000 cps after addition of propellant.
- the surfactant is selected from Polysorbate 60, Polysorbate 20, sorbitan laurate (span 20), and mixtures thereof.
- the film forming agent comprises Klucel EF.
- the film forming agent comprises Klucel EF.
- the oil comprises Jojoba oil.
- Jojoba oil (pronounced “ho-HO-bah”) is the liquid wax produced in the seed of the Jojoba ( Simmondsia chinensis ) plant.
- Jojoba oil is a straight chain wax ester, 36 to 46 carbon atoms in length. Each molecule consists of a fatty acid and a fatty alcohol joined by an ester bond. Each molecule has two points of cis-unsaturation, both located at the 9th carbon atom from either end of the molecule.
- Jojoba oil comprises approximately 66-71% eicosenoic acid, 14-20% docosenoic acid and 10-13% oleic acid. Refined jojoba oil is colorless and odorless. The melting point of jojoba oil is approximately 10° C. Jojoba oil is relatively shelf-stable when compared with other vegetable oils. Unlike common vegetable oils, jojoba oil is chemically very similar to human sebum. Most jojoba oil is used as an ingredient in cosmetics and personal care products, especially skin care and hair care. Therapeutically it can aid in the healing process.
- the oil comprises silicone.
- silicone include dimethicone, cyclomethicone, polyalkyl siloxane, polyaryl siloxane, polyalkylaryl siloxane, a polyether siloxane copolymer and a poly(dimethylsiloxane)-(diphenyl-siloxane) copolymer.
- the oil is volatile.
- the volatile silicone is cyclic, such as, cyclomethicone.
- the polar solvent is selected from polyols, such as glycerol (glycerin), propylene glycol, hexylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol n-alkanols, terpenes, di-terpenes, tri-terpenes, terpen-ols, limonene, terpene-ol, 1-menthol, dioxolane, ethylene glycol, other glycols, sulfoxides, such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), dimethylformanide, methyl dodecyl sulfoxide, dimethylacetamide, monooleate of ethoxylated glycerides (with 8 to 10 ethylene oxide units), azone (1-dodecylazacycloheptan-2-one), 2-(n-nonyl)-1,3-dioxolane, esters, such as isopropyl myristate/palm
- polyols such
- the polar solvent is selected from polyethylene glycol (PEG) or PEG derivative that is liquid at ambient temperature, including PEG200 (MW (molecular weight) about 190-210 kD), PEG300 (MW about 285-315 kD), PEG400 (MW about 380-420 kD), PEG600 (MW about 570-630 kD) and higher MW PEGs such as PEG 4000, PEG 6000 and PEG 10000 and mixtures thereof.
- the polar solvent is propylene glycol.
- the film forming agent is Klucel EF.
- the surfactant is selected from Polysorbate 60, Polysorbate 20, Ceteth 20, sorbitan laurate (span 20), PEG 100-stearate, and mixtures thereof.
- the foam adjuvant comprises stearyl alcohol.
- the surfactant comprises polysorbate 60.
- the foam adjuvant comprises stearyl alcohol.
- the gelling agent comprises sodium CMC.
- the foamable composition described hereinabove may further comprise at least one additional therapeutic agent, which is an antibiotic agent, selected from the group consisting of beta-lactam antibiotics, aminoglycosides, ansa-type antibiotics, anthraquinones, antibiotic azoles, antibiotic glycopeptides, macrolides, antibiotic nucleosides, antibiotic peptides, antibiotic polyenes, antibiotic polyethers, quinolones, antibiotic steroides, sulfonamides, tetracycline, dicarboxylic acids, antibiotic metals, oxidizing agents, substances that release free radicals and/or active oxygen, cationic antimicrobial agents, quaternary ammonium compounds, biguanides, triguanides, bisbiguanides and analogs and polymers thereof and naturally occurring antibiotic compounds.
- an antibiotic agent selected from the group consisting of beta-lactam antibiotics, aminoglycosides, ansa-type antibiotics, anthraquinones, antibiotic azoles, antibiotic glycopeptides,
- the additional antibiotic is an antibiotic of the lincomycin family. In one embodiment, the antibiotic is clindamycin.
- the foamable composition described hereinabove may further include at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of an a steroidal anti-inflammatory agent, an immunosuppressive agent, an immunomodulator, an immunoregulating agent, a hormonal agent, an androgen, an estrogen, a prostaglandin, an antiandrogen agent, a testosterone inhibitor, a dihydrotestosterone inhibitor, an antifungal agent, an antiviral agent, an antiparasitic agent, a retinoid, vitamin A, a vitamin A derivative, vitamin B, a vitamin B derivative, vitamin C, a vitamin C derivative, vitamin D, a vitamin D derivative, vitamin E, a vitamin E derivative, vitamin F, a vitamin F derivative, vitamin K, a vitamin K derivative, a wound healing agent, a disinfectant, an anesthetic, an antiallergic agent, a keratolytic agent, urea, a urea derivative, an alpha hydroxyl acid, lactic acid, glycolic acid, a beta-hydroxy
- the additional therapeutic agent is sensitive to oxidation and wherein the composition includes a stabilizing agent which acts as an effective barrier to the possible degrative interaction of the peroxide and the additional therapeutic agent.
- the foamable composition is substantially alcohol-free, i.e., free of short chain alcohols.
- Short chain alcohols having up to 5 carbon atoms in their carbon chain skeleton and one hydroxyl group, such as ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, iso-butanol, t-butanol and pentanol, are considered less desirable solvents or polar solvents due to their skin-irritating effect. This disadvantage is particularly meaningful in the case of an antibiotic treatment, which is often directed to open wounds and damaged skin and mucosal tissues.
- the composition is substantially alcohol-free and includes less than about 5% final concentration of lower alcohols, preferably less than about 2%, more preferably less than about 1%.
- the concentration of surface-active agent about 0.1% to about 5%, or from about 0.2% to about 2%.
- the aerosol packaging assembly typically includes a container suitable for accommodating a pressurized product and an outlet capable of releasing a foam.
- the outlet is typically a valve.
- FIG. 1 illustrates a typical aerosol valve 100 .
- the valve is made up of the valve cup 110 typically constructed from tinplated steel, or aluminum, an outer gasket 120 , which is the seal between the valve cup and the aerosol can (not shown), a valve housing 130 , which contains the valve stem 132 , spring 134 and inner gasket 136 , and a dip tube 140 , which allows the liquid to enter valve.
- the valve stem is the tap through which the product flows.
- the inner gasket 136 covers the aperture 150 (hole) in the valve stem.
- the valve spring 134 is usually made of stainless steel.
- valve stem is fitted with small apertures 150 (also termed “orifices” and “holes”), through which the product flows.
- Valves may contain one, two, three, four or more apertures, depending on the nature of the product to be dispensed. In the closed position, the aperture(s) is covered by the inner gasket. When the actuator is depressed it pushes the valve stem through the inner gasket, and the aperture(s) is uncovered, allowing liquid to pass through the valve and into the actuator.
- the valve can have a stem with 1 to 4 apertures, or 1 to 2 apertures.
- Each aperture can have a diameter of about 0.2 mm to about 1 mm, or a diameter of about 0.3 mm to about 0.8 mm.
- the total aperture area i.e., the sum of areas of all apertures in a given stem, is between about 0.01 mm 2 and 1 mm 2 or the total aperture area is between about 0.04 mm 2 and 0.5 mm 2 .
- the valve is attached, directly, or through a tube, to a metered dose device, which for dispensing an accurate dose of drug in the form of a foam.
- the metered dose valve is selected to release a foam in a volume that provides an adequate therapeutic dose to the target site of the skin, a body surface, a body cavity or mucosal surface, e.g., the mucosa of the nose, mouth, eye, ear, respiratory system, vagina or rectum.
- the meter dose valve provides a unit dose of between about 10 ⁇ L and about 1000 ⁇ L. Assuming a representative foam density (specific gravity) of 0.06 g/mL, a 10 ⁇ L valve provides a volume of about 0.17 mL of foam, and a 1000 ⁇ L metered dose valve provides about 17 mL of foam. Thus, by selecting a specific metered dosing valve and adjusting the foam density by fine tuning formulation parameters and adjusting the ratio between the liquid components of the composition and the propellant, one can design an adequate dosage form according to the specific target site. Exemplary metered dose devices may be found in co-pending application Ser. No. 11/406,133, entitled “Apparatus and Method for Releasing a Measured Amount of Content from a Container,” filed Apr. 18, 2006, which is hereby incorporated in its entirety by reference.
- a therapeutic kit to afford a safe and effective dosage for treating acne, including an aerosol packaging assembly comprising:
- pressurized product comprises a foamable composition
- the kit produces a shear-sensitive foam having a density range selected from between about 0.02 gr/mL and about 0.1 gr/mL upon release from the container.
- the aerosol packaging assembly may include two containers suitable for contemporaneously mixing and/or combining two foamable compositions.
- the aerosol packaging assembly comprises:
- the additional therapeutic agent is selected from antibiotics, retinoids, keratolytics and azelaic acid (AZA).
- the additional therapeutic agent is an antibiotic selected from the group consisting of beta-lactam antibiotics, aminoglycosides, ansa-type antibiotics, anthraquinones, antibiotic azoles, antibiotic glycopeptides, macrolides, antibiotic nucleosides, antibiotic peptides, antibiotic polyenes, antibiotic polyethers, quinolones, antibiotic steroides, sulfonamides, tetracycline, dicarboxylic acids, antibiotic metals, oxidizing agents, substances that release free radicals and/or active oxygen, cationic antimicrobial agents, quaternary ammonium compounds, biguanides, triguanides, bisbiguanides and analogs and polymers thereof and naturally occurring antibiotic compounds.
- the additional therapeutic agent is clindamycin.
- FIG. 2 shows a kit 100 including a dispenser head engaged with a pair of pressurized containers 120 , 130 .
- FIG. 2 shows in cross-section a kit 100 including a dispenser head 110 mounted on two containers 120 and 130 containing contents 125 and 135 for dispensing and mixing.
- the dispenser head and the containers are accommodated in a housing.
- the dispenser head 110 includes a flow guide 140 , which also functions as an actuator.
- Flow guide 140 houses a flow conduits 150 , 155 , whose function is described in greater detail below.
- the cross-sectional area of each conduit may be the same or different.
- the container contents include a foamable composition that is flowable, e.g., a fluid, a liquid and a semi-liquid.
- Container 120 has stem 128 that extends from container 120 and engages with fluid conduit at an inlet 160 .
- container 130 has stem 138 that extends from container 130 and engages with fluid conduit at an inlet 165 .
- Each container 120 or 130 in the embodiment described is of the pressurized aerosol can type and has its own internal valve ( 170 , 175 ) fitted with a valve stems 128 , 138 , respectively.
- Container 120 includes a hollow tube 127 that is attached to or integrally formed with, a internal valve 170 , thereby readily facilitating flow of liquids, fluids and gas through tube 127 through valve 170 and into stem 128 .
- the stem 128 is hollow and depressing the stem opens the valve so that the container contents are dispensed through the hollow stem.
- container 130 includes a hollow tube 137 that is attached to or integrally formed with, a internal valve 175 , thereby readily facilitating flow of liquids, fluids and gas through tube 137 through valve 175 and into stem 138 .
- the stem 138 is hollow and depressing the stem opens the valve so that the container contents are dispensed through the hollow stem.
- the valve in some types of containers includes a return spring for returning the stem to its initial position so as to close the valve when the force depressing the stem is removed.
- Flow guide 140 has a pair of flow conduits 150 , 155 , each defined by a tubular wall having an inlet 160 , 165 , respectively, and an outlet 180 , 185 , respectively.
- Inlets 160 , 165 of flow conduits 150 , 155 abut of the upper ends of stems 128 , 138 respectively, when the containers 120 , 130 are fully mounted on the dispenser head 140 .
- outlets 160 , 165 are positioned coaxial with the respective container stems 128 , 138 .
- the foamed material exits from outlets 180 , 185 , where it is combined and/or mixed.
- the position and location of the outlets can be adjusted to obtain the desired degree of combining and/or mixing. Because the individual foamed components do not mix inside the dispenser head, the foam is able to expand to its optimal extent. Furthermore, the outlets are positioned to achieve a reasonable, good or high degree of combination/mixing/interaction without loss or substantial loss of foam quality.
- the dispenser head of the current invention is advantageous compared to the prior art dispensing apparatus, in which some mixing occurs within the apparatus and/or end nozzles attached to the apparatus, thereby resulting in contamination and/or requiring disposal of the end nozzles and/or cleaning of some or all of the apparatus.
- the dispenser assembly 140 is used as follows.
- the user attaches appropriate containers 120 , 130 onto the dispensing head.
- the containers may contain the some or different contents.
- the contents may include a cosmetic and/or pharmaceutical carrier, and/or an active agent.
- the carrier may be in each of the containers, or may be obtained upon mixing of the contents of two or more containers.
- one or more containers may include a cosmetic and/or pharmaceutical carrier and an additional container may include an active therapeutic or cosmetic agent.
- the user activates the valve stems, causing the flow conduits 150 , 155 to move down, thereby pressing the stems 128 , 138 downward and opening the valves 170 , 175 of containers 120 , 130 , respectively.
- activation occurs by pressing on an upper surface 190 of the Flow guide to displace the flow guide towards the stems.
- a separate member of the dispensing head may serve as the actuator, so that when the user presses against an upper surface of the dispenser, the dispenser head is displaced downwards and against the upper stems of the containers.
- Other levers, buttons or switches may be provided to actuate the kit.
- stems valves 170 , 175 are sealed, causing the container contents to remain in the pressurized containers 120 , 130 .
- the stem 128 , 138 are pressed downwards causing stem valves 170 , 175 to open and the container contents to be released.
- the contents flows through stems 128 , 138 to inlets 160 , 165 and into flow conduits 150 , 155 .
- the contents then reaches outlets 180 , 185 , so as to be dispensed.
- the flow guide includes a plurality of exit ducts that release foamed content from their respective containers such that the contents are substantially contemporaneously mixed and/or combined at a location external to the flow guide.
- one of the containers can be a non aerosol mechanical foamer.
- a non aerosol mechanical first foamer container can include non aerosol mechanical foamers as disclosed in any of U.S. Pat. No. 4,018,396; U.S. Pat. No. 4,440,320; U.S. Pat. No. 4,603,812 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,738,396 all of which are hereby incorporated in their entirety by reference.
- a dual canister configuration in which one of the canisters is a propellant driven system and one of the canisters is a mechanical driven system.
- the hollow tubes 127 , 137 of FIG. 2 may be provided inverted substantially in the shape of a “U” wherein the inlet end of the hollow tubes 127 , 128 for the composition is submerged below the surface of the composition when the canister is inverted.
- the dispensing head may be detachable from the canisters, or it may be permanently attached.
- outlets 160 , 165 abut or sealably contact container stems 128 , 138 , respectively.
- outlets 160 , 165 may be integral with container stems 128 , 138 , respectively.
- the composition or kit includes an active agent, such as antibiotics.
- an antibiotic agent is a substance that has the capacity to inhibit the growth of or to destroy bacteria and other microorganisms.
- the antibiotic agent is used in combination with BPO. Where the agent is compatible with BPO they can be presented in the same formulation in the same canister. Where the antibiotic agent destabilizes BPO then the other agent can be presented using a dual chamber delivery system or kit like that described above.
- BPO is presented in a first foamable formulation and stored in a first canister and the agent in a second foamable formulation and stored in a second canister. Upon release from the dual canister system the two foams are simultaneously expelled and can be delivered to a target site.
- the antibiotic agent is selected from the classes consisting of beta-lactam antibiotics, aminoglycosides, ansa-type antibiotics, anthraquinones, antibiotic azoles, antibiotic glycopeptides, macrolides, antibiotic nucleosides, antibiotic peptides, antibiotic polyenes, antibiotic polyethers, quinolones, antibiotic steroids, sulfonamides, tetracycline, dicarboxylic acids, antibiotic metals, oxidizing agents, substances that release free radicals and/or active oxygen, cationic antimicrobial agents, quaternary ammonium compounds, biguanides, triguanides, bisbiguanides and analogs and polymers thereof and naturally occurring antibiotic compounds.
- a non limiting list of antibiotics includes clindamycin phosphate, erythromycin, clindamycin and erythromycin estolate.
- the antibiotic agent comprises strong oxidants and free radical liberating compounds, such as oxygen, hydrogen peroxide, elemental halogen species, as well as oxygenated halogen species, bleaching agents (e.g., sodium, calcium or magnesium hypochloride and the like), perchlorite species, iodine and iodate.
- bleaching agents e.g., sodium, calcium or magnesium hypochloride and the like
- perchlorite species iodine and iodate.
- Organic oxidizing agents are also included in the definition of “oxidizing agent” according to the present invention, such as quinones. Such agents possess a potent broad-spectrum activity.
- a retinoid At least one agent selected from the group consisting of a retinoid; a keratolytic acid, an alpha-hydroxy acid and derivatives thereof, a beta-hydroxy acid and derivatives thereof, a skin-drying agent, an anti-seborrhea agent, a corticosteroid and a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent.
- Rosacea At least one agent selected from the group consisting of a retinoid; a keratolytic acid, an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta- hydroxy acid and derivatives thereof.
- Otitis At least one agent selected from the group of an antifungal agent, a local anesthetic agent, a corticosteroid and a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent.
- Psoriasis At least one agent selected from the group consisting of a corticosteroid, coal tar, anthralin and a photodynamic therapy agent Hence, in many cases, the inclusion of an additional therapeutic agent in the foamable composition, contributes to the clinical activity of the antibiotic agent.
- the foamable composition further includes at least one additional therapeutic agent, in a therapeutically effective concentration.
- the at least one additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of a steroidal anti-inflammatory agent, a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug, an immunosuppressive agent, an immunomodulator, an immunoregulating agent, a hormonal agent, an antifungal agent, an antiviral agent, an antiparasitic agent, a vasoactive agent, a vasoconstrictor, a vasodilator, vitamin A, a vitamin A derivative, vitamin B, a vitamin B derivative, vitamin C, a vitamin C derivative, vitamin D, a vitamin D derivative, vitamin E, a vitamin E derivative, vitamin F, a vitamin F derivative, vitamin K, a vitamin K derivative, a wound healing agent, a disinfectant, an anesthetic, an antiallergic agent, an alpha hydroxyl acid, lactic acid, glycolic acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a protein, a peptide, a neuropeptide, a allergen, an immunogenic substance, a haptene, an oxid
- the disorder to be treated involves unaesthetic lesions that need to be masked.
- rosacea involves papules and pustules, which can be treated with an antibiotic agent, as well as erythema, telangiectasia and redness, which partially respond to treatment with an antibiotic agent.
- the additional active agent is a masking agent, i.e., a pigment.
- suitable pigments include brown, yellow or red iron oxide or hydroxides, chromium oxides or hydroxides, titanium oxides or hydroxides, zinc oxide, FD&C Blue No. 1 aluminum lake, FD&C Blue No. 2 aluminum lake and FD&C Yellow No. 6 aluminum lake.
- the foamable composition can be an emulsion, or microemulsion, including an aqueous phase and an organic carrier phase.
- the organic carrier is selected from a hydrophobic organic carrier (also termed herein “hydrophobic solvent”), an emollient, a polar solvent, and a mixture thereof.
- hydrophobic organic carrier refers to a material having solubility in distilled water at ambient temperature of less than about 1 gm per 100 mL, more preferable less than about 0.5 gm per 100 mL, and most preferably less than about 0.1 gm per 100 mL. It is liquid at ambient temperature.
- the identification of a hydrophobic organic carrier or “hydrophobic solvent”, as used herein, is not intended to characterize the solubilization capabilities of the solvent for any specific active agent or any other component of the foamable composition. Rather, such information is provided to aid in the identification of materials suitable for use as a hydrophobic carrier in the foamable compositions described herein.
- the hydrophobic organic carrier is an oil, such as mineral oil.
- Mineral oil (Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number 8012-95-1) is a mixture of aliphatic, naphthalenic, and aromatic liquid hydrocarbons that derive from petroleum. It is typically liquid; its viscosity is in the range of between about 35 CST and about 100 CST (at 40° C.), and its pour point (the lowest temperature at which an oil can be handled without excessive amounts of wax crystals forming so preventing flow) is below 0° C.
- the hydrophobic organic carrier does not include thick or semi-solid materials, such as white petrolatum, also termed “Vaseline”, which, in certain compositions is disadvantageous due to its waxy nature and semi-solid texture.
- hydrophobic solvents are liquid oils originating from vegetable, marine or animal sources.
- Suitable liquid oil includes saturated, unsaturated or polyunsaturated oils.
- the unsaturated oil may be olive oil, corn oil, soybean oil, canola oil, cottonseed oil, coconut oil, sesame oil, sunflower oil, borage seed oil, syzigium aromaticum oil, hempseed oil, herring oil, cod-liver oil, salmon oil, flaxseed oil, wheat germ oil, evening primrose oils or mixtures thereof, in any proportion.
- Suitable hydrophobic solvents also include polyunsaturated oils containing poly-unsaturated fatty acids.
- the unsaturated fatty acids are selected from the group of omega-3 and omega-6 fatty acids.
- examples of such polyunsaturated fatty acids are linoleic and linolenic acid, gamma-linoleic acid (GLA), eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA) and docosahexaenoic acid (DHA).
- GLA gamma-linoleic acid
- EPA eicosapentaenoic acid
- DHA docosahexaenoic acid
- the hydrophobic solvent can include at least 6% of an oil selected from omega-3 oil, omega-6 oil, and mixtures thereof.
- oils that possess therapeutically beneficial properties are termed “therapeutically active oil”.
- hydrophobic solvents Another class of hydrophobic solvents is the essential oils, which are also considered therapeutically active oil, which contain active biologically occurring molecules and, upon topical application, exert a therapeutic effect, which is conceivably synergistic to the beneficial effect of the antibiotic agent in the composition.
- Another class of therapeutically active oils includes liquid hydrophobic plant-derived oils, which are known to possess therapeutic benefits when applied topically.
- Silicone oils (discussed earlier) also may be used and are desirable due to their known skin protective and occlusive properties.
- Suitable silicone oils include non-volatile silicones, such as polyalkyl siloxanes, polyaryl siloxanes, polyalkylaryl siloxanes and polyether siloxane copolymers, polydimethylsiloxanes (dimethicones) and poly(dimethylsiloxane)-(diphenyl-siloxane) copolymers. These are chosen from cyclic or linear polydimethylsiloxanes containing from about 3 to about 9, preferably from about 4 to about 5, silicon atoms. Volatile silicones such as cyclomethicones can also be used. Silicone oils are also considered therapeutically active oil, due to their barrier retaining and protective properties.
- the hydrophobic carrier includes at least 2% by weight silicone oil or at least 5% by weight.
- the solvent may be a mixture of two or more of the above hydrophobic solvents in any proportion.
- a further class of solvents includes “emollients” that have a softening or soothing effect, especially when applied to body areas, such as the skin and mucosal surfaces.
- Emollients are not necessarily hydrophobic.
- suitable emollients include hexyleneglycol, propylene glycol, isostearic acid derivatives, isopropyl palmitate, isopropyl isostearate, diisopropyl adipate, diisopropyl dimerate, maleated soybean oil, octyl palmitate, cetyl lactate, cetyl ricinoleate, tocopheryl acetate, acetylated lanolin alcohol, cetyl acetate, phenyl trimethicone, glyceryl oleate, tocopheryl linoleate, wheat germ glycerides, arachidyl propionate, myristyl lactate, decyl oleate, propylene glyco
- An additional class of emollients suitable according to the present invention consists of polypropylene glycol (PPG) alkyl ethers, such as PPG stearyl ethers and PPG Butyl Ether, which are polypropylene ethers of stearyl ether that function as skin-conditioning agent in pharmaceutical and cosmetic formulations.
- PPG alkyl ethers can be incorporated in the foamable composition in a concentration between about 1% and about 20%.
- the sensory properties of foams containing PPG alkyl ethers are favorable, as revealed by consumer panel tests.
- foams comprising PPG alkyl ethers are non-flammable, as shown in a test according to European Standard prEN 14851, titled “Aerosol containers—Aerosol foam flammability test”, while foams containing other oils are inflammable.
- the hydrophobic organic carrier includes a mixture of a hydrophobic solvent and an emollient.
- the foamable composition is a mixture of mineral oil and an emollient in a ratio between 2:8 and 8:2 on a weight basis.
- a “polar solvent” is an organic solvent, typically soluble in both water and oil.
- polar solvents include polyols, such as glycerol (glycerin), propylene glycol, hexylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol n-alkanols, terpenes, di-terpenes, tri-terpenes, terpen-ols, limonene, terpene-ol, 1-menthol, dioxolane, ethylene glycol, other glycols, sulfoxides, such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), dimethylformanide, methyl dodecyl sulfoxide, dimethylacetamide, monooleate of ethoxylated glycerides (with 8 to 10 ethylene oxide units), azone (1-dodecylazacycloheptan-2-one), 2-(n-nonyl)-1,3-dioxolane, esters, such as
- the polar solvent is a polyethylene glycol (PEG) or PEG derivative that is liquid at ambient temperature, including PEG200 (MW (molecular weight) about 190-210 kD), PEG300 (MW about 285-315 kD), PEG400 (MW about 380-420 kD), PEG600 (MW about 570-630 kD) and higher MW PEGs such as PEG 4000, PEG 6000 and PEG 10000 and mixtures thereof.
- PEG200 MW (molecular weight) about 190-210 kD
- PEG300 MW about 285-315 kD
- PEG400 MW about 380-420 kD
- PEG600 MW about 570-630 kD
- higher MW PEGs such as PEG 4000, PEG 6000 and PEG 10000 and mixtures thereof.
- a moisturizing complex is refers to mixtures of chemical agents specially designed to make the external layers of the skin (epidermis) softer and more pliable, by increasing its hydration (water content).
- Naturally occurring skin lipids and sterols as well as artificial or natural oils, humectants, emollients, lubricants, etc. may be used as part of the moisturizing complex.
- the moisturizing complex can have several additional intended and unintended effects on their users, including building a barrier against the loss of water through the epidermis (skin), repairing scaly, damaged or dry skin resulting from external environmental aggressions or internal changes (such as in acne or naturally dry skin), repairing or postponing the aging effects on the skin, etc.
- the formulations incorporate a moisturizing complex.
- a moisturizing complex can be prepared from two or more chemical agents, such as stearate, olive oil, water and glycerin.
- chemical agents such as stearate, olive oil, water and glycerin.
- Non-limiting examples of such chemicals may include:
- Humectants such as glycerin, urea, lactic acid and sorbitol
- Natural moisturizing factors include low molecular weight substances such as ammonia, amino acids, glucosamine, creatinine, citrate and ionic solutions such as sodium, potassium, chloride, phosphate, calcium and magnesium;
- Emollients such as lanolin (the earliest complex organic substances used in facial and body moisturizers, which is extracted from wool). Lanolin acts as a barrier (occlusion effect) against loss of water and also as a softener of stratum corneum, by means of lubrication and smoothing.
- Lanolin acts as a barrier (occlusion effect) against loss of water and also as a softener of stratum corneum, by means of lubrication and smoothing.
- emollients are oil-water emulsions of varying composition and may include several esters and oils such as octyl dodecanol, hexyl decanol, oleyl alcohol, decyl oleate, isopropyl stearate, isopropyl palmitate, isopropyl myristate, hexyl laureate, and dioctyl cyclohexane; and
- Emulsifier, preserving and fragrance agents are also part of commercial preparations.
- the hydrophobic solvent selected can surprisingly play a significant co moisturizing or hydration effect.
- mineral oil is seen to contribute to the hydration effect in combination with glycerin or with sodium PCA.
- the moisturizing complex is a mixture of glycerin and sodium PCA (sodium salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid). In certain other embodiments the complex is a mixture of mineral oil glycerin and sodium PCA.
- glycerin Derived from the saponification of fats, glycerin (also spelled glycerin and usually referred to in the literature as glycerol) is a strong, nonvolatile trihydroxylated humectant that exhibits hygroscopic ability very similar to that associated with natural moisturizing factor (J. Soc. Cosmet. Chem. 1976; 27:65; Acta Derm. Venereol. 1999; 79:418-21). Natural moisturizing factor is found in corneocytes and can absorb large quantities of water, even when humidity levels are low, which allows the stratum corneum (SC) to maintain a sufficient hydration level in dry environments. Numerous ingredients have been used in moisturizing products to mimic the activity of natural moisturizing factor, and glycerol is one of the more successful.
- SC stratum corneum
- the intercellular matrix is the “glue” or “mortar” between skin cells that keep them together. It helps prevent individual skin cells from losing water and creates the smooth, non-flaky appearance of healthy, intact skin.
- the components that do this are often called natural moisturizing factors (NMFs) or ingredients that mimic the structure and function of healthy skin. While the oil and fat components of skin prevent evaporation and provide lubrication to the surface of skin, it is actually the intercellular matrix along with the skin's lipid content that gives skin a good deal of its surface texture and feel.
- the intercellular matrix is the skin's first line of defense against water loss.
- the longer the skin's surface layer (stratum corneum) is impaired, the less effective the skin's intercellular matrix becomes (Sources: Skin Research and Technology , August 2000, pages 128-134; and Dermatologic Therapy, Volume 17, Supplement 1, 2004, pages 43-48). Moreover, the skin's healing process is impaired.
- NMFs make up an expansive group of ingredients that include amino acids, ceramides, hyaluronic acid, cholesterol, fatty acids, triglycerides, phospholipids, glycosphingolipids, urea, linoleic acid, glycosaminoglycans, glycerin, mucopolysaccharide, and sodium PCA (sodium salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid).
- Ingredients that mimic the lipid content of skin are apricot oil, canola oil, coconut oil, corn oil, jojoba oil, jojoba wax, lanolin, lecithin, olive oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, shea butter, soybean oil, squalane, and sweet almond oil, which can all be extremely helpful for making dry skin look and feel better.
- NMFs and lipids are present in the intercellular structure of the epidermis, both between skin cells and in the lipid content on the surface of skin.
- these ingredients are used in skin-care products, they appear to help stabilize and maintain this complex intercellular-skin matrix.
- NMFs and lipids can permanently affect or change skin, they are great at temporarily keeping depleted skin from feeling dry and uncomfortable. More important, all of these ingredients, and many more, can help support the intercellular area of the skin by keeping it intact. This support helps prevent surface irritation from penetrating deeper into the skin, works to keep bacteria out, and aids the skin's immune/healing system.
- the moisturizing complex comprises a NMF.
- the NMF is used in combination with one or both of glycerin, sodium pCA.
- the NMF is used in combination with mineral oil and or one or more of glycerin and sodium pCA.
- the polymeric agent serves to contribute to the viscosity of the formulation, stabilize the foam composition and to control drug residence in the target organ.
- Exemplary polymeric agents are classified below in a non-limiting manner. In certain cases, a given polymer can belong to more than one of the classes provided below.
- the composition includes at least one gelling agent.
- a gelling agent controls the residence of a therapeutic composition in the target site of treatment by increasing the viscosity of the composition, thereby limiting the rate of its clearance from the site.
- Many gelling agents are known in the art to possess mucoadhesive properties. Surprisingly, it has been found that selected and sparing use of such polymeric agents allows the formation of low viscous formulations which nevertheless can hold BPO particles in a suspension that is able to be physically and chemically stable for pharmaceutical use. Moreover the presence of these polymeric agents enables the foam formulation to contribute to controlling the residence of the active agent at the target site.
- the gelling agent can be a natural gelling agent, a synthetic gelling agent and an inorganic gelling agent.
- Exemplary gelling agents that can be used in accordance with one or more embodiments include, for example, naturally-occurring polymeric materials, such as locust bean gum, sodium alginate, sodium caseinate, egg albumin, gelatin agar, carrageenin gum, sodium alginate, xanthan gum, quince seed extract, tragacanth gum, guar gum, starch, chemically modified starches and the like, semi-synthetic polymeric materials such as cellulose ethers (e.g.
- hydroxyethyl cellulose methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxy propylmethyl cellulose
- guar gum hydroxypropyl guar gum
- soluble starch cationic celluloses, cationic guars, and the like
- synthetic polymeric materials such as carboxyvinyl polymers, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, polyacrylic acid polymers, polymethacrylic acid polymers, polyvinyl acetate polymers, polyvinyl chloride polymers, polyvinylidene chloride polymers and the like. Mixtures of the above compounds are contemplated.
- Further exemplary gelling agents include the acrylic acid/ethyl acrylate copolymers and the carboxyvinyl polymers sold, for example, by the B.F. Goodrich Company under the trademark of Carbopol® resins.
- the agent is a Carbopol.
- These resins consist essentially of a colloidal water-soluble polyalkenyl polyether crosslinked polymer of acrylic acid crosslinked with from 0.75% to 2% of a crosslinking agent such as polyallyl sucrose or polyallyl pentaerythritol. Examples include Carbopol® 934, Carbopol® 940, Carbopol® 950, Carbopol® 980, Carbopol® 951 and Carbopol® 981.
- Carbopol® 934 is a water-soluble polymer of acrylic acid crosslinked with about 1% of a polyallyl ether of sucrose having an average of about 5.8 allyl groups for each sucrose molecule.
- the composition includes at least one polymeric agent, which is a water-soluble cellulose ether.
- the water-soluble cellulose ether is selected from the group consisting of methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Methocel), hydroxyethyl cellulose, methylhydroxyethylcellulose, methylhydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxyethylcarboxymethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose and carboxymethylhydroxyethylcellulose. More preferably, the water-soluble cellulose ether is selected from the group consisting of methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Methocel).
- the composition includes a combination of a water-soluble cellulose ether; and a naturally occurring polymeric materials, selected from the group including xanthan gum, guar gum, carrageenan gum, locust bean gum and tragacanth gum.
- the gelling agent includes inorganic gelling agents, such as silicone dioxide (fumed silica).
- Mucoadhesive/bioadhesion has been defined as the attachment of synthetic or biological macromolecules to a biological tissue.
- Mucoadhesive agents are a class of polymeric biomaterials that exhibit the basic characteristic of a hydrogel, i.e. swell by absorbing water and interacting by means of adhesion with the mucous that covers epithelia.
- Compositions may contain a mucoadhesive macromolecule or polymer in an amount sufficient to confer bioadhesive properties.
- the bioadhesive macromolecule enhances the delivery of biologically active agents on or through the target surface.
- the mucoadhesive macromolecule may be selected from acidic synthetic polymers, preferably having at least one acidic group per four repeating or monomeric subunit moieties, such as poly(acrylic)- and/or poly(methacrylic) acid (e.g., Carbopol®, Carbomer®), poly(methylvinyl ether/maleic anhydride) copolymer, and their mixtures and copolymers; acidic synthetically modified natural polymers, such as carboxymethylcellulose (CMC); neutral synthetically modified natural polymers, such as (hydroxypropyl)methylcellulose; basic amine-bearing polymers such as chitosan; acidic polymers obtainable from natural sources, such as alginic acid, hyaluronic acid, pectin, gum tragacanth, and karaya gum; and neutral synthetic polymers, such as polyvinyl alcohol or their mixtures.
- acidic synthetic polymers preferably having at least one acidic group per four repeating or monomeric subunit moie
- An additional group of mucoadhesive polymers includes natural and chemically modified cyclodextrin, especially hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin.
- Such polymers may be present as free acids, bases, or salts, usually in a final concentration of about 0.01% to about 0.5% by weight.
- a suitable bioadhesive macromolecule is the family of acrylic acid polymers and copolymers, (e.g., Carbopol®). These polymers contain the general structure —[CH 2 —CH(COOH)—] n . Hyaluronic acid and other biologically-derived polymers may be used.
- Exemplary bioadhesive or mucoadhesive macromolecules have a molecular weight of at least 50 kDa, or at least 300 kDa, or at least 1,000 kDa.
- Favored polymeric ionizable macromolecules have not less than 2 mole percent acidic groups (e.g., COOH, SO 3 H) or basic groups (NH 2 , NRH, NR 2 ), relative to the number of monomeric units.
- the acidic or basic groups can constitute at least 5 mole percent, or at least 10 mole percent, or at least 25, at least 50 more percent, or even up to 100 mole percent relative to the number of monomeric units of the macromolecule.
- mucoadhesive agent includes inorganic gelling agents such as silicon dioxide (fumed silica), including but not limited to, AEROSIL 200 (DEGUSSA).
- inorganic gelling agents such as silicon dioxide (fumed silica), including but not limited to, AEROSIL 200 (DEGUSSA).
- the foam composition may contain a film-forming component.
- the film-forming component may include at least one water-insoluble alkyl cellulose or hydroxyalkyl cellulose.
- Exemplary alkyl cellulose or hydroxyalkyl cellulose polymers include ethyl cellulose, propyl cellulose, butyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxybutyl cellulose, and ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose, alone or in combination.
- a plasticizer or a cross-linking agent may be used to modify the polymer's characteristics.
- esters such as dibutyl or diethyl phthalate, amides such as diethyldiphenyl urea, vegetable oils, fatty acids and alcohols such as oleic and myristyl acid may be used in combination with the cellulose derivative.
- the composition includes a phase change polymer, which alters the composition behavior from fluid-like prior to administration to solid-like upon contact with the target mucosal surface.
- phase change results from external stimuli, such as changes in temperature or pH and exposure to specific ions (e.g., Ca 2+ ).
- phase change polymers include poly(N-isopropylamide) and Poloxamer 407®.
- the polymeric agent is present in an amount in the range of about 0.01% to about 5.0% by weight of the foam composition. In one or more embodiments, it is typically less than about 1 wt % of the foamable composition. In one or more embodiments, it is formulated to achieve a viscosity in the pre foam formulation of less than about 8000 cps. In certain embodiments the foamable formulation with propellant has a viscosity of less than about 8000 cps and a preferred viscosity in the foamable formulation with propellant of less than about 7000 cps and more preferably less than about 3000 cps.
- the ratio of viscosity of the foamable formulation with propellant to the ratio of the viscosity of the pre foam formulation without propellant is between about 1:1, about 19:20; about 9:10; about 4:5; about 3:4; about 3:5; about 2:5 to about 1:5 to about 1:10 preferably between about 19:20 to about 2:5.
- the composition further contains a surface-active agent.
- Surface-active agents include any agent linking oil and water in the composition, in the form of emulsion.
- a surfactant's hydrophilic/lipophilic balance (HLB) describes the emulsifier's affinity toward water or oil. HLB is defined for non-ionic surfactants. The HLB scale ranges from 1 (totally lipophilic) to 20 (totally hydrophilic), with 10 representing an equal balance of both characteristics.
- Lipophilic emulsifiers form water-in-oil (w/o) emulsions; hydrophilic surfactants form oil-in-water (o/w) emulsions.
- the HLB of a blend of two emulsifiers equals the weight fraction of emulsifier A times its HLB value plus the weight fraction of emulsifier B times its HLB value (weighted average).
- a single surfactant may suffice.
- a combination of two or more surfactants is desired.
- Reference to a surfactant in the specification can also apply to a combination of surfactants or a surfactant system. As will be appreciated by a person skilled in the art which surfactant or surfactant system is more appropriate is related to the vehicle and intended purpose. In general terms a combination of surfactants is usually preferable where the vehicle is an emulsion.
- a combination of surfactants can be significant in producing breakable forms of good quality. It has been further discovered that the generally thought considerations for HLB values for selecting a surfactant or surfactant combination are not always binding for emulsions and that good quality foams can be produced with a surfactant or surfactant combination both where the HLB values are in or towards the lipophilic side of the scale and where the HLB values are in or towards the hydrophilic side of the scale. Surfactants also play a role in foam formation where the foamable formulation is a single phase composition.
- the composition contains a single surface active agent having an HLB value between about 2 and 9, or more than one surface active agent and the weighted average of their HLB values is between about 2 and about 9.
- Lower HLB values may in certain embodiments be more applicable to water in oil emulsions.
- the composition contains a single surface active agent having an HLB value between about 7 and 14, or more than one surface active agent and the weighted average of their HLB values is between about 7 and about 14.
- Mid range HLB values may in certain embodiments be more suitable for oil in water emulsions.
- the composition contains a single surface active agent having an HLB value between about 9 and about 19, or more than one surface active agent and the weighted average of their HLB values is between about 9 and about 19.
- HLB values In a waterless or substantially waterless environment a wide range of HLB values may be suitable.
- the composition contains a non-ionic surfactant.
- non-ionic surfactants include a polysorbate, polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monostearate, polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monooleate, a polyoxyethylene fatty acid ester, Myrj 45, Myrj 49, Myrj 52 and Myrj 59; a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene cetyl ether, polyoxyethylene palmityl ether, polyethylene oxide hexadecyl ether, polyethylene glycol cetyl ether, steareths such as steareth 2, brij 21, brij 721, brij 38, brij 52, brij 56 and brij W1, a sucrose ester, a partial ester of sorbitol and its anhydrides, sorbitan monolaurate, sorbitan monolaurate, a monoglyceride, a diglyceride, isoceteth-20 and mono
- surfactants are selected which can provide a close packed surfactant layer separating the oil and water phases.
- combinations of at least two surfactants are selected.
- they should be complex emulgators and more preferably they should both be of a similar molecular type.
- POE esters cannot be used and a combination of sorbitan laurate and sorbitan stearate or a combination of sucrose stearic acid ester mixtures and sodium laurate may be used. All these combinations due to their versatility and strength may also be used satisfactorily and effectively with wax formulations, although the amounts and proportion may be varied according to the formulation and its objectives as will be appreciated by a man of the art.
- dextrin derivative surfactants prepared by the reaction of the propylene glycol polyglucosides with a hydrophobic oxirane-containing material of the glycidyl ether are highly biodegradable. [Hong-Rong Wang and Keng-Ming Chen, Colloids and Surfaces A: Physicochemical and Engineering Aspects Volume 281, Issues 1-3, 15 Jun. 2006, Pages 190-193].
- Non-limiting examples of non-ionic surfactants that have HLB of about 7 to about 12 include steareth 2 (HLB ⁇ 4.9); glyceryl monostearate/PEG 100 stearate (Av HLB ⁇ 11.2); stearate Laureth 4 (HLB ⁇ 9.7) and cetomacrogol ether (e.g., polyethylene glycol 1000 monocetyl ether).
- Non-limiting examples of preferred surfactants which have a HLB of 4-19 are set out in the Table below:
- HLB steareth 2 ⁇ 4.9 glyceryl monostearate/PEG 100 stearate Av ⁇ 11.2 Glyceryl Stearate ⁇ 4 Steareth-21 ⁇ 15.5 peg 40 stearate ⁇ 16.9 polysorbate 80 ⁇ 15 sorbitan stearate ⁇ 4.7 laureth 4 ⁇ 9.7 Sorbitan monooleate (span 80) ⁇ 4.3 ceteareth 20 ⁇ 15.7 steareth 20 ⁇ 15.3 ceteth 20 ⁇ 15.7 Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether ⁇ 15.7 ceteth 2 (Lipocol C-2) ⁇ 5.3 PEG-30 Dipolyhydroxystearate ⁇ 5.5 sucrose distearate (Sisterna SP30) ⁇ 6 polyoxyethylene (100) stearate ⁇ 18.8
- the surface active agent is a complex emulgator in which the combination of two or more surface active agents can be more effective than a single surfactant and provides a more stable emulsion or improved foam quality than a single surfactant.
- the complex emulgator comprises a combination of surfactants wherein there is a difference of about 4 or more units between the HLB values of the two surfactants or there is a significant difference in the chemical nature or structure of the two or more surfactants.
- surfactant systems are, combinations of polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, such as Brij 59/Brij10; Brij 52/Brij 10; Steareth 2/Steareth 20; Steareth 2/Steareth 21 (Brij 72/Brij 721); combinations of polyoxyethylene stearates such as Myrj 52/Myrj 59; combinations of sucrose esters, such as Surphope 1816/Surphope 1807; combinations of sorbitan esters, such as Span 20/Span 80; Span 20/Span 60; combinations of sucrose esters and sorbitan esters, such as Surphope 1811 and Span 60; combinations of liquid polysorbate detergents and PEG compounds, such as Tween 80/PEG-40 stearate; methyl glucaso sequistearate; polymeric emulsifiers, such as Permulen (TRI or TR2); liquid crystal systems, such as Arlatone (2121), Stepan (Mild RM1), Nikomules
- the surfactant is preferably one or more of the following: a combination of steareth-2 and steareth-21 on their own or in combination with glyceryl monostearate (GMS); in certain other embodiments the surfactant is a combination of polysorbate 80 and PEG-40 stearate. In certain other embodiments the surfactant is a combination of glyceryl monostearate/PEG 100 stearate. In certain other embodiments the surfactant is a combination of two or more of stearate 21, PEG 40 stearate, and polysorbate 80. In certain other embodiments the surfactant is a combination of two or more of laureth 4, span80, and polysorbate 80.
- the surfactant is a combination of two or more of GMS and ceteareth. In certain other embodiments the surfactant is a combination of two or more of steareth 21, ceteareth 20, ceteth 2 and laureth 4 In certain other embodiments the surfactant is a combination of ceteareth 20 and polysorbate 40 stearate. In certain other embodiments the surfactant is a combination of span 60 and GMS. In certain other embodiments the surfactant is a combination of two or all of PEG 40 stearate, sorbitan stearate and polysorbate 60
- the surfactant is one or more of sucrose stearic acid esters, sorbitan laureth, and sorbitan stearate.
- non-ionic surfactants with significant hydrophobic and hydrophilic components, increase the emulsifier or foam stabilization characteristics of the composition.
- using combinations of surfactants with high and low HLB's to provide a relatively close packed surfactant layer may strengthen the emulsion.
- the stability of the composition can be improved when a combination of at least one non-ionic surfactant having HLB of less than 9 and at least one non-ionic surfactant having HLB of equal or more than 9 is employed.
- the ratio between the at least one non-ionic surfactant having HLB of less than 9 and the at least one non-ionic surfactant having HLB of equal or more than 9, is between 1:8 and 8:1, or at a ratio of 4:1 to 1:4.
- the resultant HLB of such a blend of at least two emulsifiers is preferably between about 9 and about 14.
- a combination of at least one non-ionic surfactant having HLB of less than 9 and at least one non-ionic surfactant having HLB of equal or more than 9 is employed, at a ratio of between 1:8 and 8:1, or at a ratio of 4:1 to 1:4, wherein the HLB of the combination of emulsifiers is preferably between about 5 and about 18.
- the surface active agent is selected from the group of cationic, zwitterionic, amphoteric and ampholytic surfactants, such as sodium methyl cocoyl taurate, sodium methyl oleoyl taurate, sodium lauryl sulfate, triethanolamine lauryl sulfate and betaines.
- amphiphilic molecules can show lyotropic liquid-crystalline phase sequences depending on the volume balances between the hydrophilic part and hydrophobic part. These structures are formed through the micro-phase segregation of two Many amphiphilic molecules can show lyotropic liquid-crystalline phase sequences depending on the volume balances between the hydrophilic part and hydrophobic part. These structures are formed through the micro-phase segregation of two incompatible components on a nanometer scale. Soap is an everyday example of a lyotropic liquid crystal. Certain types of surfactants tend to form lyotropic liquid crystals in emulsions interface (oil-in-water) and exert a stabilizing effect.
- the surfactant is a surfactant or surfactant combination is capable of or which tends to form liquid crystals.
- Surfactants which tend to form liquid crystals may improve the quality of foams.
- Non limiting examples of surfactants with postulated tendency to form interfacial liquid crystals are: phospholipids, alkyl glucosides, sucrose esters, sorbitan esters.
- the at least one surface active agent is liquid.
- the liquid surfactant is a polysorbate, preferably polysorbate 80 or 60.
- the at least one surface active agent is solid, semi solid or waxy.
- HLB values may not be so applicable to non ionic surfactants, for example, with liquid crystals or with silicones. Also HLB values may be of lesser significance in a waterless or substantially non-aqueous environment.
- the surfactant can be, a surfactant system comprising of a surfactant and a co surfactant, a waxy emulsifier, a liquid crystal emulsifier, an emulsifier which is solid or semi solid at room temperature and pressure, or combinations of two or more agents in an appropriate proportion as will be appreciated a person skilled in the art.
- a solid or semi solid emulsifier combination it can also comprise a solid or semi solid emulsifier and a liquid emulsifier.
- the surface-active agent includes at least one non-ionic surfactant.
- Ionic surfactants are known to be irritants. Therefore, non-ionic surfactants are preferred in applications including sensitive tissue such as found in most mucosal tissues, especially when they are infected or inflamed. Non-ionic surfactants alone can provide formulations and foams of good or excellent quality in the carriers and compositions provided herein.
- the composition contains a non-ionic surfactant.
- the composition includes a mixture of non-ionic surfactants as the sole surface active agent.
- the foamable composition includes a mixture of at least one non-ionic surfactant and at least one ionic surfactant in a ratio in the range of about 100:1 to 6:1.
- the non-ionic to ionic surfactant ratio is greater than about 6:1, or greater than about 8:1; or greater than about 14:1, or greater than about 16:1, or greater than about 20:1.
- surface active agent comprises a combination of a non-ionic surfactant and an ionic surfactant, at a ratio of between 1:1 and 20:1
- a combination of a non-ionic surfactant and an ionic surfactant is employed, at a ratio of between 1:1 and 20:1, or at a ratio of 4:1 to 10:1; for example, about 1:1, about 4:1, about 8:1, about 12:1, about 16:1 and about 20:1 or at a ratio of 4:1 to 10:1, for example, about 4:1, about 6:1, about 8:1 and about 10:1.
- the upper amount of surfactant that may be used may be limited by the shakability of the composition. If the surfactant is non liquid, it can make the formulation to viscous or solid. This can be particularly significant if the formulation has high molecular weight, e.g., a high molecular weight PEG or polymeric agents or petroleum or if the surfactants are large. Solvents and polymeric agents which have high molecular weight and are very viscous or solid or waxy (e.g., Peg 1500, 2000, etc.
- the shakability of the formulation reduces until a limitation point is reached where the formulation becomes non shakable and unsuitable.
- an effective amount of surfactant may be used provided the formulation remains shakable.
- the upper limit may be determined by flowability such as in circumstances where the composition is marginally or apparently non-shakable.
- the formulation is sufficiently flowable to be able to flow through an actuator valve and be released and still expand to form a good quality foam.
- the amount of surfactant or combination of surfactants is between about 0.05% to about 20%; between about 0.05% to about 15%. or between about 0.05% to about 10%.
- the concentration of surface active agent is between about 0.2% and about 8%. In a more preferred embodiment the concentration of surface active agent is between about 1% and about 6%.
- the surfactant comprises a polymeric surfactant.
- the surface active agent does not contain a polyoxyethylene (POE) moiety, such as polysorbate surfactants, POE fatty acid esters, and POE alkyl ethers, because the active agent is incompatible with such surface active agents.
- POE polyoxyethylene
- the active agent pimecrolimus is not stable the presence of POE moieties, yet benefits greatly from the use of dicarboxylic esters as penetration enhancers. In such cases, alternative surface active agents are employed.
- POE-free surfactants include non-ethoxylated sorbitan esters, such as sorbitan monopalmitate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan tristearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan trioleate, sorbitan monolaurate and sorbitan sesquioleate; glycerol fatty acid esters, such as glycerol monostearate and glycerol monooleate; mono-, di- and tri-esters of sucrose with fatty acids (sucrose esters), sucrose stearate, sucrose distearate sucrose palmitate and sucrose laurate; and alkyl polyglycosides, such as lauryl diglucoside.
- sorbitan esters such as sorbitan monopalmitate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan tristearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan trioleate, sorbitan monolaurate and sorbit
- composition as formulated is a substantially non shakable composition it is nevertheless possible as an exception in the scope for the formulation to be flowable to a sufficient degree to be able to flow through an actuator valve and be released and still expand to form a good quality foam.
- This surprising and unusual exception may be due one or more of a number of factors such as the high viscosity, the softness, the lack of crystals, the pseudoplastic or semi pseudo plastic nature of the composition and the dissolution of the propellant into the composition.
- the surface-active agent includes mono-, di- and tri-esters of sucrose with fatty acids (sucrose esters), prepared from sucrose and esters of fatty acids or by extraction from sucro-glycerides.
- sucrose esters include those having high monoester content, which have higher phase inversion and tension.
- Phase inversion is a factor in the preparation and stabilization of emulsions and can be both an aid and a detriment. Phase inversion involves the change of emulsion type from o/w to w/o or vice versa. Prior to phase inversion occurring there is a tension in the emulsion which if destabilized or driven will lead to phase inversion and if controlled or ameliorated or dissipated will result in a more stable emulsion. The occurrence of phase inversion during preparation can be a sign of instability. If controlled, it can result in a finer product but if due to other factors after the emulsion was prepared it can cause problems.
- Inversion can occur by for example adding calcium chloride to an o/w emulsion stabilized with sodium stearate to form calcium stearate. Inversion can also occur as the product of changes to the phase-volume ratio. For example if a small amount of water is added to surfactant mixed with oil and agitated a w/o emulsion is formed. As the amount of water added is gradually increased a point will be reached where the water and emulsifier envelop the oil as small droplets to form an o/w emulsion. The amount of each ingredient including the surfactants will have their part to play in the phenomenon.
- the foamable composition is substantially alcohol-free, i.e., free of short chain alcohols.
- Short chain alcohols having up to 5 carbon atoms in their carbon chain skeleton and one hydroxyl group, such as ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butaneol, iso-butaneol, t-butaneol and pentanol, are considered less desirable solvents or polar solvents due to their skin-irritating effect.
- the composition is substantially alcohol-free and includes less than about 5% final concentration of lower alcohols, preferably less than about 2%, more preferably less than about 1%.
- the active agent degrades in the presence of water, and therefore, in such cases the present of water in the composition is not desirable.
- the composition is substantially non-aqueous.
- the term “substantially non-aqueous” or “substantially waterless” is intended to indicate that the composition has a water content below about 25%.
- ‘Shakability’ means that the composition contains some or sufficient flow to allow the composition to be mixed or remixed on shaking. That is, it has fluid or semi fluid properties. In some very limited cases possibly aided by the presence of silicone it may exceptionally be possible to have a foamable composition which is flowable but not apparently shakable.
- a breakable foam is one that is thermally stable, yet breaks under sheer force.
- the breakable foam herein is not “quick breaking” and is not “thermolabile”, i.e., it does not collapse quickly upon expulsion and it does not readily collapse or melt upon exposure to body temperature environment.
- the breakable foam further does not display a long delayed expansion over minutes. Stability over a short time frame of minutes has advantages over foam which collapses quickly upon release.
- sheer-force breakability of the foam is clearly advantageous over thermally induced breakability. Both these factors allow for comfortable application and well directed administration to the target area. Breakable foam can break readily upon the application of shear force such as gentle rubbing to spread easily over a target surface.
- the sheer-force breakable foams herein are of low density, which further assists spreadability and contributes to a light pleasant feel.
- a therapeutically effective foam adjuvant is included in the foamable compositions herein to increase the foaming capacity of surfactants and/or to stabilize the foam.
- the foam adjuvant agent includes fatty alcohols having 15 or more carbons in their carbon chain, such as cetyl alcohol and stearyl alcohol (or mixtures thereof).
- fatty alcohols are arachidyl alcohol (C20), behenyl alcohol (C22), 1-triacontanol (C30), as well as alcohols with longer carbon chains (up to C50).
- Fatty alcohols derived from beeswax and including a mixture of alcohols, a majority of which has at least 20 carbon atoms in their carbon chain, are especially well suited as foam adjuvant agents.
- the amount of the fatty alcohol required to support the foam system is inversely related to the length of its carbon chains.
- Foam adjuvants, as defined herein are also useful in facilitating improved spreadability and absorption of the composition.
- the foam adjuvant agent includes fatty acids having 16 or more carbons in their carbon chain, such as hexadecanoic acid (C16) stearic acid (C18), arachidic acid (C20), behenic acid (C22), octacosanoic acid (C28), as well as fatty acids with longer carbon chains (up to C50), or mixtures thereof.
- fatty acids having 16 or more carbons in their carbon chain, such as hexadecanoic acid (C16) stearic acid (C18), arachidic acid (C20), behenic acid (C22), octacosanoic acid (C28), as well as fatty acids with longer carbon chains (up to C50), or mixtures thereof.
- fatty acids having 16 or more carbons in their carbon chain such as hexadecanoic acid (C16) stearic acid (C18), arachidic acid (C20), behenic acid (C22), octacosanoic
- a combination of a fatty acid and a fatty ester is employed.
- the carbon atom chain of the fatty alcohol or the fatty acid may have at least one double bond.
- a further class of foam adjuvant agent includes a branched fatty alcohol or fatty acid.
- the carbon chain of the fatty acid or fatty alcohol also can be substituted with a hydroxyl group, such as 12-hydroxy stearic acid.
- fatty alcohols and fatty acids used in context of the compositions herein are related to their therapeutic properties per se.
- Long chain saturated and mono unsaturated fatty alcohols e.g., stearyl alcohol, erucyl alcohol, arachidyl alcohol and behenyl alcohol (docosanol) have been reported to possess antiviral, antiinfective, antiproliferative and anti-inflammatory properties (see, U.S. Pat. No. 4,874,794).
- Longer chain fatty alcohols e.g., tetracosanol, hexacosanol, heptacosanol, octacosanol, triacontanol, etc.
- tetracosanol hexacosanol
- heptacosanol heptacosanol
- octacosanol triacontanol, etc.
- Long chain fatty acids have also been reported to possess anti-infective characteristics.
- a combined and enhanced therapeutic effect is attained by including BPO, an antibiotic agent and a therapeutically effective foam adjuvant in the same composition, thus providing a simultaneous anti-inflammatory and antiinfective effect from both components.
- the composition concurrently comprises an antibiotic agent, a therapeutically effective foam adjuvant and a therapeutically active oil, as detailed above.
- the foamable carrier, containing the foam adjuvant provides an extra therapeutic benefit in comparison with currently used vehicles, which are inert and non-active.
- the foam adjuvant includes a mixture of fatty alcohols, fatty acids and hydroxy fatty acids and derivatives thereof in any proportion, providing that the total amount is 0.1% to 5% (w/w) of the carrier mass. More preferably, the total amount is 0.4%-2.5% (w/w) of the carrier mass.
- the composition further contains a penetration enhancer.
- penetration enhancers include propylene glycol, butylene glycols, glycerol, pentaerythritol, sorbitol, mannitol, oligosaccharides, dimethyl isosorbide, monooleate of ethoxylated glycerides having about 8 to 10 ethylene oxide units, polyethylene glycol 200-600, transcutol, glycofurol and cyclodextrins.
- the therapeutic foam may further optionally include a variety of formulation excipients, which are added in order to fine-tune the consistency of the formulation, protect the formulation components from degradation and oxidation and modify their consistency.
- formulation excipients may be selected, for example, from stabilizing agents, antioxidants, humectants, preservatives, colorant and odorant agents and other formulation components, used in the art of formulation.
- Aerosol propellants are used to generate and administer the foamable composition as a foam.
- Suitable propellants include volatile hydrocarbons such as butane, propane, isobutane and fluorocarbon gases, or mixtures thereof.
- the propellant is AP 70 which is a mixture of propane, isobutene and butane.
- the propellant is AP 46 which is a similar mixture of propane, isobutene and butane but having a lower pressure.
- AP 70 offers about 50% higher pressure than AP 46.
- the propellant makes up about 3-25 wt % of the foamable composition. In some circumstances the propellant may be up to 35%.
- the propellants are used to generate and administer the foamable composition as a foam.
- the total composition including propellant, foamable compositions and optional ingredients can be referred to as the foamable composition.
- Such propellants include, but are not limited to, hydrofluorocarbon (HFC) propellants, which contain no chlorine atoms, and as such, fall completely outside concerns about stratospheric ozone destruction by chlorofluorocarbons or other chlorinated hydrocarbons.
- HFC hydrofluorocarbon
- Exemplary non-flammable propellants according to this aspect include propellants made by DuPont under the registered trademark Dymel, such as 1,1,1,2 tetrafluorethane (Dymel 134), and 1,1,1,2,3,3,3 heptafluoropropane (Dymel 227).
- HFCs possess Ozone Depletion Potential of 0.00 and thus, they are allowed for use as propellant in aerosol products.
- foamable emulsions including HFC as the propellant can be improved in comparison with the same composition made with a hydrocarbon propellant.
- foamable compositions comprise a combination of a HFC and a hydrocarbon propellant such as n-butane or mixtures of hydrocarbon propellants such as propane, isobutane and butane.
- a hydrocarbon propellant such as n-butane or mixtures of hydrocarbon propellants such as propane, isobutane and butane.
- compositions can subjected to a number of tests, including centrifugation to look for resistance to creaming, phase separation; one or more freeze thaw cycles, standing at room and higher temperatures as an indicator of resistance to aging.
- a pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition manufactured using the foam carrier according to one or more embodiments is very easy to use. When applied onto the afflicted body surface of mammals, i.e., humans or animals, it is in a foam state, allowing free application without spillage. Upon further application of a mechanical force, e.g., by rubbing the composition onto the body surface, it freely spreads on the surface and is rapidly absorbed.
- the foam composition creates a stable formulation having an acceptable shelf-life of at least six months, preferably at least one year, or more preferably at least two years at ambient temperature.
- a feature of a product for cosmetic or medical use is long term stability.
- Propellants which are usuallly a mixture of low molecular weight hydrocarbons, tend to impair the stability of emulsions and can cause accelorated breakdown of the active ingredient. It has been observed, however, that foam compositions according to the present invention are surprisingly stable. Following accelerated stability studies, they demonstrate desirable texture; they form fine bubble structures that do not break immediately upon contact with a surface, spread easily on the treated area and absorb quickly.
- composition should also be free flowing, to allow it to flow through the aperture of the container, e.g., and aerosol container, and create an acceptable foam.
- Foam quality can be graded as follows:
- Grade E excellent: very rich and creamy in appearance, does not show any bubble structure or shows a very fine (small) bubble structure; does not rapidly become dull; upon spreading on the skin, the foam retains the creaminess property and does not appear watery.
- Grade G (good): rich and creamy in appearance, very small bubble size, “dulls” more rapidly than an excellent foam, retains creaminess upon spreading on the skin, and does not become watery.
- Grade FG (fairly good): a moderate amount of creaminess noticeable, bubble structure is noticeable; upon spreading on the skin the product dulls rapidly and becomes somewhat lower in apparent viscosity.
- Grade F very little creaminess noticeable, larger bubble structure than a “fairly good” foam, upon spreading on the skin it becomes thin in appearance and watery.
- Grade P no creaminess noticeable, large bubble structure, and when spread on the skin it becomes very thin and watery in appearance.
- Grade VP dry foam, large very dull bubbles, difficult to spread on the skin.
- Topically administratable foams are typically of quality grade E or G, when released from the aerosol container. Smaller bubbles are indicative of more stable foam, which does not collapse spontaneously immediately upon discharge from the container. The finer foam structure looks and feels smoother, thus increasing its usability and appeal.
- a further aspect of the foam is breakability.
- the breakable foam is thermally stable, yet breaks easily under sheer force. Sheer-force breakability of the foam is clearly advantageous over thermally induced breakability. Thermally sensitive foams immediately collapse upon exposure to skin temperature and begin to be absorbed, and therefore, cannot be applied on the hand and afterwards delivered to the afflicted area a minute or so later since the foam will have practically disappeared.
- foams have low specific gravity of (1) less than 0.12 g/mL; or (2) the range between 0.02 and 0.12; or (3) the range between 0.04 and 0.10; or (4) the range between 0.06 and 0.10.
- a further factor is Bubble size.
- quality foams have a low bubble size with the average bubble size being below about 300 microns, preferably being below about 200 microns more preferably being below about 120 microns.
- the foamable formulation may be produced under nitrogen and under vacuum. Whilst the whole process can be carried out under an oxygen free environment, it can be sufficient to apply a vacuum after heating and mixing all the ingredients to obtain an emulsion or homogenous liquid.
- the production chamber is equipped to apply a vacuum but if not the formulation can be for example placed in a dessicator to remove oxygen prior to filing and crimping.
- Each aerosol canister is filled with the pre-foam formulation (“PEE”) and crimped with valve using vacuum crimping machine.
- PEE pre-foam formulation
- the process of applying a vacuum will cause most of the oxygen present to be eliminated.
- Addition of hydrocarbon propellant may without being bound by any theory further help to reduce the likelihood of any remaining oxygen reacting with the active ingredient.
- Pressurizing is carried out using a hydrocarbon gas or gas mixture. Canisters are filled and then warmed for 30 sec in a warm bath at 50° C. and well shaken immediately thereafter.
- Each pressurized canister is subjected to bubble and crimping integrity testing by immersing the canister in a 60° C. water bath for 2 minutes. Canisters are observed for leakage as determined by the generation of bubbles. Canisters releasing bubbles are rejected.
- LFRA100 instrument is used to characterize hardness.
- a probe is inserted into the test material.
- the resistance of the material to compression is measured by a calibrated load cell and reported in units of grams on the texture analyzer instrument display.
- Preferably at least three repeat tests are made.
- the textural characteristics of a dispensed foam can effect the degree of dermal penetration, efficacy, spreadability and acceptability to the user. The results can also be looked at as an indicator of softness. Note: the foam sample is dispensed into an aluminum sample holder and filled to the top of the holder.
- Collapse time is examined by dispensing a given quantity of foam and photographing sequentially its appearance with time during incubation at 36° C. It is useful for evaluating foam products, which maintain structural stability at skin temperature for at least 1 min.
- Viscosity is measured with Brookfield LVDV-II+PRO with spindle SC4-25 at ambient temperature and 10, 5 and 1 RPM. Viscosity is usually measured at 10 RPM. However, at about the apparent upper limit for the spindle of ⁇ >50,000 CP, the viscosity at 1 RPM may be measured, although the figures are of a higher magnitude.
- PFF pre-foam formulation
- the foam product is dispensed into vessels (including dishes or tubes) of a known volume and weight. Replicate measurements of the mass of foam filling the vessels are made and the density is calculated.
- the canister and contents are allowed to reach room temperature. Shake the canister to mix the contents and dispense and discard 5-10 mL. Then dispense foam into a preweighed tube, filling it until excess is extruded. Immediately remove (level off) excess foam at both ends and weigh the filled tube on the weighing balance.
- the centrifugation used in this procedure serves as a stress condition simulating the aging of the liquid dispersion under investigation. Under these conditions, the centrifugal force applied facilitates the coalescence of dispersed globules or sedimentation of dispersed solids, resulting in loss of the desired properties of the formulated dispersion.
- Foams are made of gas bubbles entrapped in liquid.
- the bubble size and distribution reflects in the visual texture and smoothness of the foam.
- Foam bubbles size is determined by dispensing a foam sample on a glass slide, taking a picture of the foam surface with a digital camera equipped with a macro lens. The diameter of about 30 bubbles is measured manually relatively to calibration standard template. Statistical parameters such as mean bubble diameter, standard deviation and quartiles are then determined. Measuring diameter may also be undertaken with image analysis software.
- the camera used was a Nikon D40X Camera (resolution 10 MP) equipped with Sigma Macro Lens (ref: APO MACRO 150 mm F2.8 EX DG HSM). Pictures obtained are cropped to keep a squared region of 400 pixels ⁇ 400 pixels.
- the light microscope enables observing and measuring particles from few millimeters down to one micron.
- Light microscope is limited by the visible light wavelength and therefore is useful to measuring size of particles above 800 nanometers and practically from 1 micron (1,000 nanometers).
- Shakability represents the degree to which the user is able to feel/hear the presence of the liquid contents when the filled pressurized canister is shaken. Shaking is with normal mild force without vigorous shaking or excessive force. When the user cannot sense the motion of the contents during shaking the product may be considered to be non shakable. This property may be of particular importance in cases where shaking is required for affecting proper dispersion of the contents.
- UPLC ultra performance liquid chromatography
- the content of benzoyl peroxide, benzoic acid and other impurities in the tested sample is calculated from the ratio between the respective peak area of the samples and the average peak area of an ethyl benzoate (EB) standard (0.32 mg/mL) with respect to a response factor (based on the absorbance ratio between EB and BPO).
- EB ethyl benzoate
- Ethyl Benzoate was found to be a more reliable standard for BPO since discrepancies are observed in the potency of BPO standards on prolong testing probably due to inter alia the variability of moisture in the BPO standard.
- a method of treating acne comprising administering topically to a subject having acne a foamed composition as described herein.
- a method of treating other disorders responsive to BPO is provided.
- a method of treating acne and or other disorders responsive to BPO and antibiotics is provided.
- a method of treating acne and or other disorders responsive to BPO and other drugs is provided.
- a method of enhancing the stability of a foamable composition comprising benzoyl peroxide for treating acne, the method comprising adding a moisturizing complex to the foamable composition.
- the moisturizing complex comprises about 5% to about 15% by weight of the total composition not including any oils, which may contribute to improved hydration.
- the moisturizing complex comprises glycerin and sodium PCA.
- the moisturizing complex comprises mineral oil together with one or both of glycerin and sodium PCA.
- a method of reducing the dryness and/or irritation associated with the use of a composition containing benzoyl peroxide in treating acne comprising adding a moisturizing complex to the composition.
- the moisturizing complex comprises about 5% to about 15% by weight of the total composition not including any oils, which may contribute to improved hydration.
- the moisturizing complex comprises glycerin and sodium PCA.
- the moisturizing complex comprises mineral oil together with one or both of glycerin and sodium PCA.
- the foamable composition herein is suitable for administration to an inflicted area, in need of treatment, including, but not limited to the skin, a body surface, a body cavity, a mucosal surface, the nose, the mouth, the eye, the ear canal, the respiratory system, the vagina and the rectum (severally and interchangeably termed herein “target site”).
- foamable carrier formulations described herein suitable for delivering BPO on its own or in combination with a one or more compatible active agents that do not help or cause break down of BPO but active agents may be used in and delivered by the said foamable carrier formulations without BPO.
- active agents may be used in and delivered by the said foamable carrier formulations without BPO.
- carriers suitable for BPO these novel carriers having been discovered and developed can also be used to carry other API's and cosmetic agents described herein.
- foamable carriers can be used to provide homogenous suspensions of insoluble active agents.
- Non-limiting examples of other solid active agents include Imiquimod (for example, at about 1-5%) and similar compounds; Acyclovir (for example, at about 5%) and similar compounds such as Cyclovir, Acivir, and Zovir; corticosteroids (for example, at about 0.5% or more); encapsulated drugs, wherein the encapsulation or entrapping agent is insoluble, such as Microsponge, silica and other such species; particles, such as polymer microspheres (for example, polyheal); zinc oxide, titanium oxide, silicone oxide (silica) and other insoluble inorganic therapeutic agents
- Antibiotic agents are initially thought to affect disorders that involve blood circulation abnormalities, yet, in many case, circulation lays a secondary, yet influential role, which must be taken into account in order to optimize treatment.
- cutaneous malignant tumors are characterized by poor blood circulation, which make them less responsive to drug treatment, and therefore usage of an antibiotic agent would be beneficial to the cancer therapy.
- kits and the composition herein are useful in treating an animal or a patient having one of a variety of dermatological disorders (also termed “dermatoses”) and/or having any secondary condition resulting from infections, which disorders and/or conditions are classified in a non-limiting exemplary manner according to the following groups:
- An infection selected from the group of a bacterial infection, a fungal infection, a yeast infection, a viral infection and a parasitic infection.
- any one of a variety of dermatological disorders including dermatological pain, dermatological inflammation, acne, acne vulgaris, inflammatory acne, non-inflammatory acne, acne fulminans, nodular papulopustular acne, acne conglobata, dermatitis, bacterial skin infections, fungal skin infections, viral skin infections, parasitic skin infections, skin neoplasia, skin neoplasms, pruritis, cellulitis, acute lymphangitis, lymphadenitis, erysipelas, cutaneous abscesses, necrotizing subcutaneous infections, scalded skin syndrome, folliculitis, furuncles, hidradenitis suppurativa, carbuncles, paronychial infections, rashes, erythrasma, impetigo, ecthyma, yeast skin infections, warts, molluscum contagiosum, trauma or injury to the skin, post-operative or post-surgical skin conditions, scabies, pediculo
- Dermatitis including contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, seborrheic dermatitis, nummular dermatitis, chronic dermatitis of the hands and feet, generalized exfoliative dermatitis, stasis dermatitis; lichen simplex chronicus; diaper rash;
- Bacterial infections including cellulitis, acute lymphangitis, lymphadenitis, erysipelas, cutaneous abscesses, necrotizing subcutaneous infections, staphylococcal scalded skin syndrome, folliculitis, furuncles, hidradenitis suppurativa, carbuncles, paronychial infections, erythrasma;
- Fungal Infections including dermatophyte infections, yeast Infections; parasitic Infections including scabies, pediculosis, creeping eruption;
- Viral Infections including, but not limited to herpes genitalis and herpes labialis;
- hair follicles and sebaceous glands including acne, rosacea, perioral dermatitis, hypertrichosis (hirsutism), alopecia, including male pattern baldness, alopecia areata, alopecia universalis and alopecia totalis; pseudofolliculitis barbae, keratinous cyst;
- Scaling papular diseases including psoriasis, pityriasis rosea, lichen planus, pityriasis rubra pilaris;
- Benign tumors including moles, dysplastic nevi, skin tags, lipomas, angiomas, pyogenic granuloma, seborrheic keratoses, dermatofibroma, keratoacanthoma, keloid;
- Malignant tumors including basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, malignant melanoma, Paget's disease of the nipples, Kaposi's sarcoma;
- Bullous diseases including pemphigus, bullous pemphigoid, dermatitis herpetiformis, linear immunoglobulin A disease;
- Pigmentation disorders including hypopigmentation such as vitiligo, albinism and postinflammatory hypopigmentation and hyperpigmentation such as melasma (chloasma), drug-induced hyperpigmentation, postinflammatory hyperpigmentation;
- Inflammatory reactions including drug eruptions, toxic epidermal necrolysis; erythema multiforme, erythema nodosum, granuloma annulare.
- compositions are also useful in the therapy of non-dermatological disorders by providing transdermal delivery of an active antibiotic agent that is effective against non-dermatological disorders.
- composition is topically applied to a body cavity or mucosal surface (e.g., the mucosa of the nose and mouth, the eye, the ear canal, vagina or rectum) to treat conditions such aschlamydia infection, gonorrhea infection, hepatitis B, herpes, HIV/AIDS, human papillomavirus (HPV), genital warts, bacterial vaginosis, candidiasis, chancroid, granuloma Inguinale, lymphogranloma venereum, mucopurulent cervicitis (MPC), molluscum contagiosum, nongonococcal urethritis (NGU), trichomoniasis, vulvar disorders, vulvodynia, vulvar pain, yeast infection, vulvar dystrophy, vulvar intraepithelial neoplasia (VIN), contact dermatitis, pelvic inflammation, endometri
- the composition is useful for the treatment of one or more of skin irritations, wound, ulcer and burn. This use is particularly important since the composition preads easily on the afflicted area, without the need of extensive rubbing. Similarly it can be used for prophylactic purposes and as a disinfectant.
- the foam In light of the expansion of the foam upon administration, it is further suitable for the treatment and prevention of post-surgical adhesions. Adhesions are scars that form abnormal connections between tissue surfaces. Post-surgical adhesion formation is a natural consequence of surgery, resulting when tissue repairs itself following incision, cauterization, suturing, or other means of trauma. When comprising an antibiotic agent and optionally, appropriate protective agents, the foam is suitable for the treatment or prevention of post surgical adhesions.
- foamable compositions are described in: U.S. Publication No. 05-0232869, published on Oct. 20, 2005, entitled NONSTEROIDAL IMMUNOMODULATING KIT AND COMPOSITION AND USES THEREOF; U.S. Publication No. 05-0205086, published on Sep. 22, 2005, entitled RETINOID IMMUNOMODULATING KIT AND COMPOSITION AND USES THEREOF; U.S. Publication No. 06-0018937, published on Jan. 26, 2006, entitled STEROID KIT AND FOAMABLE COMPOSITION AND USES THEREOF; U.S. Publication No. 05-0271596, published on Dec.
- BPO can be an irritant
- the ingredients used in the formulations were identified as being non irritants in the concentrations used.
- a surfactant e.g. Polysorbate 60
- CMC polymer without surfactant resulted in poor foam.
- Addition of foam adjuvant improved matters and produced fairly good foam.
- doubling the amount of the foam adjuvant did not result in any further significant improvement.
- CMC polymer with surfactant did result in good quality foam but addition of foam adjuvant did not in this case appear to help. Collapse time is moderate and homogenity requires attention.
- Step 4 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 4 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 4 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 4 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 4 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 3 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 3 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 3 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 3 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Example 3 Over about 80% Water and High Amounts Polymer (about 7% to about % of Klucel or CMS with or without ASOS)
- Step 2 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 2 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 2 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Combinations or complex emulgators are generally superior in emulsion stability and foam quality. Also, combinations or complex emulgators contribute to collapse time especially when surfactants are solid at room temp.
- Step 2 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Example 5 Combinations of Liquid or Liquid and Solid Surfactants Plus Stearyl Alcohol as Foam Adjuvant without Polymeric Agent
- Liquid surfactants do not affect viscosity, whereas solid surfactants increase viscosity by adding bulk to improve the quality of the foam.
- Step 2 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Example 6 Over about 70% Water Plus Cetylstearyl Alcohol an Emollient Foam Adjuvant, and Surfactants with and without 10% Silicone and 0.5% Polymer
- the formulations contained at least an emollient foam adjuvant, and a surfactant and resulted in good to excellent quality foam with and without a silicone. Polymer was added with the silicone to improve stability.
- Step 2 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 4 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Example 7 5% Jojoba a Liquid Wax and High Klucel with about 79% Water
- Jojoba oil is a liquid wax with sebum like qualities. Good quality foam was produced with high polymer levels and jojoba and different surfactants.
- Step 4 BPO Addition.
- Step 5 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Example 8 5% PG and High Levels of Polymer (Klucel) with about 90% Water
- Step 2 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Example 9 Over about 90% Water and 7% Cocoglycerides an Emollient with Some Emulsifying Properties with and without a Foam Adjuvant
- Cocoglyceride is an emollient with surfactant-like properties (semi-surfactant). Addition of glyceryl stearate to the cocoglycerides formulation with sodium CMC resulted in improving the foam quality to good foam with a collapse time in excess of 5 minutes.
- Step 4 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Methocel/xanthan gum appeared to be more effective than a single polymer sodium CMC with 10% volatile silicone.
- Step 2 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 2 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Example 11 Non Oleaginous Formulation with and without a Moisturizing Complex of Glycerin and Sodium pCA
- Step 4 Glycerin, Sodium PCA and Buffer Addition
- Step 7 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Step 8 Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 4 Glycerin, Sodium PCA and Buffer Addition
- Step 7 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Step 8 Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Example 12 Oleaginous Formulation of 6% Mineral Oil with and without a Moisturizing Complex of Glycerin and Sodium pCA
- Step 4 Glycerin, Sodium PCA and Buffer Addition
- Step 7 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Step 8 Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 4 Glycerin, Sodium PCA and Buffer Addition
- Step 7 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Step 8 Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Example 13 Oleaginous Formulation with 6% MCT with and without a Moisturizing Complex of Glycerin and Sodium pCA
- Step 7 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Step 8 Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 4 Glycerin, Sodium PCA and Buffer Addition
- Step 7 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Step 8 Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 4 Glycerin, Sodium PCA and Buffer Addition
- Step 7 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Step 8 Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 7 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Step 8 Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Example 14 Oleaginous Placebo Oil/Silicone Containing Formulations with and without a Moisturizing Complex of Glycerin and Sodium pCA
- Step 4 Glycerin, Sodium PCA and Buffer Addition
- Step 7 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Step 8 Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 7 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Step 8 Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 4 Glycerin, Sodium PCA and Buffer Addition
- Step 7 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Step 8 Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Skin hydration level is assessed at baseline (fifteen minutes after each subject washed the left and right forearms) with the Corneometer® CM 825. The formulations are applied in designated chambers under occlusion for 6 hours which are then removed and the skin cleaned. Hydration is then measured one hour later.
- the formulations with glycerin/pCA have a substantial moisturizing effect when compared with the formulations lacking this combination. This is mostly beneficial since benzoyl peroxide is known to cause undesired side effects such as skin dryness and irritation.
- Step 7 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Step 8 Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Example 18B Comparison Between 1% BPO Formulation and 15% BPO Formulation with Carpopol
- Step 7 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Step 8 Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- BPO formulations achieved excellent, shakable non-breakable and uniform foam. These formulations were identical except for the amount of water and BPO present. In the high BPO formulation the water was 14% less. Increasing BPO's concentration dramatically caused an increase of the viscosity of the PFF. The viscosity remained high even when diluted with 8% pentane (a low volatile hydrocarbon) to simulate the volatile hydrocarbon propellants.
- Step 7 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Step 8 Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 5 Benzoyl Peroxide Addition and Milling
- Step 6 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 7 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Step 8 Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 7 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Step 8 Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 4 Benzoyl Peroxide Addition and Milling
- Step 6 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Treatment Treatment ID Name Carbopol 981 Methocel Xanthan A No treatment B BPO 008- No Yes Yes 081110P C BPO 047- Yes Yes Yes 081110P
- Step 4 Glycerin, Sodium PCA and Buffer Addition
- Step 7 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Step 8 Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Example 21 Comparative Hydration Tests for BPO Formulation (BPO-047) with and w/o, Glycerin, with and w/o NaPCA and with a Combination Thereof
- glycerin is a main contributor to the hydration effect.
- Sodium PCA at 2% also increases hydration but to a lesser extent compared to 8% glycerin. It may be that higher levels of sodium PCA improve hydration.
- Increasing sodium PCA at the account of glycerin also resulted in a similar level of improved hydration. It may be that at the combined levels of glycerin and sodium PCA in the presence of mineral oil hydration is maximized which may explain the minor differences between the results.
- Example 22 Stability Studies Formulations and Results at and 30° C.—a Six-Month Foam Chemical Stability of BPO in 30° C.—in Various Formulations Comparing to Benzac an Existing BPO Water Based Gel Product Comprising 5% BPO
- Non-medicinal ingredients Acrylates copolymer, carbomer 940, docusate sodium, edetate disodium, glycerin, poloxamer 182, propylene glycol, purified water, silicon dioxide, and sodium hydroxide. May contain citric acid to adjust pH.
- Benzac is a gel BPO formulation currently on the market. BPO is in a gel and is not fluid.
- BPO shows 6-month chemical stability in the different examples tested of the two types of formulations that have been developed at 30° C.: emollient (+6% oil) and mineral oil-free.
- Example 23 a 6-Month Foam Physical Stability of BPO at 25° C. and at 30° C. with the Formulations Seen in Example 22
- Step 7 Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Step 8 Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Part B Formulation 035 (with Mineral Oil)
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Birds (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Cosmetics (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to foamable compositions for treating acne comprising benzoyl peroxide; to a therapeutic kit comprising such compositions; and to a method of treating acne using such compositions.
Description
- This application claims priority under 35 U.S.C. §119(e) to U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/004,838, filed on Nov. 30, 2007, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
- The present invention relates to foamable compositions for treating inter alia acne comprising benzoyl peroxide; to a therapeutic kit comprising such compositions; and to a method of treating acne using such compositions.
- Acne Vulgaris is an inflammatory disease of the skin, caused by changes in the pilosebaceous units (skin structures consisting of a hair follicle and its associated sebaceous gland). Acne develops as a result of blockages in follicles. Hyperkeratinization and formation of a plug of keratin and sebum (a microcomedo) is the earliest change. Enlargement of sebaceous glands and an increase in sebum production occur with increased androgen (DHEA-S) production at adrenarche. The microcomedo may enlarge to form an open comedo (blackhead) or closed comedo (whitehead). In these conditions the naturally occurring largely commensual bacteria Propionibacterium acnes can cause inflammation, leading to inflammatory lesions (papules, infected pustules, or nodules) in the dermis around the microcomedo or comedo, which results in redness and may result in scarring or hyperpigmentation. See, e.g., Webster GF (2002), “Acne vulgaris,” BMJ 325 (7362): 475-9, PMID 12202330.
- Benzoyl peroxide (“BPO”) has been widely used for the treatment of acne. Gel or cream containing benzoyl peroxide is usually rubbed into the pores over the affected region. In addition to its therapeutic effect as a keratolytic (a chemical that dissolves the keratin plugging the pores), benzoyl peroxide also prevents new lesions by killing P. acnes. Benzoyl peroxide has the advantage of being a strong oxidizer and thus does not appear to generate bacterial resistance. However, the disadvantage associated with the use of benzoyl peroxide is that it routinely causes dryness, local irritation and redness.
- Additionally, compositions containing benzoyl peroxide for topical treatment of acne are available primarily in cream, lotion gel and ointment forms. Rubbing creams or ointments into the skin is inherently inefficient and difficult to achieve a constant and balanced application over large area of skin. Lotions on the other hand are not ideal as they can run and drip and may not be homogenous. Therefore, while semi-solid compositions, such as creams, gels and ointments are commonly used by consumers, new forms are desirable in order to achieve better control of the application, while maintaining or bestowing the skin beneficial properties of such products. Hence, the development of new compositions, having breakable foam consistency when released from a container and liquid properties when applied onto the skin is advantageous. Further, the development of new foamable compositions that can reduce or diminish the dryness and irritation associated with the use of benzoyl peroxide is especially desirable. Benzoyl peroxide is a sensitive active agent which reacts readily and degrades for example in oil. As a powerful oxidant, it can cause the breakdown of other active agents such as certain antibiotics if present in the same formulation and is itself sensitive to formulation conditions which have different values. Hence, there is a need to provide foamable compositions in which benzoyl peroxide is stable in the presence of other excipients.
- Whilst it may be predictable to add a moisturizing agent to a BPO formulation to counter the drying effect of BPO this per se is not sufficient to prevent dryness. Identifying formulations in which BPO remains stable and homogenous that are able to improve skin moisture rapidly and effectively on application to the skin is a challenge.
- Foams and, in particular, foam emulsions are complex dispersion systems which do not form under all circumstances. Slight shifts in foam emulsion composition, such as by the addition of active ingredients, may destabilize the foam. Foams are very complex and sensitive systems and are not formed at will. Mere addition of basic ingredients like oil, water, surfactant and propellant is far from sufficient to produce foams of quality that are homogenous, stable, breakable upon mechanical force and can be used to provide a shelf stable pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition. Small deviations may lead to foam collapse. Much consideration needs to be given to facilitate the introduction of an active agent, such as examining compatibility and non reactivity with the various excipients and container and determining shelf life chemical stability.
- Neubourg (US 2006/0099151), for example, notes that the stability of foam is strongly dependent on the specific composition of the foam forming components, so that even small deviations in the composition may lead to a collapse of the foam. Gordon et al. (U.S. Pat. No. 3,456,052). also teaches that one cannot generate a good quality foam by simply adding a propellant to a mixture of components:
- In one aspect, a foamable composition for treating acne is provided, comprising (a) a prefoam emulsion composition comprising: i. benzoyl peroxide; ii. one or more surface-active agents; iii. about 0.001% to about 1% by weight of the total composition of at least one polymeric additive; and iv. water; (b) up to about 2% by weight of the total composition of a buffer system, wherein the buffer system is selected to provide a viscosity of the prefoam composition of less than about 8000 centipoises (cps) at room temperature; and (c) a liquefied or compressed gas propellant at a concentration of about 3% to about 25% by weight of the total composition, wherein the viscosity of the foamable composition is less than about 8000 centipoises (cps) at room temperature. In one embodiment, the foam produced from the foamable composition has an average bubble size of less than about 150 microns.
- In one embodiment, the prefoam emulsion composition further comprises a pH adjusting component selected from the group consisting of, a base or a buffer system, said pH adjusting component selected to be able to gel the polymeric additive. In another embodiment, the pH of the prefoam emulsion composition is between about 4.0 and about 6.0. In another embodiment, the buffer system is at a pH less than the pH of the prefoam emulsion before addition of the buffer and is selected to provide a liquid prefoam emulsion. In another embodiment, the buffer system comprises citric acid and sodium citrate or lactic acid and ammonium lactate.
- In one embodiment, the composition further comprises about 5% to about 15% a moisturizing complex comprising glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA). In another embodiment, the composition further comprises about 5% to about 30% of a moisturizing complex comprising an oil and at least one of glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA), wherein the oil comprises mineral oil and a silicone oil. In another embodiment, the moisturizing complex has at least three of the following characteristics: (a) improves the chemical stability of BPO in the composition; (b) improves the homogeneity of BPO in the composition; (c) improves the quality of the foam produced from the foamable propellant composition; (d) improves the hydration of skin after 7 hours by at least about 20%.
- In one embodiment, the composition further comprises about 1% glycerol stearate and one of about 1% stearol alcohol or about 1% cetostearyl alcohol.
- In one embodiment, the polymeric additive comprises an amphiphilic polymer. In another embodiment, the amphiphilic polymeric additive comprises a carbomer. In another embodiment, the polymeric additive further comprises a polymeric agent selected from the group consisting of methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Methocel), hydroxyethyl cellulose, methylhydroxyethylcellulose, methylhydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxyethylcarboxymethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, Sodium CMC, carboxymethylhydroxyethylcellulose, xanthan gum, guar gum, carrageenin gum, locust bean gum and tragacanth gum and mixtures of two or more thereof.
- In one embodiment, the concentration range of benzoyl peroxide is selected from the group of (i) between about 0.005% and about 0.5%; (ii) between about 0.5% and about 2%; (iii) between about 2% and about 5%; (iv) between about 5% and about 10%; and (v) between about 10% and about 15%.
- In one embodiment, the concentration of the one or more surface-active agents is between about 0.1% and about 5%. In antoher embodiment, the surface-active agent is selected from the group consisting of Steareth-21, Steareth-2,
steareth 20, Polysorbate 80,Polysorbate 60,Polysorbate 20,ceteth 20, PEG 40-stearate, PEG 100-stearate, PEG-30 dipolyhydroxystearate, sorbitan stearate (span 60), sorbitan palmitate (span 40), sorbitan laurate (span 20), sorbitan monooleate (span 80), glycerol monostearate, glyceryl stearate,laureth 4,ceteareth 20, macrogol cetostearyl ether, ceteth 2 (Lipocol C-2), sucrose distearate (Sisterna SP30), polyoxyethylene (100) stearate, and mixtures thereof. - In one embodiment, the composition comprises about 1% to about 15% by weight of an oil. In another embodiment, the composition comprises about 1% to about 15% by weight of an oil, wherein the oil is selected from the group consisting of mineral oil, silicone oil, jojoba oil, MCT oil and mixtures of two or more thereof.
- In one embodiment, the composition comprises about 0.1% to about 5% by weight of a therapeutically active foam adjuvant selected from the group consisting of fatty alcohols having 15 or more carbons in their carbon chain; fatty acids having 16 or more carbons in their carbon chain; fatty alcohols derived from beeswax and including a mixture of alcohols, a majority of which has at least 20 carbon atoms in their carbon chain; fatty alcohols having at least one double bond; fatty acids having at least one double bond; branched fatty alcohols; branched fatty acids; fatty acids substituted with a hydroxyl group; cetyl alcohol; stearyl alcohol; arachidyl alcohol; behenyl alcohol; 1-triacontanol; hexadecanoic acid; stearic acid; arachidic acid; behenic acid; octacosanoic acid; 12-hydroxy stearic acid and mixtures thereof. In another embodiment, the composition comprises at least one additional therapeutic agent, which is an antibiotic agent, selected from the group consisting of beta-lactam antibiotics, aminoglycosides, ansa-type antibiotics, anthraquinones, antibiotic azoles, antibiotic glycopeptides, macrolides, antibiotic nucleosides, antibiotic peptides, antibiotic polyenes, antibiotic polyethers, quinolones, antibiotic steroides, sulfonamides, tetracycline, lincomycin class, dicarboxylic acids, antibiotic metals, oxidizing agents, substances that release free radicals and/or active oxygen, cationic antimicrobial agents, quaternary ammonium compounds, biguanides, triguanides, bisbiguanides and analogs and polymers thereof, and naturally occurring antibiotic compounds. In one embodiment, the antibiotic is clindamycin.
- In another aspect, a foamable composition for treating acne is provided, comprising: (a) a prefoam emulsion composition comprising: i. benzoyl peroxide; ii. one or more surface-active agents; iii. about 0.001% to about 1% by weight of the total composition of at least one polymeric additive; iv. about 5% to about 15% by weight of the total composition of a moisturizing complex; and v. water; (b) up to about 2% by weight of the total composition of a buffer system, wherein the buffer system is selected to provide a prefoam composition that is fluid at room temperature; and (c) a liquefied or compressed gas propellant at a concentration of about 3% to about 25% by weight of the total composition, wherein the foamable propellant composition is fluid at room temperature. In one embodiment, the foam produced from the foamable propellant composition has an average bubble size of less than about 150 microns.
- In one embodiment, the prefoam emulsion composition further comprises a pH adjusting component selected from the group consisting of a base or a buffer system, said pH adjusting component selected to be able to gel the polymeric additive. In one embodiment, the pH of the prefoam emulsion composition is between about 4.0 and about 6.0. In another embodiment, the buffer system is at a pH less than the pH of the prefoam emulsion before addition of the buffer and is selected to provide a liquid prefoam emulsion.
- In another aspect, a method of treating acne is provided, the method comprising administering topically to a subject having acne a foamable composition provided herein.
- In another aspect, a foamable composition is provided, comprising: (a) a prefoam composition comprising: i. a suspended solid active agent; ii. one or more surface-active agents; iii. about 0.001% to about 1% by weight of the total composition of at least one polymeric additive; iv. up to about 2% by weight of the total composition of a buffer system; and v. water, wherein the viscosity of the prefoam composition is less than about 8000 centipoises (cps) at room temperature; and (b) a liquefied or compressed gas propellant at a concentration of about 3% to about 25% by weight of the total composition, wherein the viscosity of the foamable composition is less than about 8000 centipoises (cps) at room temperature.
- In another aspect, a foamable composition is provided, comprising: (a) a prefoam composition comprising: i. a suspended solid active agent; ii. one or more surface-active agents; iii. about 0.001% to about 1% by weight of the total composition of at least one polymeric additive; iv. about 5% to about 15% by weight of the total composition of a moisturizing complex; and v. water; (b) up to about 2% by weight of the total composition of a buffer system, wherein the buffer system is selected to provide a prefoam composition that is fluid at room temperature; and (c) a liquefied or compressed gas propellant at a concentration of about 3% to about 25% by weight of the total composition, wherein the foamable propellant composition is fluid at room temperature.
- In one embodiment, the foam produced from the foamable propellant composition has an average bubble size of less than about 150 microns.
- In one embodiment, the suspended solid agent has an average particle size of less than about 35 microns.
- In one embodiment, the buffer system comprises citric acid and sodium citrate or lactic acid and ammonium lactate.
- In one embodiment, the composition further comprises about 5% to about 15% a moisturizing complex comprising glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA). In another embodiment, the composition further comprises about 5% to about 30% of a moisturizing complex comprising an oil and at least one of glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA), wherein the oil comprises mineral oil and a silicone oil.
- In one embodiment, the composition further comprises at least one organic carrier selected from the group consisting of a hydrophobic organic carrier, an organic polar solvent, an emollient and mixtures thereof, at a concentration of about 2% to about 50% by weight. In another embodiment, the at least one organic carrier is present in an amount selected from the group consisting of (i) about 2% to about 5%; (ii) about 5% to about 10%; (iii) about 10% to about 20%; and (iv) about 20% to about 50% by weight.
- In one embodiment, the composition further comprises a penetration enhancer. In another embodiment, the penetration enhancer is selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol, butylene glycols, hexylene glycol, glycerol, pentaerythritol, sorbitol, mannitol, oligosaccharides, dimethyl isosorbide, monooleate of ethoxylated glycerides having about 8 to 10 ethylene oxide units, polyethylene glycol 200-600, transcutol, glycofurol and cyclodextrins.
- In one embodiment, the composition further comprises at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of an a steroidal anti-inflammatory agent, an immunosuppressive agent, an immunomodulator, an immunoregulating agent, a hormonal agent, an androgen, an estrogen, a prostaglandin, an antiandrogen agent, a testosterone inhibitor, a dihydrotestosterone inhibitor, an antifungal agent, an antiviral agent, an antiparasitic agent, a retinoid, vitamin A, a vitamin A derivative, vitamin B, a vitamin B derivative, vitamin C, a vitamin C derivative, vitamin D, a vitamin D derivative, vitamin E, a vitamin E derivative, vitamin F, a vitamin F derivative, vitamin K, a vitamin K derivative, a wound healing agent, a disinfectant, an anesthetic, an antiallergic agent, a keratolytic agent, urea, a urea derivative, an alpha hydroxyl acid, lactic acid, glycolic acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a protein, a peptide, a neuropeptide, an allergen, an immunogenic substance, a haptene, an oxidizing agent, an antioxidant, a dicarboxylic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, adipic acid, fumaric acid, a retinoid, an antiproliferative agent, an anticancer agent, a photodynamic therapy agent, benzoyl chloride, calcium hypochlorite, magnesium hypochlorite, an anti-wrinkle agent, a radical scavenger, a metal, silver, a metal oxide, titanium dioxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, iron oxide, silicone oxide, an organo-metallic compound, and organo-boron compound, an organo-berrilium compound, talc, carbon, an anti wrinkle agent, a skin whitening agent, a skin protective agent, a masking agent, an anti-wart agent, a refatting agent, a lubricating agent and mixtures thereof. In another embodiment, the additional therapeutic agent is sensitive to oxidation and wherein the composition includes a stabilizing agent which acts as an effective barrier to the possible degredative interaction of the peroxide and the additional therapeutic agent.
- In one embodiment, the surface active agent comprises about 0.1% to about 5% by weight of a mixture of Glyceryl monostearate and PEG-40 Stearate.
- In one embodiment, the composition about 1% to about 25% by weight of a polar solvent. In another embodiment, the polar solvent is selected from polyols, glycerol (glycerin), propylene glycol, hexylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol n-alkanols, terpenes, di-terpenes, tri-terpenes, terpen-ols, limonene, terpene-ol, 1-menthol, dioxolane, ethylene glycol, other glycols, sulfoxides, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), dimethylformanide, methyl dodecyl sulfoxide, dimethylacetamide, monooleate of ethoxylated glycerides (with 8 to 10 ethylene oxide units), azone (1-dodecylazacycloheptan-2-one), 2-(n-nonyl)-1,3-dioxolane, esters, isopropyl myristate/palmitate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl proprionate, capric/caprylic triglycerides, octylmyristate, dodecyl-myristate; myristyl alcohol, lauryl alcohol, lauric acid, lauryl lactate ketones; amides, acetamide oleates, triolein; various alkanoic acids, caprylic acid; lactam compounds, azone; alkanols, dialkylamino acetates, and admixtures thereof. In another embodiment, the polar solvent is selected from polyethylene glycol (PEG), PEG200 (MW (molecular weight) about 190-210 kD), PEG300 (MW about 285-315 kD), PEG400 (MW about 380-420 kD), PEG600 (MW about 570-630 kD), PEG 4000, PEG 6000, PEG 10000 and mixtures thereof.
- In another aspect, provided herein is a therapeutic kit to provide a safe and effective dosage for treating acne, including an aerosol packaging assembly comprising: (a) a container accommodating a pressurized product; and (b) an outlet capable of releasing the pressurized product as a foam; wherein the pressurized product comprises a foamable composition provided herein. In one embodiment, upon release from the container, a shear-sensitive foam, having a density range selected from (1) between about 0.02 g/mL and about 0.1 g/mL; and (2) between about 0.02 g/mL and about 0.1 g/mL, is produced.
- In another aspect, provided herein is a therapeutic kit to provide a safe and effective dosage for treating acne, including an aerosol packaging assembly comprising: (a) a first container accommodating a first pressurized product; (b) a second container accommodating a second pressurized product and (b) at least one outlet capable of releasing the first pressurized product and the second pressurized product as a foam; wherein the first pressurized product comprises a foamable composition provided herein, and the second pressurized product comprises a foamable composition containing one additional therapeutic agent. In one embodiment, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from antibiotics, retinoids, keratolytics and azelaic acid (AZA). In another embodiment, the additional therapeutic agent is an antibiotic selected from the group consisting of beta-lactam antibiotics, aminoglycosides, ansa-type antibiotics, anthraquinones, antibiotic azoles, antibiotic glycopeptides, macrolides, antibiotic nucleosides, antibiotic peptides, antibiotic polyenes, antibiotic polyethers, quinolones, antibiotic steroides, sulfonamides, tetracycline, dicarboxylic acids, antibiotic metals, oxidizing agents, substances that release free radicals and/or active oxygen, cationic antimicrobial agents, quaternary ammonium compounds, biguanides, triguanides, bisbiguanides and analogs and polymers thereof and naturally occurring antibiotic compounds. In another embodiment, the additional therapeutic agent is clindamycin.
- In another aspect, provided herein is a method of enhancing the stability of a foamable composition comprising benzoyl peroxide for treating acne, the method comprising adding a moisturizing complex to the foamable composition. In one embodiment, the moisturizing complex comprises about 5% to about 15% by weight of the total composition. In another embodiment, the moisturizing complex comprises glycerin and sodium PCA. In another embodiment, the moisturizing complex includes an oil and comprises about 5% to about 30% by weight of the total composition and at least one of glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA), wherein the oil comprises mineral oil and a silicone oil.
- In another aspect, provided herein is a method of reducing the dryness, irritation, or both associated with the use of a foamable composition containing benzoyl peroxide for treating acne, the method comprising adding a moisturizing complex to the foamable composition. In one embodiment, the moisturizing complex comprises about 5% to about 15% by weight of the total composition. In another embodiment, the moisturizing complex comprises glycerin and sodium PCA. In another embodiment, the moisturizing complex includes an oil and comprises about 5% to about 30% by weight of the total composition and at least one of glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA), wherein the oil comprises mineral oil and a silicone oil.
- In another aspect, provided herein is a method of making a foamable composition comprising containing a suspended solid active agent, comprising: (a) forming a prefoam emulsion comprising a solid active agent, one or more surface-active agents; about 0.001% to about 1% by weight of the total composition of at least one polymeric additive; a pH adjusting component selected to be able to gel the polymeric additive; about 5% to about 15% by weight of the total composition of a moisturizing complex; and water, wherein the aqueous phase has a thickness sufficient to suspend the active agent; (b) adding a buffer system to the prefoam emulsion to reduce the viscosity of the prefoam formulation, said buffer system at a pH that is less than that of the prefoam emulsion before addition of the buffer and is selected to provide a liquid prefoam emulsion; and (c) introducing a liquefied or compressed gas propellant at a concentration of about 3% to about 25% by weight of the total composition to the reduced viscosity prefoam emulsion to obtain a foamable composition having a stable suspended active solid and that is fluid at room temperature. In one embodiment, the prefoam emulsion has a pH in the range for 4 to 6. In another embodiment, the prefoam emulsion has a pH of less than about 5. In another embodiment, the foam produced from the foamable composition has an average bubble size of less than about 150 microns.
- The invention is described with reference to the figures which are presented for the purpose of illustration and are not intended to be limiting.
-
FIG. 1 is a schematic illustration of an aerosol valve suitable for use in the aerosol packaging assembly according to in one or more embodiments. -
FIG. 2 is a cross sectional view of an apparatus for substantially contemporaneously releasing, mixing and/or combining at least two foamable compositions measure of content from at least two containers. -
FIG. 3 shows Corneometer average values after treatment of skin using foamable compositions. -
FIG. 4 shows Corneometer average values after treatment of skin using foamable compositions. -
FIG. 5 shows Corneometer average values after treatment of skin using foamable compositions. -
FIG. 6 shows Corneometer average values after treatment of skin using foamable compositions with and without carbomer. -
FIG. 7 shows Corneometer average values after treatment of skin using foamable compositions with and without carbomer. -
FIG. 8 shows Corneometer average values after treatment of skin using foamable compositions with various moisturizing complexes. -
FIG. 9 shows Corneometer average values after treatment of skin using foamable compositions with various moisturizing complexes. -
FIG. 10 shows Corneometer average values after treatment of skin using foamable compositions with various moisturizing complexes. -
FIG. 11 shows stability measurements of BPO at 30 C. -
FIG. 12 shows formulations each comprising a different polymer. -
FIG. 13 shows formulations each comprising a different propellant. -
FIG. 14 shows formulations before and after addition of citrate buffer. -
FIG. 15 shows formulations comprising propellant with and without carbomer. - The present invention provides a foamable composition for treating acne comprising benzoyl peroxide; a therapeutic kit comprising such composition; and a method of treating acne using such composition.
- All % values are provided on a weight (w/w) basis.
- Benzoyl peroxide (“BPO”) is commercially available or can be prepared by interaction of benzoyl chloride and a cooled solution of sodium peroxide. For laboratory procedures, see, e.g, A. I. Vogel, Practical Organic Chemistry (Longmans, London, 3rd ed., 1954) p 807; Gattermann-Wieland, Praxis des organischen Chemikers (de Gruyter, Berlin, 40th ed., 1961) p 115.
- BPO is commonly used for one or more of the following indications acne (main indication), fungal skin infections and decubitus or stasis ulcers. It may also be of effect in alopecia areata, in progressive macular hypomelanosis (in combination with clindamyin and UVA), and in seborrheic keratoses.
- BPO can also be used in combination with antibiotics. A non limiting list of antibiotics includes clindamycin phosphate, erythromycin, clindamycin, and erythromycin estolate.
- BPO can also be used in combination with other drugs A non limiting list of combinations is as follows: BPO+urea; BPO+sodium hyaluronate; BPO+potassium hydroxyquinoline sulfate; BPO+hydrocortisone; BPO+sulphur; BPO+cetylpyridinium chloride; BPO+miconazole nitrate; BPO+potassium hydroxyquinoline sulfate+hydrocortisone; BPO+silver+kaolin+calcium gluconate (Katoxyn); It may also be effective as BPO+adapalene; and BPO+allylamine.
- It is preferable to have an average particle size of less than about 35 microns, more preferably less than about 25 microns. In the Examples described herein the formulations are homogenized resulting in an average BPO particle size distribution of about 2 to about 24 microns, The particle size is determined by light microscope in which the level of detection is about 1 micron. Thus, particles may be present below the level of detection. The particle size can depend on one or more of, the formulation, homogenization time and quality of homogenization. The homogenizer used is a Silverson L4RT.
- The term “foam” is a general term that encompasses a range of substances. Accordingly, the context in which “foam” is discussed must be examined carefully. The type and quality of the foam is of critical importance. There are many different types of foams and within each foam type there are many levels of qualities. For example, the froth on the head of beer, lather of shampoo, and lather of shaving cream have been loosely described as foam but all are different from one another. At one end of the cosmetic or pharmaceutical foam spectrum the foam can be long lasting and essentially not readily breakable like shaving foams. At the other end of the spectrum the foam can be quick breaking and collapses upon release.
- Thermolabile foams are an example of type of quick breaking foam. They can contain significant amounts of thermolabile substances that aid their collapse upon being exposed to an increased temperature for example when applied to a body surface at 37 C. Upon being exposed to the higher temperature they collapse rapidly. Examples are foam formulations that comprise significant amounts of volatile solvents.
- Breakable foam is a specialized type of foam. It is a low density foam that is stable on release at least in the short time span of several minutes, which facilitates application to a target area; but can break readily upon the application of shear force such as gentle rubbing to spread easily over a target surface. It is not thermolabile (and does not melt at skin temperature) and nor does it display late or long delayed expansion over minutes.
- Some foams expand slowly whilst others do so quickly. Some foams foam immediately and some demonstrate delayed foaming. Some require mechanical lathering and some expulsion by propellant. Whilst they all fall under the so called term “foam” and may appear to have some common ingredients the results and properties of these products are different.
- A suitable foamable formulation for a particular application may present challenges at several levels. For example, a foam formulation may require a stable pre foam formulation; a stable pre foam propellant formulation and ultimately deliverly an effective measured amount of active agent to a target. Each of these objectives poses its own unique challenges.
- The pharmaceutical and cosmetic foams discussed herein are generated in general terms by manufacturing a suitable foamable carrier composition and loading the carrier in a pressurized valved canister with an appropriate propellant. Upon expelling the canister contents a foam can be released. The type, nature and quality of the foam depends inter alia on the carrier composition, the active agent, the propellant and the method of manufacture and storage. Making a stable (physically and chemically) formulation that can be stored in a canister with a propellant that remains stable and can produce a breakable foam of quality on release is far from trivial.
- An additional difficulty frequently encountered with propellant foams is their inability to dispense a uniform application of the medically active ingredient throughout the use of the entire aerosol container. This is particularly due to the fact that the active material is not stably dispersed in the foamable composition so that it will have a tendency to settle to the bottom. Further, the dispersed material will sometimes clog the spray dispensing valve to further interfere with the uniform dispensing of the medicament.
- The foamable composition carries BPO as solid particles in suspension and upon discharge from an aerosol container forms a breakable foam, which is rich and creamy in appearance, and shows very fine bubble structure. The foam does not break down immediately upon discharge, neither does it break down upon exposure to skin temperature. However, it collapses to spread easily and deposits BPO uniformly onto a skin area upon slight rubbing. The composition is able to hold BPO physically and chemically stable despite the fact it is of low viscosity. The composition is further able to ameliorate the irritating and drying effects of BPO and actually improves skin moisture.
- BPO is an insoluble solid. It has a tendency to cake or form lumps and to sediment, which could make the product non-uniform. It is a skin irritant, and its irritation potential is concentration-dependent. It dries the skin.
- In order to formulate BPO in an emulsion comprising oil droplets in water the BPO emulsion must be stabilized to prevent phase separation. Simultaneously, in order to formulate BPO as a homogenous suspension the BPO emulsion must be stabilized to prevent sedimentation and also to prevent caking at the bottom of the container or BPO aggregates. Stabilization is dependent inter alia upon counteracting repellant molecular forces, particle motion and gravity.
- A method of trying to achieve these objectives is to create a formulation in which the viscosity is increased to a level (high) such that the emulsion oil globules and also the suspended BPO particles have a reduced level (low) of mobility. In practical terms this means that at the viscosity range in which a BPO emulsion formulation is determined as aforesaid to have low mobility the formulation is substantially not flowable because of the high viscosity required to achieve low mobility. This may be fine for creams and ointments but it creates a unique challenge in trying to achieve breakable foams of quality. Simply adding a miscible liquid propellant to a viscous cream or ointment—putting to one side for a moment that merely adding propellant to a cream or ointment will not of itself achieve a breakable foam of quality—the addition of propellant will cause the formulation to become diluted and the viscosity reduced. In turn the BPO will have a higher motion and be more likely to cake and to sediment and in turn the emulsion formulation will be more vulnerable to phase separation.
- As can be appreciated from the above discussion, forming a homogeneous suspension of a BPO foamable formulation using an emulsion formulation with high viscosity—so that even after addition of propellant the formulation has high viscosity—in order to try and stabilize the oil droplets and BPO particles, minimize molecular motion and discourage gravitational sedimentation in the canister in which the formulation is stored simply will not do for foamable compositions. Such high viscous formulations are not desirable for foamable compositions since they have low flowability and may exhibit one or more of the following: are not shakable; form a block, i.e., a solid no flowable mass, in the canister; do not result in uniform expulsion; and if expulsed may be accompanied by unwanted phenomena such as one or more of jets, tailing and noise.
- Unexpectedly it has been surprisingly discovered that it is possible to make compositions which are truly flowable and have low viscosity in which the propellant forms part of the oil phase of the emulsion formulation but nevertheless surprisingly does not make the formulation substantially vulnerable to phase separation and or sedimentation. Moreover these compositions are stable and are able to form breakable foam of quality that spreads easily and is able to deliver an effective and measurable amount of active agent homogeneously to a target surface.
- One key element is the polymeric agent used in the formulation. The polymeric agent can contribute to the stability and stabilization of the formulation. Concentrations of polymeric agents and other thickeners have in the past been used to achieve very high viscosities of at least 20,000 centipoises (cps) to a million or more cps. Surprisingly, it has been unexpectedly found that by using low viscosities of the order of about 7000 to about 8000 cps or less for the pre-foam formulation whose viscosity is further reduced upon inclusion of propellant it has been possible to achieve a stable BPO formulation that produces breakable (non thermolabile) foam of good quality even after addition of propellant and even though the foamable formulation with propellant is fluid and easily shakable. In a preferred embodiment the viscosity of a formulation comprising propellant is below about 5000 cps and in a more preferred embodiment it is below about 3000 cps. At such low levels of viscosity, one would expect a suspended solid active agent such as BPO to precipitate out of solution. In the low viscosity formulations provided herein, BPO unexpectedly remains homogeneously dispersed in suspension. For pharmaceutical applications, BPO needs to be homogeneous to ensure that the amount of BPO in the first dose and the last dose.
- An important factor in the use of a polymeric agent is to ensure the polymer(s) is appropriately and correctly swelled in the presence of water by adding an effective amount of base. Without being bound by any theory it may be the case that the lower levels of polymeric agent still form a semi water gel like infrastructure that unexpectedly is able to stabilize the BPO physically and chemically at low viscosities.
- In an embodiment the polymer is an amphphilc polymer, such as, an acrylates/C10-30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymer The hydrophilic and hydrophobic regions of these polymers serve to interact with and stabilize hydrophilic and lipophilic components, respectively, of a composition. In one embodiment the polymeric agent is a carbomer.
- By way of example, suitable polymeric surfactants include cross linked copolymers of acrylic acid and a hydrophobic comonomer, such as Pemulen TR-1 and Pemulen TR-2, ETD 2020 and Carbopol 1382 (all, Acrylates/C10-30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymer), Natrosol CS Plus 330 and 430 and Polysurf 67 (all, cetyl hydroxyethyl cellulose), Aculyn 22 (acrylates/steareth-20 methacrylate copolymer), Aculyn 25 (acrylates/laureth-25 methacrylate copolymer), Aculyn 28 (acrylates/beheneth-25 methacrylate copolymer), Aculyn 46 (PEG-150/stearyl alcohol/SMDI copolymer), Stabylen 30 (acrylates/vinyl isodecanoate), Structure 2001 (acrylates/steareth-20 itaconate copolymer), Structure 3001 (acrylates/ceteth-20 itaconate copolymer) and Structure Plus (acrylates/aminoacrylates/C10-30
alkyl PEG 20 itaconate copolymer), where PEG is polyethylene glycol, PPG is polypropylene glycol. - Other exemplary amphiphilic copolymers include silicone polymers such as amphiphilic silicone polyols or copolyol, for example cetyl dimethicon copolyol and dimethicone copolyol PPG-3 oleyl ether, acetylated starch derivatives, amphiphilic modified starches, and amphiphilic block copolymers of ethylene oxide, propylene oxide and/or propylene glycol (also known as “poloxamer”).
- The gelling agent may include other types of gelling agents, in combination with an amphiphilic copolymer. A non limiting list of other types such as water soluble cellulose, or gums like guar and xantham is provided below.
- On comparing different polymers and combinations of polymers it was noted that whilst formulations with non ampiphilic polymers like methocel and xantham produced homogenous BPO formulations, nevertheless such formulations separated over time albeit reversibly such that homogeneity was seen to be restored on shaking. In contrast these formulations with the addition of relatively low levels of ampiphilic polymer carbopol were found to be homogenous over time.
- The comparative analysis of Example 24 showed that carbapol was better than pemulen was better than xanthan. It is difficult to try and explain why in a fluid hydrocarbon low viscosity medium one polymer is better than another. Moreover, it is completely unexpected that in a fluid viscous emulsion medium carbopol can hold the BPO in a homogenous distribution even after six months.
- A further element and aid to reducing viscosity in the presence of gelling agents is the use of a buffer or buffer complex. It was observed that when small amounts of citrate buffer or alternatively lactate buffer was added to the carbomer gel it results in a viscous liquid. Thus, the presence of citrate or lactate buffer was noted to cause a thick emulsion gel or paste containing carbomer to become fluid. Other similar buffers may work. Non limiting examples of appropriate possible buffers, which may achieve the same objective are acetate, malate, sorbate, succinate and tartrate. As is explained below and as is seen in the Examples when the acid of the buffer is added first this alone can break the gel. Thus, in one or more embodiments when a buffer is added it is added sequentially. In other embodiments it is added simultaneously as a stock solution. In further embodiments a pH adjuster is added.
- A further element and complication is that in certain circumstances it has been observed that the propellant itself can cause the BPO to chemically degrade. Therefore it is not sufficient to merely dilute the formulation with propellant but the formulation must also be formulated such that the BPO remains substantially un-degraded following application of propellant and its absorption into the oil phase of the emulsion.
- According to one aspect, a foamable composition is provided for treating acne comprising: (a) a prefoam emulsion composition comprising: i. benzoyl peroxide; ii. one or more surface-active agents; iii. about 0.001% to about 1% by weight of the total composition of at least one polymeric additive; and iv. water; (b) up to about 2% by weight of the total composition of a buffer system, wherein the buffer system is selected to provide a viscosity of the prefoam composition of less than about 8000 centipoises (cps) at room temperature; and (c) a liquefied or compressed gas propellant at a concentration of about 3% to about 25% by weight of the total composition, wherein the viscosity of the foamable composition is less than about 8000 centipoises (cps) at room temperature. In one embodiment, the foam produced from the foamable composition has an average bubble size of less than about 150 microns.
- In certain embodiments, the composition further comprises about 5% to about 15% a moisturizing complex comprising glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA). In some cases, the composition further comprises about 5% to about 30% of a moisturizing complex comprising an oil and at least one of glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA), wherein the oil comprises mineral oil and a silicone oil. In other embodiments, the moisturizing complex has at least three of the following characteristics: (a) improves the chemical stability of BPO in the composition; (b) improves the homogeneity of BPO in the composition; (c) improves the quality of the foam produced from the foamable propellant composition; (d) improves the hydration of skin after 7 hours by at least about 20%.
- In certain embodiments, the composition described hereinabove may further comprise at least one organic carrier at least one organic carrier selected from the group consisting of a hydrophobic organic carrier, an organic polar solvent, an emollient and mixtures thereof, at a concentration of about 2% to about 50% by weight. In some cases, the at least one organic carrier is present in an amount selected from the group consisting of (i) about 2% to about 5%; (ii) about 5% to about 10%; (iii) about 10% to about 20%; and (iv) about 20% to about 50% by weight.
- In certain embodiments, the composition described hereinabove may further comprise about 0.1% to about 5% by weight of a therapeutically active foam adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of fatty alcohols having 15 or more carbons in their carbon chain; fatty acids having 16 or more carbons in their carbon chain; fatty alcohols derived from beeswax and including a mixture of alcohols, a majority of which has at least 20 carbon atoms in their carbon chain; fatty alcohols having at least one double bond; fatty acids having at least one double bond; branched fatty alcohols; branched fatty acids; fatty acids substituted with a hydroxyl group; cetyl alcohol; stearyl alcohol; arachidyl alcohol; behenyl alcohol; 1-triacontanol; hexadecanoic acid; stearic acid; arachidic acid; behenic acid; octacosanoic acid; 12-hydroxy stearic acid and mixtures thereof.
- In other embodiments, the composition comprises at least one additional therapeutic agent, which is an antibiotic agent, selected from the group consisting of beta-lactam antibiotics, aminoglycosides, ansa-type antibiotics, anthraquinones, antibiotic azoles, antibiotic glycopeptides, macrolides, antibiotic nucleosides, antibiotic peptides, antibiotic polyenes, antibiotic polyethers, quinolones, antibiotic steroides, sulfonamides, tetracycline, lincomycin class, dicarboxylic acids, antibiotic metals, oxidizing agents, substances that release free radicals and/or active oxygen, cationic antimicrobial agents, quaternary ammonium compounds, biguanides, triguanides, bisbiguanides and analogs and polymers thereof, and naturally occurring antibiotic compounds. In one embodiment, the antibiotic is clindamycin.
- In certain embodiments, the concentration range of benzoyl peroxide is selected from the group of (i) between about 0.005% and about 0.5%; (ii) between about 0.5% and about 2%; (iii) between about 2% and about 5%; (iv) between about 5% and about 10%; and (v) between about 10% and about 15%. In certain other embodiments, the concentration of the surface-active agent is between about 0.1% and about 5%.
- In another aspect, a foamable composition is provided, comprising: (a) a prefoam composition comprising: i. a suspended solid active agent; ii. one or more surface-active agents; iii. about 0.001% to about 1% by weight of the total composition of at least one polymeric additive; iv. up to about 2% by weight of the total composition of a buffer system; and v. water, wherein the viscosity of the prefoam composition is less than about 8000 centipoises (cps) at room temperature; and (b) a liquefied or compressed gas propellant at a concentration of about 3% to about 25% by weight of the total composition, wherein the viscosity of the foamable composition is less than about 8000 centipoises (cps) at room temperature.
- In another aspect, a foamable composition is provided, comprising: (a) a prefoam composition comprising: i. a suspended solid active agent; ii. one or more surface-active agents; iii. about 0.001% to about 1% by weight of the total composition of at least one polymeric additive; iv. about 5% to about 15% by weight of the total composition of a moisturizing complex; and v. water; (b) up to about 2% by weight of the total composition of a buffer system, wherein the buffer system is selected to provide a prefoam composition that is fluid at room temperature; and (c) a liquefied or compressed gas propellant at a concentration of about 3% to about 25% by weight of the total composition, wherein the foamable propellant composition is fluid at room temperature.
- In one embodiment, the foam produced from the foamable propellant composition has an average bubble size of less than about 150 microns.
- In one embodiment, the suspended solid agent has an average particle size of less than about 35 microns.
- In one embodiment, the buffer system comprises citric acid and sodium citrate or lactic acid and ammonium lactate.
- In one embodiment, the composition further comprises about 5% to about 15% a moisturizing complex comprising glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA). In another embodiment, the composition further comprises about 5% to about 30% of a moisturizing complex comprising an oil and at least one of glycerine and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA), wherein the oil comprises mineral oil and a silicone oil.
- In certain embodiments, the polymeric agent includes, but not limited to, a water-soluble polymer, a water-insoluble polymer, a gelling agent, an inorganic gelling agent, a mucoadhesive macromolecule and a film forming polymer. In certain other embodiments, the water-soluble polymer includes, but not limited to, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Methocel), hydroxyethyl cellulose, methylhydroxyethylcellulose, methylhydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxyethylcarboxymethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, carboxymethylhydroxyethylcellulose, xanthan gum, guar gum, carrageenin gum, locust bean gum and tragacanth gum.
- In one embodiment, the polymeric additive comprises an amphiphilic polymer. In another embodiment, the amphiphilic polymeric additive comprises a carbomer. In another embodiment, the polymeric additive further comprises a polymeric agent selected from the group consisting of methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Methocel), hydroxyethyl cellulose, methylhydroxyethylcellulose, methylhydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxyethylcarboxymethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, Sodium CMC, carboxymethylhydroxyethylcellulose, xanthan gum, guar gum, carrageenin gum, locust bean gum and tragacanth gum and mixtures of two or more thereof.
- In certain embodiments, the composition described herein above may further contain a penetration enhancer. In some cases, the penetration enhancer includes, without Ilimiation, propylene glycol, butylene glycols, hexylene glycol, glycerol, pentaerythritol, sorbitol, mannitol, oligosaccharides, dimethyl isosorbide, monooleate of ethoxylated glycerides having about 8 to 10 ethylene oxide units, polyethylene glycol 200-600, transcutol, glycofurol and cyclodextrins.
- In certain embodiments, the composition described herein above may further contain the composition further comprises a pH adjusting agent (or a pH adjuster). In some cases, the pH adjusting agent is selected from an acid, a base and a buffering agent. In some other cases, the pH adjusting agent is selected from citric acid, sodium citrate and mixtures thereof. In certain embodiments, the pH of the foamable composition is between about 3.0 and about 7.0, for example, about 3.0, about 3.5, about 4.0, about 4.5, about 5.0, about 5.5, about 6.0, about 6.5 and about 7.0. In certain other embodiments, the pH of the foamable composition is between about 3.0 and about 6.0. In certain other embodiments, the pH of the foamable composition is between about 4.0 and about 7.0. In certain other embodiments, the pH of the foamable composition is between about 4.0 and about 5.0.
- In some embodiments, the prefoam emulsion composition further comprises a pH adjusting component selected from the group consisting of, a base or a buffer system, said pH adjusting component selected to be able to gel the polymeric additive. In other embodiments, the pH of the prefoam emulsion composition is between about 4.0 and about 6.0. In some cases, the buffer system is at a pH less than the pH of the prefoam emulsion before addition of the buffer and is selected to provide a liquid prefoam emulsion. In other embodiments, the buffer system comprises citric acid and sodium citrate or lactic acid and ammonium lactate.
- A pH adjuster includes buffer but a buffer does not necessarily include a pH adjuster. A pH adjuster can be, for example, an acid alone or an acidic agent alone or a base alone or a basic agent alone or a buffer. A simple buffer is a solution which resists change of pH upon addition of small amounts of acid or base, or upon dilution. It is an aqueous solution consisting of a mixture of a weak acid and its conjugate base or a weak base and its conjugate acid. In some case the buffer can be a biological buffer such as Tris. In the Examples herein a buffer primarily comprises an acid and its salt (for example, citric acid/sodium citrate). The buffer can be used to bring the formulation to a desired pH and is designed to maintain the pH at the desired pH so that the pH remains substantially unchanged when a composition is exposed to small amounts of acidic or basic substances. In the absence of buffer the same composition may have shown a significant pH change.
- Polymeric agents used to form gels have different sensitivities to changes in pH. For example, methocel and xantham gum are not expected to be sensitive to pH changes, whereas carbopols are sensitive to pH. Carbopols obtained from one manufacturer may have a different sensitivity range than that obtained from a different manufacturer. Thus, it is important to look at what the manufacturer says about its product. The carbopols used in the Examples provided herein were obtained from Noveon. The pH sensitivity appears to be reversible. When buffer is added to the gel, there is a small reduction in pH but this appears to destroy the carbomer matrix and turn the gel into a liquid. In fact when the acid component of the buffer is added first this was seen to destroy the gel. As such, it is expected that addition of any acids that can reduce the pH of the formulation to below about
pH 4 would have this effect. Thus, buffers can break the gel, and acids alone can also be expected to break the gel. Non-limiting examples of acids include alpha hydroxyl acid, an aliphatic beta hydroxyacid, an aromatic acid, an aromatic hydroxyl acid, an alpha ketoacid, an aliphatic carboxylic acid, a branched aliphatic carboxylic acid, a short chain carboxylic acid, a fatty acid, an omega-3 fatty acid, an omega-6 fatty acid, an omega-9 fatty acid, a dicarboxylic acid, a branched dicarboxylic acid, an unsaturated dicarboxylic acid, an amino acid and a dimer or oligomer of amino acids. For the acid to have an appropriate effect it is envisaged that it should be miscible in water. If the acid has low or poor miscibility its effect will be reduced, although incorporating it into an aqueous emulsion may help. - In one embodiment, the concentration of the one or more surface-active agents is between about 0.1% and about 5%. In another embodiment, the surface-active agent is selected from the group consisting of Steareth-21, Steareth-2,
steareth 20,Polysorbate 80,Polysorbate 60,Polysorbate 20,ceteth 20, PEG 40-stearate, PEG 100-stearate, PEG-30 dipolyhydroxystearate, sorbitan stearate (span 60), sorbitan palmitate (span 40), sorbitan laurate (span 20), sorbitan monooleate (span 80), glycerol monostearate, glyceryl stearate,laureth 4,ceteareth 20, macrogol cetostearyl ether, ceteth 2 (Lipocol C-2), sucrose distearate (Sisterna SP30), polyoxyethylene (100) stearate, and mixtures thereof. - In certain other embodiments, the surfactant is selected from Steareth-21, Steareth-2,
Polysorbate 60, and mixtures thereof. In certain embodiments, the foam adjuvant is Stearyl alcohol. In certain other embodiments, the emollient or emulsifier is Glyceryl monostearate or PEG-40 Stearate. In certain embodiments, the gelling agent is selected from Sodium CMC, Xanthan gum, Methocel K100, and mixtures thereof. In certain other embodiments, the pH adjusting agent is present and is selected from an acid, a base and a buffering agent. In certain embodiments, the pH adjusting agent is selected from citric acid, sodium citrate and mixtures thereof. In certain other embodiments, the moisturizing complex comprises glycerin and sodium PCA. - In certain embodiments of this aspect, the gelling agent is selected from acrylates/C10-30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymer, a carbomer, xanthan, Methocel (hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose), sodium carboxmethylcellulose (“CMC”), Klucel (hydroxypropylcellulose) and mixtures thereof. According to various embodiments the agent or mixtures thereof are selected to achieve a viscosity of less than about 8000 cps, which is preferably less than 6000 cps and more preferably less than about 3000 cps after addition of propellant.
- In certain embodiments of this aspect, the surfactant is selected from
Polysorbate 60,Polysorbate 20, sorbitan laurate (span 20), and mixtures thereof. In certain other embodiments, the film forming agent comprises Klucel EF. - In certain embodiments of this aspect, the film forming agent comprises Klucel EF. In certain other embodiments, the oil comprises Jojoba oil. Jojoba oil (pronounced “ho-HO-bah”) is the liquid wax produced in the seed of the Jojoba (Simmondsia chinensis) plant. Jojoba oil is a straight chain wax ester, 36 to 46 carbon atoms in length. Each molecule consists of a fatty acid and a fatty alcohol joined by an ester bond. Each molecule has two points of cis-unsaturation, both located at the 9th carbon atom from either end of the molecule. Jojoba oil comprises approximately 66-71% eicosenoic acid, 14-20% docosenoic acid and 10-13% oleic acid. Refined jojoba oil is colorless and odorless. The melting point of jojoba oil is approximately 10° C. Jojoba oil is relatively shelf-stable when compared with other vegetable oils. Unlike common vegetable oils, jojoba oil is chemically very similar to human sebum. Most jojoba oil is used as an ingredient in cosmetics and personal care products, especially skin care and hair care. Therapeutically it can aid in the healing process.
- In certain embodiments of this aspect, the oil comprises silicone. Non-limiting examples of silicone include dimethicone, cyclomethicone, polyalkyl siloxane, polyaryl siloxane, polyalkylaryl siloxane, a polyether siloxane copolymer and a poly(dimethylsiloxane)-(diphenyl-siloxane) copolymer. In one embodiment, the oil is volatile. In an embodiment, the volatile silicone is cyclic, such as, cyclomethicone.
- In certain embodiments of this aspect, the polar solvent is selected from polyols, such as glycerol (glycerin), propylene glycol, hexylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol n-alkanols, terpenes, di-terpenes, tri-terpenes, terpen-ols, limonene, terpene-ol, 1-menthol, dioxolane, ethylene glycol, other glycols, sulfoxides, such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), dimethylformanide, methyl dodecyl sulfoxide, dimethylacetamide, monooleate of ethoxylated glycerides (with 8 to 10 ethylene oxide units), azone (1-dodecylazacycloheptan-2-one), 2-(n-nonyl)-1,3-dioxolane, esters, such as isopropyl myristate/palmitate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl proprionate, capric/caprylic triglycerides, octylmyristate, dodecyl-myristate; myristyl alcohol, lauryl alcohol, lauric acid, lauryl lactate ketones; amides, such as acetamide oleates such as triolein; various alkanoic acids such as caprylic acid; lactam compounds, such as azone; alkanols, such as dialkylamino acetates, and admixtures thereof.
- In certain other embodiments of this aspect, the polar solvent is selected from polyethylene glycol (PEG) or PEG derivative that is liquid at ambient temperature, including PEG200 (MW (molecular weight) about 190-210 kD), PEG300 (MW about 285-315 kD), PEG400 (MW about 380-420 kD), PEG600 (MW about 570-630 kD) and higher MW PEGs such as PEG 4000, PEG 6000 and PEG 10000 and mixtures thereof. In certain embodiments of this aspect, the polar solvent is propylene glycol. In certain embodiments, the film forming agent is Klucel EF. In certain other embodiments, the surfactant is selected from
Polysorbate 60,Polysorbate 20,Ceteth 20, sorbitan laurate (span 20), PEG 100-stearate, and mixtures thereof. In certain embodiments, the foam adjuvant comprises stearyl alcohol. - In certain embodiments of this aspect, the surfactant comprises
polysorbate 60. In certain other embodiments, the foam adjuvant comprises stearyl alcohol. In some cases, the gelling agent comprises sodium CMC. - In certain embodiments, the foamable composition described hereinabove may further comprise at least one additional therapeutic agent, which is an antibiotic agent, selected from the group consisting of beta-lactam antibiotics, aminoglycosides, ansa-type antibiotics, anthraquinones, antibiotic azoles, antibiotic glycopeptides, macrolides, antibiotic nucleosides, antibiotic peptides, antibiotic polyenes, antibiotic polyethers, quinolones, antibiotic steroides, sulfonamides, tetracycline, dicarboxylic acids, antibiotic metals, oxidizing agents, substances that release free radicals and/or active oxygen, cationic antimicrobial agents, quaternary ammonium compounds, biguanides, triguanides, bisbiguanides and analogs and polymers thereof and naturally occurring antibiotic compounds.
- In certain embodiments, the additional antibiotic is an antibiotic of the lincomycin family. In one embodiment, the antibiotic is clindamycin.
- In certain embodiments, the foamable composition described hereinabove may further include at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of an a steroidal anti-inflammatory agent, an immunosuppressive agent, an immunomodulator, an immunoregulating agent, a hormonal agent, an androgen, an estrogen, a prostaglandin, an antiandrogen agent, a testosterone inhibitor, a dihydrotestosterone inhibitor, an antifungal agent, an antiviral agent, an antiparasitic agent, a retinoid, vitamin A, a vitamin A derivative, vitamin B, a vitamin B derivative, vitamin C, a vitamin C derivative, vitamin D, a vitamin D derivative, vitamin E, a vitamin E derivative, vitamin F, a vitamin F derivative, vitamin K, a vitamin K derivative, a wound healing agent, a disinfectant, an anesthetic, an antiallergic agent, a keratolytic agent, urea, a urea derivative, an alpha hydroxyl acid, lactic acid, glycolic acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a protein, a peptide, a neuropeptide, a allergen, an immunogenic substance, a haptene, an oxidizing agent, an antioxidant, a dicarboxylic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, adipic acid, fumaric acid, a retinoid, an antiproliferative agent, an anticancer agent, a photodynamic therapy agent, benzoyl chloride, calcium hypochlorite, magnesium hypochlorite, an anti-wrinkle agent, a radical scavenger, a metal, silver, a metal oxide, titanium dioxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, iron oxide, silicone oxide, an organo-metallic compound, and organo-boron compound, an organo-berrilium compound, talc, carbon, an anti wrinkle agent, a skin whitening agent, a skin protective agent, a masking agent, an anti-wart agent, a refatting agent, a lubricating agent and mixtures thereof.
- In certain embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is sensitive to oxidation and wherein the composition includes a stabilizing agent which acts as an effective barrier to the possible degrative interaction of the peroxide and the additional therapeutic agent.
- According to one or more embodiments, the foamable composition is substantially alcohol-free, i.e., free of short chain alcohols. Short chain alcohols, having up to 5 carbon atoms in their carbon chain skeleton and one hydroxyl group, such as ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, iso-butanol, t-butanol and pentanol, are considered less desirable solvents or polar solvents due to their skin-irritating effect. This disadvantage is particularly meaningful in the case of an antibiotic treatment, which is often directed to open wounds and damaged skin and mucosal tissues. Thus, in one or more embodiments, the composition is substantially alcohol-free and includes less than about 5% final concentration of lower alcohols, preferably less than about 2%, more preferably less than about 1%.
- In one or more embodiments, the concentration of surface-active agent about 0.1% to about 5%, or from about 0.2% to about 2%.
- The aerosol packaging assembly typically includes a container suitable for accommodating a pressurized product and an outlet capable of releasing a foam. The outlet is typically a valve.
FIG. 1 illustrates atypical aerosol valve 100. The valve is made up of thevalve cup 110 typically constructed from tinplated steel, or aluminum, anouter gasket 120, which is the seal between the valve cup and the aerosol can (not shown), avalve housing 130, which contains thevalve stem 132,spring 134 andinner gasket 136, and adip tube 140, which allows the liquid to enter valve. The valve stem is the tap through which the product flows. Theinner gasket 136 covers the aperture 150 (hole) in the valve stem. Thevalve spring 134 is usually made of stainless steel. - The valve stem is fitted with small apertures 150 (also termed “orifices” and “holes”), through which the product flows. Valves may contain one, two, three, four or more apertures, depending on the nature of the product to be dispensed. In the closed position, the aperture(s) is covered by the inner gasket. When the actuator is depressed it pushes the valve stem through the inner gasket, and the aperture(s) is uncovered, allowing liquid to pass through the valve and into the actuator.
- The valve can have a stem with 1 to 4 apertures, or 1 to 2 apertures. Each aperture can have a diameter of about 0.2 mm to about 1 mm, or a diameter of about 0.3 mm to about 0.8 mm. The total aperture area, i.e., the sum of areas of all apertures in a given stem, is between about 0.01 mm2 and 1 mm2 or the total aperture area is between about 0.04 mm2 and 0.5 mm2.
- In order to provide proper therapy, precise dosing is desired. According to one or more embodiments, the valve is attached, directly, or through a tube, to a metered dose device, which for dispensing an accurate dose of drug in the form of a foam. The metered dose valve is selected to release a foam in a volume that provides an adequate therapeutic dose to the target site of the skin, a body surface, a body cavity or mucosal surface, e.g., the mucosa of the nose, mouth, eye, ear, respiratory system, vagina or rectum.
- In one or more embodiments, the meter dose valve provides a unit dose of between about 10 μL and about 1000 μL. Assuming a representative foam density (specific gravity) of 0.06 g/mL, a 10 μL valve provides a volume of about 0.17 mL of foam, and a 1000 μL metered dose valve provides about 17 mL of foam. Thus, by selecting a specific metered dosing valve and adjusting the foam density by fine tuning formulation parameters and adjusting the ratio between the liquid components of the composition and the propellant, one can design an adequate dosage form according to the specific target site. Exemplary metered dose devices may be found in co-pending application Ser. No. 11/406,133, entitled “Apparatus and Method for Releasing a Measured Amount of Content from a Container,” filed Apr. 18, 2006, which is hereby incorporated in its entirety by reference.
- According to one aspect, a therapeutic kit is provided to afford a safe and effective dosage for treating acne, including an aerosol packaging assembly comprising:
- (a) a container accommodating a pressurized product; and
- (b) an outlet capable of releasing the pressurized product as a foam;
- wherein the pressurized product comprises a foamable composition.
- In certain embodiments of this aspect, the kit produces a shear-sensitive foam having a density range selected from between about 0.02 gr/mL and about 0.1 gr/mL upon release from the container.
- According to another aspect, the aerosol packaging assembly may include two containers suitable for contemporaneously mixing and/or combining two foamable compositions. In some cases, the aerosol packaging assembly comprises:
-
- a. a first container accommodating a first pressurized product;
- b. a second container accommodating a second pressurized product and
- c. at least one outlet capable of releasing the first pressurized product and the second pressurized product as a foam;
wherein the first pressurized product comprises a foamable composition according toclaim 1, and the second pressurized product comprises a foamable composition containing one additional therapeutic agent.
- In certain embodiments of this aspect, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from antibiotics, retinoids, keratolytics and azelaic acid (AZA). In certain other embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an antibiotic selected from the group consisting of beta-lactam antibiotics, aminoglycosides, ansa-type antibiotics, anthraquinones, antibiotic azoles, antibiotic glycopeptides, macrolides, antibiotic nucleosides, antibiotic peptides, antibiotic polyenes, antibiotic polyethers, quinolones, antibiotic steroides, sulfonamides, tetracycline, dicarboxylic acids, antibiotic metals, oxidizing agents, substances that release free radicals and/or active oxygen, cationic antimicrobial agents, quaternary ammonium compounds, biguanides, triguanides, bisbiguanides and analogs and polymers thereof and naturally occurring antibiotic compounds. In some cases, the additional therapeutic agent is clindamycin.
- US 2007/0069046 describes a therapeutic kit for releasing a predetermined quantity of a foamable composition from a plurality of pressurized containers, which is incorporated herein by its entirety.
FIG. 2 shows akit 100 including a dispenser head engaged with a pair ofpressurized containers - In one embodiment,
FIG. 2 shows in cross-section akit 100 including adispenser head 110 mounted on twocontainers contents dispenser head 110 includes aflow guide 140, which also functions as an actuator. Flow guide 140 houses aflow conduits Container 120 hasstem 128 that extends fromcontainer 120 and engages with fluid conduit at aninlet 160. Similarly,container 130 hasstem 138 that extends fromcontainer 130 and engages with fluid conduit at aninlet 165. - Each
container Container 120 includes ahollow tube 127 that is attached to or integrally formed with, ainternal valve 170, thereby readily facilitating flow of liquids, fluids and gas throughtube 127 throughvalve 170 and intostem 128. Thestem 128 is hollow and depressing the stem opens the valve so that the container contents are dispensed through the hollow stem. Similarly,container 130 includes ahollow tube 137 that is attached to or integrally formed with, ainternal valve 175, thereby readily facilitating flow of liquids, fluids and gas throughtube 137 throughvalve 175 and intostem 138. Thestem 138 is hollow and depressing the stem opens the valve so that the container contents are dispensed through the hollow stem. The valve in some types of containers includes a return spring for returning the stem to its initial position so as to close the valve when the force depressing the stem is removed. -
Flow guide 140 has a pair offlow conduits inlet outlet Inlets flow conduits containers dispenser head 140. When theflow conduits flow guide 140,outlets - The foamed material exits from
outlets - The dispenser head of the current invention is advantageous compared to the prior art dispensing apparatus, in which some mixing occurs within the apparatus and/or end nozzles attached to the apparatus, thereby resulting in contamination and/or requiring disposal of the end nozzles and/or cleaning of some or all of the apparatus.
- The
dispenser assembly 140 is used as follows. The user attachesappropriate containers flow conduits valves containers upper surface 190 of the Flow guide to displace the flow guide towards the stems. - Alternatively, a separate member of the dispensing head may serve as the actuator, so that when the user presses against an upper surface of the dispenser, the dispenser head is displaced downwards and against the upper stems of the containers. Other levers, buttons or switches may be provided to actuate the kit.
- When the actuator is at rest, stems
valves pressurized containers stem stem valves inlets flow conduits outlets - Thus, the flow guide includes a plurality of exit ducts that release foamed content from their respective containers such that the contents are substantially contemporaneously mixed and/or combined at a location external to the flow guide.
- By a location external, this means at an area or space that is at a point of exit, that is at a point of reference just or somewhat beyond the point or exit or that is at a point of reference just before a point of exit (for example, the latter may apply where the ends of the exit conduits are formed at an angle).
- It is also envisaged that one of the containers can be a non aerosol mechanical foamer. By way of a non-limiting example only, such a non aerosol mechanical first foamer container can include non aerosol mechanical foamers as disclosed in any of U.S. Pat. No. 4,018,396; U.S. Pat. No. 4,440,320; U.S. Pat. No. 4,603,812 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,738,396 all of which are hereby incorporated in their entirety by reference. So in an embodiment there is provided a dual canister configuration in which one of the canisters is a propellant driven system and one of the canisters is a mechanical driven system.
- In an embodiment where it is intended that the canisters and head are to be operated in an inverse position, the
hollow tubes FIG. 2 may be provided inverted substantially in the shape of a “U” wherein the inlet end of thehollow tubes - The dispensing head may be detachable from the canisters, or it may be permanently attached. In detachable embodiments,
outlets outlets - In some embodiments, the composition or kit includes an active agent, such as antibiotics. In the context herein, an antibiotic agent is a substance that has the capacity to inhibit the growth of or to destroy bacteria and other microorganisms. In one or more embodiments the antibiotic agent is used in combination with BPO. Where the agent is compatible with BPO they can be presented in the same formulation in the same canister. Where the antibiotic agent destabilizes BPO then the other agent can be presented using a dual chamber delivery system or kit like that described above. Thus, in one embodiment BPO is presented in a first foamable formulation and stored in a first canister and the agent in a second foamable formulation and stored in a second canister. Upon release from the dual canister system the two foams are simultaneously expelled and can be delivered to a target site.
- In one or more embodiments, the antibiotic agent is selected from the classes consisting of beta-lactam antibiotics, aminoglycosides, ansa-type antibiotics, anthraquinones, antibiotic azoles, antibiotic glycopeptides, macrolides, antibiotic nucleosides, antibiotic peptides, antibiotic polyenes, antibiotic polyethers, quinolones, antibiotic steroids, sulfonamides, tetracycline, dicarboxylic acids, antibiotic metals, oxidizing agents, substances that release free radicals and/or active oxygen, cationic antimicrobial agents, quaternary ammonium compounds, biguanides, triguanides, bisbiguanides and analogs and polymers thereof and naturally occurring antibiotic compounds. A non limiting list of antibiotics includes clindamycin phosphate, erythromycin, clindamycin and erythromycin estolate.
- Oxidizing agents and substances that release free radicals and/or active oxygen. In one or more embodiments, the antibiotic agent comprises strong oxidants and free radical liberating compounds, such as oxygen, hydrogen peroxide, elemental halogen species, as well as oxygenated halogen species, bleaching agents (e.g., sodium, calcium or magnesium hypochloride and the like), perchlorite species, iodine and iodate. Organic oxidizing agents are also included in the definition of “oxidizing agent” according to the present invention, such as quinones. Such agents possess a potent broad-spectrum activity.
- Additional non-limiting examples of combinations of an antibiotic agent and an additional active agent are provided in the following table:
-
Disorder Exemplary Additional Active Agent acne At least one agent selected from the group consisting of a retinoid; a keratolytic acid, an alpha-hydroxy acid and derivatives thereof, a beta-hydroxy acid and derivatives thereof, a skin-drying agent, an anti-seborrhea agent, a corticosteroid and a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent. Rosacea At least one agent selected from the group consisting of a retinoid; a keratolytic acid, an alpha-hydroxy acid, a beta- hydroxy acid and derivatives thereof. Otitis At least one agent selected from the group of an antifungal agent, a local anesthetic agent, a corticosteroid and a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent. Psoriasis At least one agent selected from the group consisting of a corticosteroid, coal tar, anthralin and a photodynamic therapy agent
Hence, in many cases, the inclusion of an additional therapeutic agent in the foamable composition, contributes to the clinical activity of the antibiotic agent. Thus, in one or more embodiments, the foamable composition further includes at least one additional therapeutic agent, in a therapeutically effective concentration. - In one or more embodiments, the at least one additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of a steroidal anti-inflammatory agent, a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug, an immunosuppressive agent, an immunomodulator, an immunoregulating agent, a hormonal agent, an antifungal agent, an antiviral agent, an antiparasitic agent, a vasoactive agent, a vasoconstrictor, a vasodilator, vitamin A, a vitamin A derivative, vitamin B, a vitamin B derivative, vitamin C, a vitamin C derivative, vitamin D, a vitamin D derivative, vitamin E, a vitamin E derivative, vitamin F, a vitamin F derivative, vitamin K, a vitamin K derivative, a wound healing agent, a disinfectant, an anesthetic, an antiallergic agent, an alpha hydroxyl acid, lactic acid, glycolic acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a protein, a peptide, a neuropeptide, a allergen, an immunogenic substance, a haptene, an oxidizing agent, an antioxidant, a dicarboxylic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, adipic acid, fumaric acid, an antibiotic agent, an antiproliferative agent, an anticancer agent, a photodynamic therapy agent, an anti-wrinkle agent, a radical scavenger, a metal oxide (e.g., titanium dioxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, iron oxide), silicone oxide, an anti wrinkle agent, a skin whitening agent, a skin protective agent, a masking agent, an anti-wart agent, a refatting agent, a lubricating agent and mixtures thereof.
- In certain cases, the disorder to be treated involves unaesthetic lesions that need to be masked. For example, rosacea involves papules and pustules, which can be treated with an antibiotic agent, as well as erythema, telangiectasia and redness, which partially respond to treatment with an antibiotic agent. Thus, in one or more embodiments, the additional active agent is a masking agent, i.e., a pigment. Non limiting examples of suitable pigments include brown, yellow or red iron oxide or hydroxides, chromium oxides or hydroxides, titanium oxides or hydroxides, zinc oxide, FD&C Blue No. 1 aluminum lake, FD&C Blue No. 2 aluminum lake and FD&C Yellow No. 6 aluminum lake.
- The foamable composition can be an emulsion, or microemulsion, including an aqueous phase and an organic carrier phase. The organic carrier is selected from a hydrophobic organic carrier (also termed herein “hydrophobic solvent”), an emollient, a polar solvent, and a mixture thereof. The identification of a “solvent”, as used herein, is not intended to characterize the solubilization capabilities of the solvent for any specific active agent or any other component of the foamable composition. Rather, such information is provided to aid in the identification of materials suitable for use as a carrier in the foamable compositions described herein.
- A “hydrophobic organic carrier” as used herein refers to a material having solubility in distilled water at ambient temperature of less than about 1 gm per 100 mL, more preferable less than about 0.5 gm per 100 mL, and most preferably less than about 0.1 gm per 100 mL. It is liquid at ambient temperature. The identification of a hydrophobic organic carrier or “hydrophobic solvent”, as used herein, is not intended to characterize the solubilization capabilities of the solvent for any specific active agent or any other component of the foamable composition. Rather, such information is provided to aid in the identification of materials suitable for use as a hydrophobic carrier in the foamable compositions described herein.
- In one or more embodiments, the hydrophobic organic carrier is an oil, such as mineral oil. Mineral oil (Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number 8012-95-1) is a mixture of aliphatic, naphthalenic, and aromatic liquid hydrocarbons that derive from petroleum. It is typically liquid; its viscosity is in the range of between about 35 CST and about 100 CST (at 40° C.), and its pour point (the lowest temperature at which an oil can be handled without excessive amounts of wax crystals forming so preventing flow) is below 0° C. The hydrophobic organic carrier does not include thick or semi-solid materials, such as white petrolatum, also termed “Vaseline”, which, in certain compositions is disadvantageous due to its waxy nature and semi-solid texture.
- According to one or more embodiments, hydrophobic solvents are liquid oils originating from vegetable, marine or animal sources. Suitable liquid oil includes saturated, unsaturated or polyunsaturated oils. By way of example, the unsaturated oil may be olive oil, corn oil, soybean oil, canola oil, cottonseed oil, coconut oil, sesame oil, sunflower oil, borage seed oil, syzigium aromaticum oil, hempseed oil, herring oil, cod-liver oil, salmon oil, flaxseed oil, wheat germ oil, evening primrose oils or mixtures thereof, in any proportion.
- Suitable hydrophobic solvents also include polyunsaturated oils containing poly-unsaturated fatty acids. In one or more embodiments, the unsaturated fatty acids are selected from the group of omega-3 and omega-6 fatty acids. Examples of such polyunsaturated fatty acids are linoleic and linolenic acid, gamma-linoleic acid (GLA), eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA) and docosahexaenoic acid (DHA). Such unsaturated fatty acids are known for their skin-conditioning effect, which contribute to the therapeutic benefit of the present foamable composition. Thus, the hydrophobic solvent can include at least 6% of an oil selected from omega-3 oil, omega-6 oil, and mixtures thereof. In the context herein, oils that possess therapeutically beneficial properties are termed “therapeutically active oil”.
- Another class of hydrophobic solvents is the essential oils, which are also considered therapeutically active oil, which contain active biologically occurring molecules and, upon topical application, exert a therapeutic effect, which is conceivably synergistic to the beneficial effect of the antibiotic agent in the composition.
- Another class of therapeutically active oils includes liquid hydrophobic plant-derived oils, which are known to possess therapeutic benefits when applied topically.
- Silicone oils (discussed earlier) also may be used and are desirable due to their known skin protective and occlusive properties. Suitable silicone oils include non-volatile silicones, such as polyalkyl siloxanes, polyaryl siloxanes, polyalkylaryl siloxanes and polyether siloxane copolymers, polydimethylsiloxanes (dimethicones) and poly(dimethylsiloxane)-(diphenyl-siloxane) copolymers. These are chosen from cyclic or linear polydimethylsiloxanes containing from about 3 to about 9, preferably from about 4 to about 5, silicon atoms. Volatile silicones such as cyclomethicones can also be used. Silicone oils are also considered therapeutically active oil, due to their barrier retaining and protective properties.
- In one or more embodiments, the hydrophobic carrier includes at least 2% by weight silicone oil or at least 5% by weight.
- The solvent may be a mixture of two or more of the above hydrophobic solvents in any proportion.
- A further class of solvents includes “emollients” that have a softening or soothing effect, especially when applied to body areas, such as the skin and mucosal surfaces. Emollients are not necessarily hydrophobic. Examples of suitable emollients include hexyleneglycol, propylene glycol, isostearic acid derivatives, isopropyl palmitate, isopropyl isostearate, diisopropyl adipate, diisopropyl dimerate, maleated soybean oil, octyl palmitate, cetyl lactate, cetyl ricinoleate, tocopheryl acetate, acetylated lanolin alcohol, cetyl acetate, phenyl trimethicone, glyceryl oleate, tocopheryl linoleate, wheat germ glycerides, arachidyl propionate, myristyl lactate, decyl oleate, propylene glycol ricinoleate, isopropyl lanolate, pentaerythrityl tetrastearate, neopentylglycol dicaprylate/dicaprate, isononyl isononanoate, isotridecyl isononanoate, myristyl myristate, triisocetyl citrate, octyl dodecanol, sucrose esters of fatty acids, octyl hydroxystearate and mixtures thereof.
- An additional class of emollients, suitable according to the present invention consists of polypropylene glycol (PPG) alkyl ethers, such as PPG stearyl ethers and PPG Butyl Ether, which are polypropylene ethers of stearyl ether that function as skin-conditioning agent in pharmaceutical and cosmetic formulations. PPG alkyl ethers can be incorporated in the foamable composition in a concentration between about 1% and about 20%. The sensory properties of foams containing PPG alkyl ethers are favorable, as revealed by consumer panel tests. Surprisingly, it has been discovered that foams comprising PPG alkyl ethers are non-flammable, as shown in a test according to European Standard prEN 14851, titled “Aerosol containers—Aerosol foam flammability test”, while foams containing other oils are inflammable.
- According to one or more embodiments, the hydrophobic organic carrier includes a mixture of a hydrophobic solvent and an emollient. According to one or more embodiments, the foamable composition is a mixture of mineral oil and an emollient in a ratio between 2:8 and 8:2 on a weight basis.
- A “polar solvent” is an organic solvent, typically soluble in both water and oil. Examples of polar solvents include polyols, such as glycerol (glycerin), propylene glycol, hexylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol n-alkanols, terpenes, di-terpenes, tri-terpenes, terpen-ols, limonene, terpene-ol, 1-menthol, dioxolane, ethylene glycol, other glycols, sulfoxides, such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), dimethylformanide, methyl dodecyl sulfoxide, dimethylacetamide, monooleate of ethoxylated glycerides (with 8 to 10 ethylene oxide units), azone (1-dodecylazacycloheptan-2-one), 2-(n-nonyl)-1,3-dioxolane, esters, such as isopropyl myristate/palmitate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl proprionate, capric/caprylic triglycerides, octylmyristate, dodecyl-myristate; myristyl alcohol, lauryl alcohol, lauric acid, lauryl lactate ketones; amides, such as acetamide oleates such as triolein; various alkanoic acids such as caprylic acid; lactam compounds, such as azone; alkanols, such as dialkylamino acetates, and admixtures thereof.
- According to one or more embodiments, the polar solvent is a polyethylene glycol (PEG) or PEG derivative that is liquid at ambient temperature, including PEG200 (MW (molecular weight) about 190-210 kD), PEG300 (MW about 285-315 kD), PEG400 (MW about 380-420 kD), PEG600 (MW about 570-630 kD) and higher MW PEGs such as PEG 4000, PEG 6000 and PEG 10000 and mixtures thereof.
- According to one or more embodiments, a moisturizing complex is refers to mixtures of chemical agents specially designed to make the external layers of the skin (epidermis) softer and more pliable, by increasing its hydration (water content). Naturally occurring skin lipids and sterols as well as artificial or natural oils, humectants, emollients, lubricants, etc. may be used as part of the moisturizing complex. Besides imparting or restoring normal levels of hydration to the skin, the moisturizing complex can have several additional intended and unintended effects on their users, including building a barrier against the loss of water through the epidermis (skin), repairing scaly, damaged or dry skin resulting from external environmental aggressions or internal changes (such as in acne or naturally dry skin), repairing or postponing the aging effects on the skin, etc.
- To combat the potential drying effects of the active agents on the skin, the formulations incorporate a moisturizing complex.
- A moisturizing complex can be prepared from two or more chemical agents, such as stearate, olive oil, water and glycerin. Non-limiting examples of such chemicals may include:
- (a) Humectants, such as glycerin, urea, lactic acid and sorbitol;
- (b) Natural moisturizing factors (NMF) include low molecular weight substances such as ammonia, amino acids, glucosamine, creatinine, citrate and ionic solutions such as sodium, potassium, chloride, phosphate, calcium and magnesium;
- (c) Emollients, such as lanolin (the earliest complex organic substances used in facial and body moisturizers, which is extracted from wool). Lanolin acts as a barrier (occlusion effect) against loss of water and also as a softener of stratum corneum, by means of lubrication and smoothing. Other emollients are oil-water emulsions of varying composition and may include several esters and oils such as octyl dodecanol, hexyl decanol, oleyl alcohol, decyl oleate, isopropyl stearate, isopropyl palmitate, isopropyl myristate, hexyl laureate, and dioctyl cyclohexane; and
- (d) Emulsifier, preserving and fragrance agents are also part of commercial preparations.
- The hydrophobic solvent selected can surprisingly play a significant co moisturizing or hydration effect. For example mineral oil is seen to contribute to the hydration effect in combination with glycerin or with sodium PCA.
- In certain embodiments, the moisturizing complex is a mixture of glycerin and sodium PCA (sodium salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid). In certain other embodiments the complex is a mixture of mineral oil glycerin and sodium PCA.
- Derived from the saponification of fats, glycerin (also spelled glycerin and usually referred to in the literature as glycerol) is a strong, nonvolatile trihydroxylated humectant that exhibits hygroscopic ability very similar to that associated with natural moisturizing factor (J. Soc. Cosmet. Chem. 1976; 27:65; Acta Derm. Venereol. 1999; 79:418-21). Natural moisturizing factor is found in corneocytes and can absorb large quantities of water, even when humidity levels are low, which allows the stratum corneum (SC) to maintain a sufficient hydration level in dry environments. Numerous ingredients have been used in moisturizing products to mimic the activity of natural moisturizing factor, and glycerol is one of the more successful.
- One of the primary elements in keeping skin healthy is making sure the structure of the epidermis (outer layer of skin) is intact. That structure is defined and created by skin cells that are held together by the intercellular matrix. The intercellular matrix is the “glue” or “mortar” between skin cells that keep them together. It helps prevent individual skin cells from losing water and creates the smooth, non-flaky appearance of healthy, intact skin. The components that do this are often called natural moisturizing factors (NMFs) or ingredients that mimic the structure and function of healthy skin. While the oil and fat components of skin prevent evaporation and provide lubrication to the surface of skin, it is actually the intercellular matrix along with the skin's lipid content that gives skin a good deal of its surface texture and feel.
- The intercellular matrix is the skin's first line of defense against water loss. When the lipid and NMF content of skin is reduced, we experience surface roughness, flaking, fine lines, and a tight, uncomfortable feeling. The longer the skin's surface layer (stratum corneum) is impaired, the less effective the skin's intercellular matrix becomes (Sources: Skin Research and Technology, August 2000, pages 128-134; and Dermatologic Therapy,
Volume 17,Supplement 1, 2004, pages 43-48). Moreover, the skin's healing process is impaired. NMFs make up an expansive group of ingredients that include amino acids, ceramides, hyaluronic acid, cholesterol, fatty acids, triglycerides, phospholipids, glycosphingolipids, urea, linoleic acid, glycosaminoglycans, glycerin, mucopolysaccharide, and sodium PCA (sodium salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid). Ingredients that mimic the lipid content of skin are apricot oil, canola oil, coconut oil, corn oil, jojoba oil, jojoba wax, lanolin, lecithin, olive oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, shea butter, soybean oil, squalane, and sweet almond oil, which can all be extremely helpful for making dry skin look and feel better. - All of the skin's supporting NMFs and lipids are present in the intercellular structure of the epidermis, both between skin cells and in the lipid content on the surface of skin. When any of these ingredients are used in skin-care products, they appear to help stabilize and maintain this complex intercellular-skin matrix. Although none of these very good NMFs and lipids can permanently affect or change skin, they are great at temporarily keeping depleted skin from feeling dry and uncomfortable. More important, all of these ingredients, and many more, can help support the intercellular area of the skin by keeping it intact. This support helps prevent surface irritation from penetrating deeper into the skin, works to keep bacteria out, and aids the skin's immune/healing system. Selecting moisturizers of any kind with NMFs (whether they are labeled as being antiaging, antiwrinkle, serums, lotions, or sunscreens) allows your skin to do its job of repairing and regenerating itself without the impedances brought on when skin is suffering from dryness and excess irritation (Sources: Clinical Geriatric Medicine, February 2002, pages 103-120; Progressive Lipid Research, January 2003, pages 1-36; Journal of the European Academy of Dermatology and Venereology, November 2002, pages 587-594; Contact Dermatitis, June 2002, pages 331-338; Journal of Investigative Dermatology, May 1996, pages 1096-1101; British Journal of Dermatology, November 1995, pages 679-685; Skin Pharmacology and Physiology, September-October 2004, pages 207-213; Free Radical Research, April 2002, pages 471-477; and Journal of Lipid Research, May 2002, pages 794-804).
- According to one or more embodiments, the moisturizing complex comprises a NMF. In certain embodiments, the NMF is used in combination with one or both of glycerin, sodium pCA. In certain other embodiments the NMF is used in combination with mineral oil and or one or more of glycerin and sodium pCA.
- According to one or more embodiments, the polymeric agent serves to contribute to the viscosity of the formulation, stabilize the foam composition and to control drug residence in the target organ. Exemplary polymeric agents are classified below in a non-limiting manner. In certain cases, a given polymer can belong to more than one of the classes provided below.
- In one or more embodiments, the composition includes at least one gelling agent. A gelling agent controls the residence of a therapeutic composition in the target site of treatment by increasing the viscosity of the composition, thereby limiting the rate of its clearance from the site. Many gelling agents are known in the art to possess mucoadhesive properties. Surprisingly, it has been found that selected and sparing use of such polymeric agents allows the formation of low viscous formulations which nevertheless can hold BPO particles in a suspension that is able to be physically and chemically stable for pharmaceutical use. Moreover the presence of these polymeric agents enables the foam formulation to contribute to controlling the residence of the active agent at the target site.
- The gelling agent can be a natural gelling agent, a synthetic gelling agent and an inorganic gelling agent. Exemplary gelling agents that can be used in accordance with one or more embodiments include, for example, naturally-occurring polymeric materials, such as locust bean gum, sodium alginate, sodium caseinate, egg albumin, gelatin agar, carrageenin gum, sodium alginate, xanthan gum, quince seed extract, tragacanth gum, guar gum, starch, chemically modified starches and the like, semi-synthetic polymeric materials such as cellulose ethers (e.g. hydroxyethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxy propylmethyl cellulose), guar gum, hydroxypropyl guar gum, soluble starch, cationic celluloses, cationic guars, and the like, and synthetic polymeric materials, such as carboxyvinyl polymers, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, polyacrylic acid polymers, polymethacrylic acid polymers, polyvinyl acetate polymers, polyvinyl chloride polymers, polyvinylidene chloride polymers and the like. Mixtures of the above compounds are contemplated.
- Further exemplary gelling agents include the acrylic acid/ethyl acrylate copolymers and the carboxyvinyl polymers sold, for example, by the B.F. Goodrich Company under the trademark of Carbopol® resins. In a preferred embodiment the agent is a Carbopol. These resins consist essentially of a colloidal water-soluble polyalkenyl polyether crosslinked polymer of acrylic acid crosslinked with from 0.75% to 2% of a crosslinking agent such as polyallyl sucrose or polyallyl pentaerythritol. Examples include Carbopol® 934, Carbopol® 940, Carbopol® 950, Carbopol® 980, Carbopol® 951 and Carbopol® 981. Carbopol® 934 is a water-soluble polymer of acrylic acid crosslinked with about 1% of a polyallyl ether of sucrose having an average of about 5.8 allyl groups for each sucrose molecule.
- In one or more embodiment, the composition includes at least one polymeric agent, which is a water-soluble cellulose ether. Preferably, the water-soluble cellulose ether is selected from the group consisting of methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Methocel), hydroxyethyl cellulose, methylhydroxyethylcellulose, methylhydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxyethylcarboxymethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose and carboxymethylhydroxyethylcellulose. More preferably, the water-soluble cellulose ether is selected from the group consisting of methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (Methocel). In one or more embodiments, the composition includes a combination of a water-soluble cellulose ether; and a naturally occurring polymeric materials, selected from the group including xanthan gum, guar gum, carrageenan gum, locust bean gum and tragacanth gum.
- Yet, in other embodiments, the gelling agent includes inorganic gelling agents, such as silicone dioxide (fumed silica).
- Mucoadhesive/bioadhesion has been defined as the attachment of synthetic or biological macromolecules to a biological tissue. Mucoadhesive agents are a class of polymeric biomaterials that exhibit the basic characteristic of a hydrogel, i.e. swell by absorbing water and interacting by means of adhesion with the mucous that covers epithelia. Compositions may contain a mucoadhesive macromolecule or polymer in an amount sufficient to confer bioadhesive properties. The bioadhesive macromolecule enhances the delivery of biologically active agents on or through the target surface. The mucoadhesive macromolecule may be selected from acidic synthetic polymers, preferably having at least one acidic group per four repeating or monomeric subunit moieties, such as poly(acrylic)- and/or poly(methacrylic) acid (e.g., Carbopol®, Carbomer®), poly(methylvinyl ether/maleic anhydride) copolymer, and their mixtures and copolymers; acidic synthetically modified natural polymers, such as carboxymethylcellulose (CMC); neutral synthetically modified natural polymers, such as (hydroxypropyl)methylcellulose; basic amine-bearing polymers such as chitosan; acidic polymers obtainable from natural sources, such as alginic acid, hyaluronic acid, pectin, gum tragacanth, and karaya gum; and neutral synthetic polymers, such as polyvinyl alcohol or their mixtures. An additional group of mucoadhesive polymers includes natural and chemically modified cyclodextrin, especially hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin. Such polymers may be present as free acids, bases, or salts, usually in a final concentration of about 0.01% to about 0.5% by weight.
- A suitable bioadhesive macromolecule is the family of acrylic acid polymers and copolymers, (e.g., Carbopol®). These polymers contain the general structure —[CH2—CH(COOH)—]n. Hyaluronic acid and other biologically-derived polymers may be used.
- Exemplary bioadhesive or mucoadhesive macromolecules have a molecular weight of at least 50 kDa, or at least 300 kDa, or at least 1,000 kDa. Favored polymeric ionizable macromolecules have not less than 2 mole percent acidic groups (e.g., COOH, SO3H) or basic groups (NH2, NRH, NR2), relative to the number of monomeric units. The acidic or basic groups can constitute at least 5 mole percent, or at least 10 mole percent, or at least 25, at least 50 more percent, or even up to 100 mole percent relative to the number of monomeric units of the macromolecule.
- Yet, another group of mucoadhesive agent includes inorganic gelling agents such as silicon dioxide (fumed silica), including but not limited to, AEROSIL 200 (DEGUSSA).
- Many mucoadhesive agents are known in the art to also possess gelling properties.
- The foam composition may contain a film-forming component. The film-forming component may include at least one water-insoluble alkyl cellulose or hydroxyalkyl cellulose. Exemplary alkyl cellulose or hydroxyalkyl cellulose polymers include ethyl cellulose, propyl cellulose, butyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxybutyl cellulose, and ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose, alone or in combination. In addition, a plasticizer or a cross-linking agent may be used to modify the polymer's characteristics. For example, esters such as dibutyl or diethyl phthalate, amides such as diethyldiphenyl urea, vegetable oils, fatty acids and alcohols such as oleic and myristyl acid may be used in combination with the cellulose derivative.
- In one or more embodiments, the composition includes a phase change polymer, which alters the composition behavior from fluid-like prior to administration to solid-like upon contact with the target mucosal surface. Such phase change results from external stimuli, such as changes in temperature or pH and exposure to specific ions (e.g., Ca2+). Non-limiting examples of phase change polymers include poly(N-isopropylamide) and Poloxamer 407®.
- The polymeric agent is present in an amount in the range of about 0.01% to about 5.0% by weight of the foam composition. In one or more embodiments, it is typically less than about 1 wt % of the foamable composition. In one or more embodiments, it is formulated to achieve a viscosity in the pre foam formulation of less than about 8000 cps. In certain embodiments the foamable formulation with propellant has a viscosity of less than about 8000 cps and a preferred viscosity in the foamable formulation with propellant of less than about 7000 cps and more preferably less than about 3000 cps. In certain embodiments the ratio of viscosity of the foamable formulation with propellant to the ratio of the viscosity of the pre foam formulation without propellant is between about 1:1, about 19:20; about 9:10; about 4:5; about 3:4; about 3:5; about 2:5 to about 1:5 to about 1:10 preferably between about 19:20 to about 2:5.
- One of the surprising discoveries was that the interaction of the BPO polymeric agent was not destroyed upon addition of high pressure volatile liquid propellant. Without being bound by any theory one possible explanation for the phenomena is that when the emulsion formulation is very viscous and propellent is added the formulation becomes fluid and the change in state from thick to liquid effects the polymeric hold on the BPO, which can then move more and tends to sediment and cake. In contrast when the viscosity was such that the pre-foam formulation was liquid and of low viscosity then adding the high pressurized propellant had only a small or minimal effect on the fluidity of the composition and since the hydrophobic propellant will presumably disperse in the oil phase of the emulsion it will now have relatively minor effect on the formulation, which remains with a similar fluidity and the motion of the BPO is relatively unchanged. Why some polymers are better than others at holding BPO in a fluid homogenous suspension in an emulsion formulation over a prolonged time is not currently understood other than perhaps the ability to have polymer at levels were it would otherwise form a gel but for the use of buffer or pH adjuster to prevent gel formation. In other words the selection of gelling agents which are reversibly susceptible to buffer or pH adjuster addition is an unexpected advantage herein.
- The composition further contains a surface-active agent. Surface-active agents (also termed “surfactants”) include any agent linking oil and water in the composition, in the form of emulsion. A surfactant's hydrophilic/lipophilic balance (HLB) describes the emulsifier's affinity toward water or oil. HLB is defined for non-ionic surfactants. The HLB scale ranges from 1 (totally lipophilic) to 20 (totally hydrophilic), with 10 representing an equal balance of both characteristics. Lipophilic emulsifiers form water-in-oil (w/o) emulsions; hydrophilic surfactants form oil-in-water (o/w) emulsions. The HLB of a blend of two emulsifiers equals the weight fraction of emulsifier A times its HLB value plus the weight fraction of emulsifier B times its HLB value (weighted average). In many cases a single surfactant may suffice. In other cases a combination of two or more surfactants is desired. Reference to a surfactant in the specification can also apply to a combination of surfactants or a surfactant system. As will be appreciated by a person skilled in the art which surfactant or surfactant system is more appropriate is related to the vehicle and intended purpose. In general terms a combination of surfactants is usually preferable where the vehicle is an emulsion. In an emulsion environment a combination of surfactants can be significant in producing breakable forms of good quality. It has been further discovered that the generally thought considerations for HLB values for selecting a surfactant or surfactant combination are not always binding for emulsions and that good quality foams can be produced with a surfactant or surfactant combination both where the HLB values are in or towards the lipophilic side of the scale and where the HLB values are in or towards the hydrophilic side of the scale. Surfactants also play a role in foam formation where the foamable formulation is a single phase composition.
- According to one or more embodiments the composition contains a single surface active agent having an HLB value between about 2 and 9, or more than one surface active agent and the weighted average of their HLB values is between about 2 and about 9. Lower HLB values may in certain embodiments be more applicable to water in oil emulsions.
- According to one or more embodiments the composition contains a single surface active agent having an HLB value between about 7 and 14, or more than one surface active agent and the weighted average of their HLB values is between about 7 and about 14. Mid range HLB values may in certain embodiments be more suitable for oil in water emulsions.
- According to one or more other embodiments the composition contains a single surface active agent having an HLB value between about 9 and about 19, or more than one surface active agent and the weighted average of their HLB values is between about 9 and about 19. In a waterless or substantially waterless environment a wide range of HLB values may be suitable.
- Preferably, the composition contains a non-ionic surfactant. Nonlimiting examples of possible non-ionic surfactants include a polysorbate, polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monostearate, polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monooleate, a polyoxyethylene fatty acid ester, Myrj 45, Myrj 49, Myrj 52 and Myrj 59; a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene cetyl ether, polyoxyethylene palmityl ether, polyethylene oxide hexadecyl ether, polyethylene glycol cetyl ether, steareths such as
steareth 2, brij 21, brij 721, brij 38, brij 52, brij 56 and brij W1, a sucrose ester, a partial ester of sorbitol and its anhydrides, sorbitan monolaurate, sorbitan monolaurate, a monoglyceride, a diglyceride, isoceteth-20 and mono-, di- and tri-esters of sucrose with fatty acids. In certain embodiments, suitable sucrose esters include those having high monoester content, which have higher HLB values. - In certain embodiments with wax as emollient, surfactants are selected which can provide a close packed surfactant layer separating the oil and water phases. To achieve such objectives combinations of at least two surfactants are selected. Preferably, they should be complex emulgators and more preferably they should both be of a similar molecular type. For example, a pair of ethers like
steareth 2 and steareth 21, or a pair of esters for example, PEG-40 stearate andpolysorbate 80. In Certain circumstances POE esters cannot be used and a combination of sorbitan laurate and sorbitan stearate or a combination of sucrose stearic acid ester mixtures and sodium laurate may be used. All these combinations due to their versatility and strength may also be used satisfactorily and effectively with wax formulations, although the amounts and proportion may be varied according to the formulation and its objectives as will be appreciated by a man of the art. - It has been discovered also that by using a derivatized hydrophilic polymer with hydrophobic alkyl moieties as a polymeric emulsifier such as pemulen it is possible to stabilize the emulsion better about or at the region of phase reversal tension. Other types of derivatized polymers like silicone copolymers, derivatized starch [Aluminum Starch Octenylsuccinate (ASOS)]/[DRY-FLO AF Starch], and derivatized dexrin may also a similar stabilizing effect.
- A series of dextrin derivative surfactants prepared by the reaction of the propylene glycol polyglucosides with a hydrophobic oxirane-containing material of the glycidyl ether are highly biodegradable. [Hong-Rong Wang and Keng-Ming Chen, Colloids and Surfaces A: Physicochemical and Engineering Aspects Volume 281, Issues 1-3, 15 Jun. 2006, Pages 190-193].
- Non-limiting examples of non-ionic surfactants that have HLB of about 7 to about 12 include steareth 2 (HLB˜4.9); glyceryl monostearate/
PEG 100 stearate (Av HLB˜11.2); stearate Laureth 4 (HLB˜9.7) and cetomacrogol ether (e.g., polyethylene glycol 1000 monocetyl ether). - Non-limiting examples of preferred surfactants, which have a HLB of 4-19 are set out in the Table below:
-
Surfactant HLB steareth 2 ~4.9 glyceryl monostearate/ PEG 100 stearateAv ~11.2 Glyceryl Stearate ~4 Steareth-21 ~15.5 peg 40 stearate~16.9 polysorbate 80~15 sorbitan stearate ~4.7 laureth 4~9.7 Sorbitan monooleate (span 80) ~4.3 ceteareth 20 ~15.7 steareth 20 ~15.3 ceteth 20 ~15.7 Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether ~15.7 ceteth 2 (Lipocol C-2) ~5.3 PEG-30 Dipolyhydroxystearate ~5.5 sucrose distearate (Sisterna SP30) ~6 polyoxyethylene (100) stearate ~18.8 - More exemplary stabilizing surfactants which may be suitable for use in the present invention are found below.
-
-
Chemical name Product example name HLB PEG-30 stearate Myrj 51 >10 PEG-40 laurate Crodet L40 (Croda) 17.9 PEG-40 oleate Crodet O40 (Croda) 17.4 PEG-45 stearate Nikkol MYS-45 (Nikko) 18 PEG-50 stearate Myrj 53 >10 PEG-100 stearate Myrj 59, Arlacel 165 (ICI) 19 -
-
Chemical name Product example name HLB PEG-4 dilaurate Mapeg .RTM. 200 DL (PPG), 7 Kessco .RTM.PEG 200 DL (Stepan), LIPOPEG 2-DL (Lipo Chem.) PEG-4 distearate Kessco .RTM. 200 5 DS (Stepan.sub) PEG-32 dioleate Kessco .RTM. PEG 1540 DO 15 (Stepan) PEG-400 dioleate Cithrol 4DO series (Croda) >10 PEG-400 disterate Cithrol 4DS series (Croda) >10 PEG-20 glyceryl oleate Tagat .RTM. O (Goldschmidt) >10 -
-
Chemical name Product example name HLB PEG-30 castor oil Emalex C-30 (Nihon Emulsion) 11 PEG-40 hydrogenated Cremophor RH 40 (BASF), 13 castor oil Croduret (Croda), Emulgin HRE 40 (Henkel)
Polyglycerized Fatty Acids, such as: -
Chemical name Product example name LB Polyglyceryl-6 dioleate Caprol .RTM. 6G20 (ABITEC); 8.5 PGO-62 (Calgene), PLUROL OLEIQUE CC 497 (Gattefosse)Hodag -
-
Chemical name Product example name HLB PEG-20 sorbitan Tween-20 (Atlas/ICI), Crillet 117 monolaurate (Croda), DACOL MLS 20 (Condea) PEG-20 sorbitan Tween 40 (Atlas/ICI), Crillet 216 Monopalmitate (Croda) PEG-20 sorbitan Tween-60 (Atlas/ICI), Crillet 315 monostearate (Croda) PEG-20 sorbitan Tween-80 (Atlas/ICI), Crillet 415 monooleate (Croda) -
-
Chemical name Product example name HLB PEG-2 oleyl ether oleth-2 Brij 92/93 (Atlas/ICI) 4.9 PEG-3 oleyl ether oleth-3 Volpo 3 (Croda) <10 PEG-5 oleyl ether oleth-5 Volpo 5 (Croda) <10 PEG-10 oleyl ether oleth-10 Volpo 10 (Croda), Brij 12 96/97 (Atlas/ICI) PEG-20 oleyl ether oleth-20 Volpo 20 (Croda), Brij 15 98/99 (Atlas/ICI) PEG-4 lauryl ether laureth-4Brij 30 (Atlas/ICI) 9.7 PEG-23 lauryl ether laureth-23Brij 35 (Atlas/ICI) 17 PEG-10 stearyl ether Brij 76 (ICI) 12 PEG-2 cetyl ether Brij 52 (ICI) 5.3 -
-
Chemical name Product example name HLB Sucrose distearate Sisterna SP50, Surfope 1811 11 -
-
Chemical name Product example name HLB Sorbitan monolaurate Span-20 (Atlas/ICI), Crill 18.6 (Croda), Arlacel 20 (ICI) Sorbitan monopalmitate Span-40 (Atlas/ICI), Crill 26.7 (Croda), Nikkol SP-10 (Nikko) Sorbitan monooleate Span-80 (Atlas/ICI), Crill 44.3 (Croda), Crill 50 (Croda) Sorbitan monostearate Span-60 (Atlas/ICI), Crill 34.7 (Croda), Nikkol SS-10 (Nikko) - In one or more embodiments the surface active agent is a complex emulgator in which the combination of two or more surface active agents can be more effective than a single surfactant and provides a more stable emulsion or improved foam quality than a single surfactant. For example and by way of non-limiting explanation it has been found that by choosing say two surfactants, one hydrophobic and the other hydrophilic the combination can produce a more stable emulsion than a single surfactant. Preferably, the complex emulgator comprises a combination of surfactants wherein there is a difference of about 4 or more units between the HLB values of the two surfactants or there is a significant difference in the chemical nature or structure of the two or more surfactants.
- Specific non limiting examples of surfactant systems are, combinations of polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, such as Brij 59/Brij10; Brij 52/
Brij 10;Steareth 2/Steareth 20;Steareth 2/Steareth 21 (Brij 72/Brij 721); combinations of polyoxyethylene stearates such as Myrj 52/Myrj 59; combinations of sucrose esters, such as Surphope 1816/Surphope 1807; combinations of sorbitan esters, such asSpan 20/Span 80;Span 20/Span 60; combinations of sucrose esters and sorbitan esters, such as Surphope 1811 andSpan 60; combinations of liquid polysorbate detergents and PEG compounds, such asTween 80/PEG-40 stearate; methyl glucaso sequistearate; polymeric emulsifiers, such as Permulen (TRI or TR2); liquid crystal systems, such as Arlatone (2121), Stepan (Mild RM1), Nikomulese (41) and Montanov (68) and the like. - In certain embodiments the surfactant is preferably one or more of the following: a combination of steareth-2 and steareth-21 on their own or in combination with glyceryl monostearate (GMS); in certain other embodiments the surfactant is a combination of
polysorbate 80 and PEG-40 stearate. In certain other embodiments the surfactant is a combination of glyceryl monostearate/PEG 100 stearate. In certain other embodiments the surfactant is a combination of two or more of stearate 21,PEG 40 stearate, andpolysorbate 80. In certain other embodiments the surfactant is a combination of two or more oflaureth 4, span80, andpolysorbate 80. In certain other embodiments the surfactant is a combination of two or more of GMS and ceteareth. In certain other embodiments the surfactant is a combination of two or more of steareth 21,ceteareth 20,ceteth 2 andlaureth 4 In certain other embodiments the surfactant is a combination ofceteareth 20 andpolysorbate 40 stearate. In certain other embodiments the surfactant is a combination ofspan 60 and GMS. In certain other embodiments the surfactant is a combination of two or all ofPEG 40 stearate, sorbitan stearate andpolysorbate 60 - In certain other embodiments the surfactant is one or more of sucrose stearic acid esters, sorbitan laureth, and sorbitan stearate.
- Without being bound by any particular theory or mode of operation, it is believed that the use of non-ionic surfactants with significant hydrophobic and hydrophilic components, increase the emulsifier or foam stabilization characteristics of the composition. Similarly, without being bound by any particular theory or mode of operation, using combinations of surfactants with high and low HLB's to provide a relatively close packed surfactant layer may strengthen the emulsion.
- In one or more embodiments the stability of the composition can be improved when a combination of at least one non-ionic surfactant having HLB of less than 9 and at least one non-ionic surfactant having HLB of equal or more than 9 is employed. The ratio between the at least one non-ionic surfactant having HLB of less than 9 and the at least one non-ionic surfactant having HLB of equal or more than 9, is between 1:8 and 8:1, or at a ratio of 4:1 to 1:4. The resultant HLB of such a blend of at least two emulsifiers is preferably between about 9 and about 14.
- Thus, in an exemplary embodiment, a combination of at least one non-ionic surfactant having HLB of less than 9 and at least one non-ionic surfactant having HLB of equal or more than 9 is employed, at a ratio of between 1:8 and 8:1, or at a ratio of 4:1 to 1:4, wherein the HLB of the combination of emulsifiers is preferably between about 5 and about 18.
- In certain cases, the surface active agent is selected from the group of cationic, zwitterionic, amphoteric and ampholytic surfactants, such as sodium methyl cocoyl taurate, sodium methyl oleoyl taurate, sodium lauryl sulfate, triethanolamine lauryl sulfate and betaines.
- Many amphiphilic molecules can show lyotropic liquid-crystalline phase sequences depending on the volume balances between the hydrophilic part and hydrophobic part. These structures are formed through the micro-phase segregation of two Many amphiphilic molecules can show lyotropic liquid-crystalline phase sequences depending on the volume balances between the hydrophilic part and hydrophobic part. These structures are formed through the micro-phase segregation of two incompatible components on a nanometer scale. Soap is an everyday example of a lyotropic liquid crystal. Certain types of surfactants tend to form lyotropic liquid crystals in emulsions interface (oil-in-water) and exert a stabilizing effect.
- In one or more embodiments the surfactant is a surfactant or surfactant combination is capable of or which tends to form liquid crystals. Surfactants which tend to form liquid crystals may improve the quality of foams. Non limiting examples of surfactants with postulated tendency to form interfacial liquid crystals are: phospholipids, alkyl glucosides, sucrose esters, sorbitan esters.
- In one or more embodiments the at least one surface active agent is liquid.
- In one or more embodiments the liquid surfactant is a polysorbate, preferably polysorbate 80 or 60.
- In one or more embodiments the at least one surface active agent is solid, semi solid or waxy.
- It should be noted that HLB values may not be so applicable to non ionic surfactants, for example, with liquid crystals or with silicones. Also HLB values may be of lesser significance in a waterless or substantially non-aqueous environment.
- In one or more embodiments the surfactant can be, a surfactant system comprising of a surfactant and a co surfactant, a waxy emulsifier, a liquid crystal emulsifier, an emulsifier which is solid or semi solid at room temperature and pressure, or combinations of two or more agents in an appropriate proportion as will be appreciated a person skilled in the art. Where a solid or semi solid emulsifier combination is used it can also comprise a solid or semi solid emulsifier and a liquid emulsifier.
- In one or more embodiments, the surface-active agent includes at least one non-ionic surfactant. Ionic surfactants are known to be irritants. Therefore, non-ionic surfactants are preferred in applications including sensitive tissue such as found in most mucosal tissues, especially when they are infected or inflamed. Non-ionic surfactants alone can provide formulations and foams of good or excellent quality in the carriers and compositions provided herein.
- Thus, in a preferred embodiment, the surface active agent, the composition contains a non-ionic surfactant. In another preferred embodiment the composition includes a mixture of non-ionic surfactants as the sole surface active agent. Yet, in additional embodiments, the foamable composition includes a mixture of at least one non-ionic surfactant and at least one ionic surfactant in a ratio in the range of about 100:1 to 6:1. In one or more embodiments, the non-ionic to ionic surfactant ratio is greater than about 6:1, or greater than about 8:1; or greater than about 14:1, or greater than about 16:1, or greater than about 20:1. In further embodiments, surface active agent comprises a combination of a non-ionic surfactant and an ionic surfactant, at a ratio of between 1:1 and 20:1
- In one or more embodiments, a combination of a non-ionic surfactant and an ionic surfactant (such as sodium lauryl sulphate and cocamidopropylbetaine) is employed, at a ratio of between 1:1 and 20:1, or at a ratio of 4:1 to 10:1; for example, about 1:1, about 4:1, about 8:1, about 12:1, about 16:1 and about 20:1 or at a ratio of 4:1 to 10:1, for example, about 4:1, about 6:1, about 8:1 and about 10:1.
- In selecting a suitable surfactant or combination thereof it should be borne in mind that the upper amount of surfactant that may be used may be limited by the shakability of the composition. If the surfactant is non liquid, it can make the formulation to viscous or solid. This can be particularly significant if the formulation has high molecular weight, e.g., a high molecular weight PEG or polymeric agents or petroleum or if the surfactants are large. Solvents and polymeric agents which have high molecular weight and are very viscous or solid or waxy (e.g., Peg 1500, 2000, etc. or petrolatum) can exacerbate the effect of a waxy or solid surfactant on shakability or flowability In general terms, as the amount of non-liquid surfactant is increased the shakability of the formulation reduces until a limitation point is reached where the formulation becomes non shakable and unsuitable. Thus in one embodiment, an effective amount of surfactant may be used provided the formulation remains shakable. In other certain exceptional embodiments the upper limit may be determined by flowability such as in circumstances where the composition is marginally or apparently non-shakable. The formulation is sufficiently flowable to be able to flow through an actuator valve and be released and still expand to form a good quality foam.
- In certain embodiments the amount of surfactant or combination of surfactants is between about 0.05% to about 20%; between about 0.05% to about 15%. or between about 0.05% to about 10%. In a preferred embodiment the concentration of surface active agent is between about 0.2% and about 8%. In a more preferred embodiment the concentration of surface active agent is between about 1% and about 6%.
- In one or more embodiments the surfactant comprises a polymeric surfactant.
- In some embodiments, it is desirable that the surface active agent does not contain a polyoxyethylene (POE) moiety, such as polysorbate surfactants, POE fatty acid esters, and POE alkyl ethers, because the active agent is incompatible with such surface active agents. For example, the active agent pimecrolimus is not stable the presence of POE moieties, yet benefits greatly from the use of dicarboxylic esters as penetration enhancers. In such cases, alternative surface active agents are employed. In an exemplary manner, POE-free surfactants include non-ethoxylated sorbitan esters, such as sorbitan monopalmitate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan tristearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan trioleate, sorbitan monolaurate and sorbitan sesquioleate; glycerol fatty acid esters, such as glycerol monostearate and glycerol monooleate; mono-, di- and tri-esters of sucrose with fatty acids (sucrose esters), sucrose stearate, sucrose distearate sucrose palmitate and sucrose laurate; and alkyl polyglycosides, such as lauryl diglucoside.
- If the composition as formulated is a substantially non shakable composition it is nevertheless possible as an exception in the scope for the formulation to be flowable to a sufficient degree to be able to flow through an actuator valve and be released and still expand to form a good quality foam. This surprising and unusual exception may be due one or more of a number of factors such as the high viscosity, the softness, the lack of crystals, the pseudoplastic or semi pseudo plastic nature of the composition and the dissolution of the propellant into the composition.
- In one or more embodiments, the surface-active agent includes mono-, di- and tri-esters of sucrose with fatty acids (sucrose esters), prepared from sucrose and esters of fatty acids or by extraction from sucro-glycerides. Suitable sucrose esters include those having high monoester content, which have higher phase inversion and tension.
- Phase inversion is a factor in the preparation and stabilization of emulsions and can be both an aid and a detriment. Phase inversion involves the change of emulsion type from o/w to w/o or vice versa. Prior to phase inversion occurring there is a tension in the emulsion which if destabilized or driven will lead to phase inversion and if controlled or ameliorated or dissipated will result in a more stable emulsion. The occurrence of phase inversion during preparation can be a sign of instability. If controlled, it can result in a finer product but if due to other factors after the emulsion was prepared it can cause problems. Inversion can occur by for example adding calcium chloride to an o/w emulsion stabilized with sodium stearate to form calcium stearate. Inversion can also occur as the product of changes to the phase-volume ratio. For example if a small amount of water is added to surfactant mixed with oil and agitated a w/o emulsion is formed. As the amount of water added is gradually increased a point will be reached where the water and emulsifier envelop the oil as small droplets to form an o/w emulsion. The amount of each ingredient including the surfactants will have their part to play in the phenomenon.
- Substantially Alcohol-Free
- According to one or more embodiments, the foamable composition is substantially alcohol-free, i.e., free of short chain alcohols. Short chain alcohols, having up to 5 carbon atoms in their carbon chain skeleton and one hydroxyl group, such as ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butaneol, iso-butaneol, t-butaneol and pentanol, are considered less desirable solvents or polar solvents due to their skin-irritating effect. Thus, the composition is substantially alcohol-free and includes less than about 5% final concentration of lower alcohols, preferably less than about 2%, more preferably less than about 1%.
- Substantially Non Aqueous
- In certain cases, the active agent degrades in the presence of water, and therefore, in such cases the present of water in the composition is not desirable. Thus, in certain preferred embodiments, the composition is substantially non-aqueous. The term “substantially non-aqueous” or “substantially waterless” is intended to indicate that the composition has a water content below about 25%.
- Shakability
- ‘Shakability’ means that the composition contains some or sufficient flow to allow the composition to be mixed or remixed on shaking. That is, it has fluid or semi fluid properties. In some very limited cases possibly aided by the presence of silicone it may exceptionally be possible to have a foamable composition which is flowable but not apparently shakable.
- Breakability
- A breakable foam is one that is thermally stable, yet breaks under sheer force.
- The breakable foam herein is not “quick breaking” and is not “thermolabile”, i.e., it does not collapse quickly upon expulsion and it does not readily collapse or melt upon exposure to body temperature environment. The breakable foam further does not display a long delayed expansion over minutes. Stability over a short time frame of minutes has advantages over foam which collapses quickly upon release. Similarly sheer-force breakability of the foam is clearly advantageous over thermally induced breakability. Both these factors allow for comfortable application and well directed administration to the target area. Breakable foam can break readily upon the application of shear force such as gentle rubbing to spread easily over a target surface. The sheer-force breakable foams herein are of low density, which further assists spreadability and contributes to a light pleasant feel.
- Preferably, a therapeutically effective foam adjuvant is included in the foamable compositions herein to increase the foaming capacity of surfactants and/or to stabilize the foam. In one or more embodiments, the foam adjuvant agent includes fatty alcohols having 15 or more carbons in their carbon chain, such as cetyl alcohol and stearyl alcohol (or mixtures thereof). Other examples of fatty alcohols are arachidyl alcohol (C20), behenyl alcohol (C22), 1-triacontanol (C30), as well as alcohols with longer carbon chains (up to C50). Fatty alcohols, derived from beeswax and including a mixture of alcohols, a majority of which has at least 20 carbon atoms in their carbon chain, are especially well suited as foam adjuvant agents. The amount of the fatty alcohol required to support the foam system is inversely related to the length of its carbon chains. Foam adjuvants, as defined herein are also useful in facilitating improved spreadability and absorption of the composition.
- In one or more embodiments, the foam adjuvant agent includes fatty acids having 16 or more carbons in their carbon chain, such as hexadecanoic acid (C16) stearic acid (C18), arachidic acid (C20), behenic acid (C22), octacosanoic acid (C28), as well as fatty acids with longer carbon chains (up to C50), or mixtures thereof. As for fatty alcohols, the amount of fatty acids required to support the foam system is inversely related to the length of its carbon chain.
- In one or more embodiments, a combination of a fatty acid and a fatty ester is employed.
- Optionally, the carbon atom chain of the fatty alcohol or the fatty acid may have at least one double bond. A further class of foam adjuvant agent includes a branched fatty alcohol or fatty acid. The carbon chain of the fatty acid or fatty alcohol also can be substituted with a hydroxyl group, such as 12-hydroxy stearic acid.
- An important property of the fatty alcohols and fatty acids used in context of the compositions herein is related to their therapeutic properties per se. Long chain saturated and mono unsaturated fatty alcohols, e.g., stearyl alcohol, erucyl alcohol, arachidyl alcohol and behenyl alcohol (docosanol) have been reported to possess antiviral, antiinfective, antiproliferative and anti-inflammatory properties (see, U.S. Pat. No. 4,874,794). Longer chain fatty alcohols, e.g., tetracosanol, hexacosanol, heptacosanol, octacosanol, triacontanol, etc., are also known for their metabolism modifying properties and tissue energizing properties. Long chain fatty acids have also been reported to possess anti-infective characteristics.
- Thus, in preferred embodiments, a combined and enhanced therapeutic effect is attained by including BPO, an antibiotic agent and a therapeutically effective foam adjuvant in the same composition, thus providing a simultaneous anti-inflammatory and antiinfective effect from both components. Furthermore, in a further preferred embodiment, the composition concurrently comprises an antibiotic agent, a therapeutically effective foam adjuvant and a therapeutically active oil, as detailed above. Such combination provides an even more enhanced therapeutic benefit. Thus, the foamable carrier, containing the foam adjuvant provides an extra therapeutic benefit in comparison with currently used vehicles, which are inert and non-active.
- The foam adjuvant according to one or more preferred embodiments includes a mixture of fatty alcohols, fatty acids and hydroxy fatty acids and derivatives thereof in any proportion, providing that the total amount is 0.1% to 5% (w/w) of the carrier mass. More preferably, the total amount is 0.4%-2.5% (w/w) of the carrier mass.
- Optionally, the composition further contains a penetration enhancer. Non limiting examples of penetration enhancers include propylene glycol, butylene glycols, glycerol, pentaerythritol, sorbitol, mannitol, oligosaccharides, dimethyl isosorbide, monooleate of ethoxylated glycerides having about 8 to 10 ethylene oxide units, polyethylene glycol 200-600, transcutol, glycofurol and cyclodextrins.
- The therapeutic foam may further optionally include a variety of formulation excipients, which are added in order to fine-tune the consistency of the formulation, protect the formulation components from degradation and oxidation and modify their consistency. Such excipients may be selected, for example, from stabilizing agents, antioxidants, humectants, preservatives, colorant and odorant agents and other formulation components, used in the art of formulation.
- Aerosol propellants are used to generate and administer the foamable composition as a foam. Suitable propellants include volatile hydrocarbons such as butane, propane, isobutane and fluorocarbon gases, or mixtures thereof.
- In an embodiment the propellant is
AP 70 which is a mixture of propane, isobutene and butane. In another embodiment the propellant isAP 46 which is a similar mixture of propane, isobutene and butane but having a lower pressure.AP 70 offers about 50% higher pressure thanAP 46. - The propellant makes up about 3-25 wt % of the foamable composition. In some circumstances the propellant may be up to 35%. The propellants are used to generate and administer the foamable composition as a foam. The total composition including propellant, foamable compositions and optional ingredients can be referred to as the foamable composition.
- Alcohol and organic solvents render foams inflammable. It has been surprisingly discovered that fluorohydrocarbon propellants, other than chloro-fluoro carbons (CMOs), which are non-ozone-depleting propellants, are particularly useful in the production of a non-flammable foamable composition. A test according to European Standard prEN 14851, titled “Aerosol containers—Aerosol foam flammability test” revealed that compositions containing an organic carrier that contains a hydrophobic organic carrier and/or a polar solvent, which are detected as inflammable when a hydrocarbon propellant is used, become non-flammable, while the propellant is an HFC propellant.
- Such propellants include, but are not limited to, hydrofluorocarbon (HFC) propellants, which contain no chlorine atoms, and as such, fall completely outside concerns about stratospheric ozone destruction by chlorofluorocarbons or other chlorinated hydrocarbons. Exemplary non-flammable propellants according to this aspect include propellants made by DuPont under the registered trademark Dymel, such as 1,1,1,2 tetrafluorethane (Dymel 134), and 1,1,1,2,3,3,3 heptafluoropropane (Dymel 227). HFCs possess Ozone Depletion Potential of 0.00 and thus, they are allowed for use as propellant in aerosol products.
- Notably, the stability of foamable emulsions including HFC as the propellant can be improved in comparison with the same composition made with a hydrocarbon propellant.
- In one or more embodiments foamable compositions comprise a combination of a HFC and a hydrocarbon propellant such as n-butane or mixtures of hydrocarbon propellants such as propane, isobutane and butane.
- In order to project the potential shelf life and stability of the compositions and their ingredients particularly active or benefit agents the compositions can subjected to a number of tests, including centrifugation to look for resistance to creaming, phase separation; one or more freeze thaw cycles, standing at room and higher temperatures as an indicator of resistance to aging.
- A pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition manufactured using the foam carrier according to one or more embodiments is very easy to use. When applied onto the afflicted body surface of mammals, i.e., humans or animals, it is in a foam state, allowing free application without spillage. Upon further application of a mechanical force, e.g., by rubbing the composition onto the body surface, it freely spreads on the surface and is rapidly absorbed.
- The foam composition creates a stable formulation having an acceptable shelf-life of at least six months, preferably at least one year, or more preferably at least two years at ambient temperature. A feature of a product for cosmetic or medical use is long term stability. Propellants, which are usuallly a mixture of low molecular weight hydrocarbons, tend to impair the stability of emulsions and can cause accelorated breakdown of the active ingredient. It has been observed, however, that foam compositions according to the present invention are surprisingly stable. Following accelerated stability studies, they demonstrate desirable texture; they form fine bubble structures that do not break immediately upon contact with a surface, spread easily on the treated area and absorb quickly.
- The composition should also be free flowing, to allow it to flow through the aperture of the container, e.g., and aerosol container, and create an acceptable foam.
- Foam quality can be graded as follows:
- Grade E (excellent): very rich and creamy in appearance, does not show any bubble structure or shows a very fine (small) bubble structure; does not rapidly become dull; upon spreading on the skin, the foam retains the creaminess property and does not appear watery.
- Grade G (good): rich and creamy in appearance, very small bubble size, “dulls” more rapidly than an excellent foam, retains creaminess upon spreading on the skin, and does not become watery.
- Grade FG (fairly good): a moderate amount of creaminess noticeable, bubble structure is noticeable; upon spreading on the skin the product dulls rapidly and becomes somewhat lower in apparent viscosity.
- Grade F (fair): very little creaminess noticeable, larger bubble structure than a “fairly good” foam, upon spreading on the skin it becomes thin in appearance and watery.
- Grade P (poor): no creaminess noticeable, large bubble structure, and when spread on the skin it becomes very thin and watery in appearance.
- Grade VP (very poor): dry foam, large very dull bubbles, difficult to spread on the skin.
- Topically administratable foams are typically of quality grade E or G, when released from the aerosol container. Smaller bubbles are indicative of more stable foam, which does not collapse spontaneously immediately upon discharge from the container. The finer foam structure looks and feels smoother, thus increasing its usability and appeal.
- A further aspect of the foam is breakability. The breakable foam is thermally stable, yet breaks easily under sheer force. Sheer-force breakability of the foam is clearly advantageous over thermally induced breakability. Thermally sensitive foams immediately collapse upon exposure to skin temperature and begin to be absorbed, and therefore, cannot be applied on the hand and afterwards delivered to the afflicted area a minute or so later since the foam will have practically disappeared.
- Another property of the foam is density (specific gravity), as measured upon release from the aerosol can. Typically, foams have low specific gravity of (1) less than 0.12 g/mL; or (2) the range between 0.02 and 0.12; or (3) the range between 0.04 and 0.10; or (4) the range between 0.06 and 0.10.
- A further factor is Bubble size. Typically, quality foams have a low bubble size with the average bubble size being below about 300 microns, preferably being below about 200 microns more preferably being below about 120 microns.
- Optionally, the foamable formulation may be produced under nitrogen and under vacuum. Whilst the whole process can be carried out under an oxygen free environment, it can be sufficient to apply a vacuum after heating and mixing all the ingredients to obtain an emulsion or homogenous liquid. Preferably the production chamber is equipped to apply a vacuum but if not the formulation can be for example placed in a dessicator to remove oxygen prior to filing and crimping.
- Each aerosol canister is filled with the pre-foam formulation (“PEE”) and crimped with valve using vacuum crimping machine. The process of applying a vacuum will cause most of the oxygen present to be eliminated. Addition of hydrocarbon propellant may without being bound by any theory further help to reduce the likelihood of any remaining oxygen reacting with the active ingredient. It may do so, without being bound by any theory, by one or more of dissolving in the oil or hydrophobic phase of the formulation, by dissolving to a very limited extent in the aqueous phase, by competing with some oxygen from the formulation, by diluting out any oxygen, by a tendency of oxygen to occupy the dead space, and by oxygen occupying part of the space created by the vacuum being the unfilled volume of the canister or that remaining oxygen is rendered substantially ineffective in the formulation.
- Pressurizing
- Propellant Filling
- Pressurizing is carried out using a hydrocarbon gas or gas mixture. Canisters are filled and then warmed for 30 sec in a warm bath at 50° C. and well shaken immediately thereafter.
- Closure Integrity Test.
- Each pressurized canister is subjected to bubble and crimping integrity testing by immersing the canister in a 60° C. water bath for 2 minutes. Canisters are observed for leakage as determined by the generation of bubbles. Canisters releasing bubbles are rejected.
- Tests
- By way of non limiting example the objectives of hardness, collapse time, viscosity, bubble size and FTC stability tests are briefly set out below as would be appreciated by a person of the art.
- Hardness
- LFRA100 instrument is used to characterize hardness. A probe is inserted into the test material. The resistance of the material to compression is measured by a calibrated load cell and reported in units of grams on the texture analyzer instrument display. Preferably at least three repeat tests are made. The textural characteristics of a dispensed foam can effect the degree of dermal penetration, efficacy, spreadability and acceptability to the user. The results can also be looked at as an indicator of softness. Note: the foam sample is dispensed into an aluminum sample holder and filled to the top of the holder.
- Collapse Time
- Collapse time (CT) is examined by dispensing a given quantity of foam and photographing sequentially its appearance with time during incubation at 36° C. It is useful for evaluating foam products, which maintain structural stability at skin temperature for at least 1 min.
- Viscosity
- Viscosity is measured with Brookfield LVDV-II+PRO with spindle SC4-25 at ambient temperature and 10, 5 and 1 RPM. Viscosity is usually measured at 10 RPM. However, at about the apparent upper limit for the spindle of ˜>50,000 CP, the viscosity at 1 RPM may be measured, although the figures are of a higher magnitude. Unless otherwise stated viscosity of the pre-foam formulation (PFF) is provided. It is not practical to try and measure the viscosity of the foamable formulation with regular propellants since they have to be stored in sealed pressurized canisters or bottles. In order to simulate the viscosity in the foamable formulations with propellant an equivalent weight of pentane (a low volatile hydrocarbon) is added to and mixed with the pre-foam formulation and left overnight. The viscosity is then measured as above.
- FTC (Freeze Thaw Cycles)
- To check the foam appearance under extreme conditions of repeated cycles of cooling, heating, (first cycle) cooling, heating (second cycle) etc., commencing with −10° C. (24 hours) followed by +40° C. (24 hours) measuring the appearance and again repeating the cycle for up to four times.
- Density
- In this procedure, the foam product is dispensed into vessels (including dishes or tubes) of a known volume and weight. Replicate measurements of the mass of foam filling the vessels are made and the density is calculated. The canister and contents are allowed to reach room temperature. Shake the canister to mix the contents and dispense and discard 5-10 mL. Then dispense foam into a preweighed tube, filling it until excess is extruded. Immediately remove (level off) excess foam at both ends and weigh the filled tube on the weighing balance.
- Creaming by Centrifugation
- Principle of Test
- The centrifugation used in this procedure serves as a stress condition simulating the aging of the liquid dispersion under investigation. Under these conditions, the centrifugal force applied facilitates the coalescence of dispersed globules or sedimentation of dispersed solids, resulting in loss of the desired properties of the formulated dispersion.
- Procedure
- Following preparation of the experimental formulation/s, allow to stand at room temperature for ≧24 h. Handle pentane in the chemical hood. Add to each experimental formulation in a 20-mL glass vial a quantity of pentane equivalent to the specified quantity of propellant for that formulation, mix and allow formulation to stand for at least 1 h and not more than 24 h.
- Transfer each mixture to 1.5 mL microtubes. Tap each microtube on the table surface to remove entrapped air bubbles.
- Place visually balanced microtubes in the centrifuge rotor and operate the centrifuge at one or more of 10,000 rpm for 10 min, 3,000 rpm for 10 min or at 1,000 rpm for 10 min.
- An objective in designing formulations it to formulate so the composition does not lose fluidity, and stays spillable after the incorporation of active agent. Spillability means free moving or rotating of formulation inside the glass bottle upon inversion.
- Bubble Size
- Foams are made of gas bubbles entrapped in liquid. The bubble size and distribution reflects in the visual texture and smoothness of the foam. Foam bubbles size is determined by dispensing a foam sample on a glass slide, taking a picture of the foam surface with a digital camera equipped with a macro lens. The diameter of about 30 bubbles is measured manually relatively to calibration standard template. Statistical parameters such as mean bubble diameter, standard deviation and quartiles are then determined. Measuring diameter may also be undertaken with image analysis software. The camera used was a Nikon D40X Camera (
resolution 10 MP) equipped with Sigma Macro Lens (ref:APO MACRO 150 mm F2.8 EX DG HSM). Pictures obtained are cropped to keep a squared region of 400 pixels×400 pixels. - Microscope Size:
- The light microscope enables observing and measuring particles from few millimeters down to one micron. Light microscope is limited by the visible light wavelength and therefore is useful to measuring size of particles above 800 nanometers and practically from 1 micron (1,000 nanometers).
- Shakability
- Shakability represents the degree to which the user is able to feel/hear the presence of the liquid contents when the filled pressurized canister is shaken. Shaking is with normal mild force without vigorous shaking or excessive force. When the user cannot sense the motion of the contents during shaking the product may be considered to be non shakable. This property may be of particular importance in cases where shaking is required for affecting proper dispersion of the contents.
- Shakability Scoring:
-
Shakability Good shakability (conforms to required quality specification) 2 Moderate shakability (conforms to required quality specification) 1 Not shakable (fails to meet required quality specification) but may 0 still be flowable and allow foam formation of quality Is substantially not able to pass through valve Block - UPLC Determination of Benzoyl Peroxide and Degradation Products in Pressurized Formulation and Pre Foam Formulation
- An ultra performance liquid chromatography (UPLC) method was used for determining the concentration of the active ingredient BPO and the main degradation product, benzoic acid, and the presence of other degradation products in benzoyl peroxide pre-foam formulations (PFF) and pressurized formulations (PF).
- About 270 mg of foam or pre-foam formulation is dissolved in acetonitrile (ACN), sonicated in cold water, mixed and filtered. The filtrate is analyzed by UPLC using a C-18 column; elution is performed with a mobile phase containing water:ACN:Methanol:Acetic acid, 45:45:10:0.1 (v/v/v/v). The peak area is determined.
- The content of benzoyl peroxide, benzoic acid and other impurities in the tested sample is calculated from the ratio between the respective peak area of the samples and the average peak area of an ethyl benzoate (EB) standard (0.32 mg/mL) with respect to a response factor (based on the absorbance ratio between EB and BPO). Ethyl Benzoate was found to be a more reliable standard for BPO since discrepancies are observed in the potency of BPO standards on prolong testing probably due to inter alia the variability of moisture in the BPO standard.
- Fields of Pharmaceutical Applications
- According to one aspect, a method of treating acne is provided, the method comprising administering topically to a subject having acne a foamed composition as described herein. According to another aspect a method of treating other disorders responsive to BPO is provided. According to further aspects a method of treating acne and or other disorders responsive to BPO and antibiotics is provided. According to still further aspects a method of treating acne and or other disorders responsive to BPO and other drugs is provided.
- According to another aspect, there is provided a method of enhancing the stability of a foamable composition comprising benzoyl peroxide for treating acne, the method comprising adding a moisturizing complex to the foamable composition. In certain embodiments of this aspect, the moisturizing complex comprises about 5% to about 15% by weight of the total composition not including any oils, which may contribute to improved hydration. In certain other embodiments of this aspect, the moisturizing complex comprises glycerin and sodium PCA. In further aspects the moisturizing complex comprises mineral oil together with one or both of glycerin and sodium PCA. Applicants have surprisingly found that the stability of foamable compositions containing benzoyl peroxide can be enhanced by adding glycerin/pCA to the compositions. Without being bound by any theory the presence of mineral oil or other occlusive oils may also help to prevent water loss and encourage rehydration.
- According to a further aspect, there is provided a method of reducing the dryness and/or irritation associated with the use of a composition containing benzoyl peroxide in treating acne, the method comprising adding a moisturizing complex to the composition. In certain embodiments of this aspect, the moisturizing complex comprises about 5% to about 15% by weight of the total composition not including any oils, which may contribute to improved hydration. In certain other embodiments of this aspect, the moisturizing complex comprises glycerin and sodium PCA. In further aspects the moisturizing complex comprises mineral oil together with one or both of glycerin and sodium PCA.
- The foamable composition herein is suitable for administration to an inflicted area, in need of treatment, including, but not limited to the skin, a body surface, a body cavity, a mucosal surface, the nose, the mouth, the eye, the ear canal, the respiratory system, the vagina and the rectum (severally and interchangeably termed herein “target site”).
- Not only are the foamable carrier formulations described herein suitable for delivering BPO on its own or in combination with a one or more compatible active agents that do not help or cause break down of BPO but active agents may be used in and delivered by the said foamable carrier formulations without BPO. In other words whilst the specification describes carriers suitable for BPO, these novel carriers having been discovered and developed can also be used to carry other API's and cosmetic agents described herein. In a particular aspect such foamable carriers can be used to provide homogenous suspensions of insoluble active agents. Non-limiting examples of other solid active agents include Imiquimod (for example, at about 1-5%) and similar compounds; Acyclovir (for example, at about 5%) and similar compounds such as Cyclovir, Acivir, and Zovir; corticosteroids (for example, at about 0.5% or more); encapsulated drugs, wherein the encapsulation or entrapping agent is insoluble, such as Microsponge, silica and other such species; particles, such as polymer microspheres (for example, polyheal); zinc oxide, titanium oxide, silicone oxide (silica) and other insoluble inorganic therapeutic agents
- Antibiotic agents are initially thought to affect disorders that involve blood circulation abnormalities, yet, in many case, circulation lays a secondary, yet influential role, which must be taken into account in order to optimize treatment. For example, cutaneous malignant tumors are characterized by poor blood circulation, which make them less responsive to drug treatment, and therefore usage of an antibiotic agent would be beneficial to the cancer therapy.
- Thus, by including an appropriate antibiotic agent and optionally, additional active agents in the composition, the kit and the composition herein are useful in treating an animal or a patient having one of a variety of dermatological disorders (also termed “dermatoses”) and/or having any secondary condition resulting from infections, which disorders and/or conditions are classified in a non-limiting exemplary manner according to the following groups:
- Any disorders that involve a microbiological infection, or disorders that respond to treatment with an antibiotic agent,
- An infection, selected from the group of a bacterial infection, a fungal infection, a yeast infection, a viral infection and a parasitic infection.
- Any one of a variety of dermatological disorders, including dermatological pain, dermatological inflammation, acne, acne vulgaris, inflammatory acne, non-inflammatory acne, acne fulminans, nodular papulopustular acne, acne conglobata, dermatitis, bacterial skin infections, fungal skin infections, viral skin infections, parasitic skin infections, skin neoplasia, skin neoplasms, pruritis, cellulitis, acute lymphangitis, lymphadenitis, erysipelas, cutaneous abscesses, necrotizing subcutaneous infections, scalded skin syndrome, folliculitis, furuncles, hidradenitis suppurativa, carbuncles, paronychial infections, rashes, erythrasma, impetigo, ecthyma, yeast skin infections, warts, molluscum contagiosum, trauma or injury to the skin, post-operative or post-surgical skin conditions, scabies, pediculosis, creeping eruption, eczemas, psoriasis, pityriasis rosea, lichen planus, pityriasis rubra pilaris, edematous, erythema multiforme, erythema nodosum, grannuloma annulare, epidermal necrolysis, sunburn, photosensitivity, pemphigus, bullous pemphigoid, dermatitis herpetiform is, keratosis pilaris, callouses, corns, ichthyosis, skin ulcers, ischemic necrosis, miliaria, hyperhidrosis, moles, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma, malignant melanoma, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, poison ivy, poison oak, contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, rosacea, purpura, moniliasis, candidiasis, baldness, alopecia, Behcet's syndrome, cholesteatoma, Dercum disease, ectodermal dysplasia, gustatory sweating, nail patella syndrome, lupus, hives, hair loss, Hailey-Hailey disease, chemical or thermal skin burns, scleroderma, aging skin, wrinkles, sun spots, necrotizing fasciitis, necrotizing myositis, gangrene, scarring, and vitiligo.
- Dermatitis including contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, seborrheic dermatitis, nummular dermatitis, chronic dermatitis of the hands and feet, generalized exfoliative dermatitis, stasis dermatitis; lichen simplex chronicus; diaper rash;
- Bacterial infections including cellulitis, acute lymphangitis, lymphadenitis, erysipelas, cutaneous abscesses, necrotizing subcutaneous infections, staphylococcal scalded skin syndrome, folliculitis, furuncles, hidradenitis suppurativa, carbuncles, paronychial infections, erythrasma;
- Fungal Infections including dermatophyte infections, yeast Infections; parasitic Infections including scabies, pediculosis, creeping eruption;
- Viral Infections, including, but not limited to herpes genitalis and herpes labialis;
- Disorders of hair follicles and sebaceous glands including acne, rosacea, perioral dermatitis, hypertrichosis (hirsutism), alopecia, including male pattern baldness, alopecia areata, alopecia universalis and alopecia totalis; pseudofolliculitis barbae, keratinous cyst;
- Scaling papular diseases including psoriasis, pityriasis rosea, lichen planus, pityriasis rubra pilaris;
- Benign tumors including moles, dysplastic nevi, skin tags, lipomas, angiomas, pyogenic granuloma, seborrheic keratoses, dermatofibroma, keratoacanthoma, keloid;
- Malignant tumors including basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, malignant melanoma, Paget's disease of the nipples, Kaposi's sarcoma;
- Reactions to sunlight including sunburn, chronic effects of sunlight, photosensitivity;
- Bullous diseases including pemphigus, bullous pemphigoid, dermatitis herpetiformis, linear immunoglobulin A disease;
- Pigmentation disorders including hypopigmentation such as vitiligo, albinism and postinflammatory hypopigmentation and hyperpigmentation such as melasma (chloasma), drug-induced hyperpigmentation, postinflammatory hyperpigmentation;
- Disorders of cornification including ichthyosis, keratosis pilaris, calluses and corns, actinic keratosis;
- Pressure sores;
- Disorders of sweating; and
- Inflammatory reactions including drug eruptions, toxic epidermal necrolysis; erythema multiforme, erythema nodosum, granuloma annulare.
- According to one or more embodiments, the compositions are also useful in the therapy of non-dermatological disorders by providing transdermal delivery of an active antibiotic agent that is effective against non-dermatological disorders.
- The same advantage is expected when the composition is topically applied to a body cavity or mucosal surface (e.g., the mucosa of the nose and mouth, the eye, the ear canal, vagina or rectum) to treat conditions such aschlamydia infection, gonorrhea infection, hepatitis B, herpes, HIV/AIDS, human papillomavirus (HPV), genital warts, bacterial vaginosis, candidiasis, chancroid, granuloma Inguinale, lymphogranloma venereum, mucopurulent cervicitis (MPC), molluscum contagiosum, nongonococcal urethritis (NGU), trichomoniasis, vulvar disorders, vulvodynia, vulvar pain, yeast infection, vulvar dystrophy, vulvar intraepithelial neoplasia (VIN), contact dermatitis, pelvic inflammation, endometritis, salpingitis, oophoritis, genital cancer, cancer of the cervix, cancer of the vulva, cancer of the vagina, vaginal dryness, dyspareunia, anal and rectal disease, anal abscess/fistula, anal cancer, anal fissure, anal warts, Crohn's disease, hemorrhoids, anal itch, pruritus ani, fecal incontinence, constipation, polyps of the colon and rectum.
- In an embodiment, the composition is useful for the treatment of one or more of skin irritations, wound, ulcer and burn. This use is particularly important since the composition preads easily on the afflicted area, without the need of extensive rubbing. Similarly it can be used for prophylactic purposes and as a disinfectant.
- In light of the expansion of the foam upon administration, it is further suitable for the treatment and prevention of post-surgical adhesions. Adhesions are scars that form abnormal connections between tissue surfaces. Post-surgical adhesion formation is a natural consequence of surgery, resulting when tissue repairs itself following incision, cauterization, suturing, or other means of trauma. When comprising an antibiotic agent and optionally, appropriate protective agents, the foam is suitable for the treatment or prevention of post surgical adhesions.
- Other foamable compositions are described in: U.S. Publication No. 05-0232869, published on Oct. 20, 2005, entitled NONSTEROIDAL IMMUNOMODULATING KIT AND COMPOSITION AND USES THEREOF; U.S. Publication No. 05-0205086, published on Sep. 22, 2005, entitled RETINOID IMMUNOMODULATING KIT AND COMPOSITION AND USES THEREOF; U.S. Publication No. 06-0018937, published on Jan. 26, 2006, entitled STEROID KIT AND FOAMABLE COMPOSITION AND USES THEREOF; U.S. Publication No. 05-0271596, published on Dec. 8, 2005, entitled VASOACTIVE KIT AND COMPOSITION AND USES THEREOF; U.S. Publication No. 06-0269485, published on Nov. 30, 2006, entitled ANTIBIOTIC KIT AND COMPOSITION AND USES THEREOF; U.S. Publication No. 07-0020304, published on Jan. 25, 2007, entitled NON-FLAMMABLE INSECTICIDE COMPOSITION AND USES THEREOF; U.S. Publication No. 06-0193789, published on Aug. 31, 2006, entitled FILM FORMING FOAMABLE COMPOSITION; U.S. Publication No. 2007-0292355 published on Dec. 20, 2007 and entitled ANTI-INFECTION AUGMENTATION OF FOAMABLE COMPOSITIONS AND KIT AND USES THEREOF; U.S. Publication No. 2008-0069779 and entitled DICARBOXYLIC ACID FOAMABLE VEHICLE AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; U.S. Publication 20080206159, published on Aug. 28, 2008 and entitled COMPOSITIONS WITH MODULATING AGENTS; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/767,442, filed on Jun. 22, 2007, entitled FOAMABLE COMPOSITIONS AND KITS COMPRISING ONE OR MORE OF A CHANNEL AGENT, A CHOLINERGIC AGENT, A NITRIC OXIDE DONOR, AND RELATED AGENTS AND THEIR USES; U.S. Publication 2008-0069779, published on Mar. 20, 2008 and entitled FOAMABLE VEHICLE AND VITAMIN AND FLAVONOID PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THEREOF, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties with reference to any of the active ingredients; penetration enhancers; humectants; moisturizers; listed therein can be applied herein and are incorporated by reference.
- The invention is described with reference to the following examples. This invention is not limited to these examples and experiments. Many variations will suggest themselves and are within the full-intended scope of the appended claims.
-
Table of Ingredients Used Ingredients Brand name Category HLB RHLB Polysorbate 60 Tween 60 Surfactant 14.9 Polysorbate 20 Tween 20 Surfactant 16.7 Polysorbate 80 Tween 80 Surfactant 15 Ceteth 20 Lipocol C-20 Surfactant 15.4 Steareth 2 Brij 72 Surfactant 4.9 sreareth 21 Brij 721 Surfactant 15.5 PEG 40-stearate Myrj 52 Surfactant 16.9 PEG 100-stearate Myrj 59 Surfactant 18.8 sorbitan laurate Span 20 Surfactant 8.6 sorbitan stearate Span 60 Surfactant 4.7 sorbitan palmitate Span 40 Surfactant 6.7 Glyceryl monostearate Cutina GMS Surfactant 3.8 Stearyl alcohol Speziol C-18 Foam 15.5 adjuvant Cetostearyl alcohol Speziol C 16-18 Foam 15.5 adjuvant Cocoglycerides Novata A Thickener ~8 Sodium Carboxy- Cekol 30000 Polymer methyl cellulose (30000) Hydroxypropyl Methocel K100M Polymer methylcellulose Xanthan gum Xantural 11K Polymer hydroxypropyl Klucel EF Polymer cellulose Aluminum starch DryFlo plus Polymer octenylsuccinate Carbomer 941 Carbopol 981 Polymer Carbomer 940 Carbopol 980 Polymer Carbomer 934P Carbopol 974P Polymer Crospovidone CL-M Poly Polymer (Vinylpoly- pyrrolidone) Cyclopentasiloxane Cyclomethicone Emollient 7.75 Jojoba Oil Jojoba Oil Emollient 6.5 light Mineral oil pioneer 2076p Emollient 10.5 Caprylic/Capryc MCT oil Emollient 5 triglycerides Citric acid Citric acid buffer agent Sodium Citrate Sodium Citrate buffer agent Sodium hydroxide Sodium hydroxide pH agent Triethanolamine Triethanolamine pH agent Purified water Purified water Solvent Propylene glycol Propylene glycol Humectant Glycerin Glycerin Humectant sodium salt of Sodium PCA Humectant pyrrolidone carbonic acid Benzoyl Peroxide Benzoyl Peroxide API propane + Propellant butane ++ isobutene (AP-70) - As BPO can be an irritant the ingredients used in the formulations were identified as being non irritants in the concentrations used.
- The Examples below describe the experimental development of the BPO formulations provided herein.
- The examples below have between about in excess of 70% to about in excess of 90% water and no oil save some examples contain either an emollient foam adjuvant or an emulsifying mix.
-
-
009 010 011 013 017 chemical name Polysorbate 60 1.00 1.00 Stearyl alcohol 1.00 1.00 2.00 Sodium Carboxymethyl 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 cellulose (30000) Purified water 92.0 93.0 91.0 92.0 91.0 Benzoyl Peroxide 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Control: 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 Propellant (AP-70) 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 Results QUALITY G-E P G-E FG FG COLOR W W W W ODOR NO NO NO NO ODOR ODOR ODOR ODOR SHAKABILITY GOOD GOOD GOOD GOOD visual inspection non homog.- non homog.- (presurized glass white, opaque white, opaque bottle) amorphous amorphous particals particals dispensed in dispensed in liquid, no liquid, no reversibility reversibility Collapse time 110/ F 90/FG (sec.) G-E = Good to Excellent; FG = Fairly Good; and P = Poor; No reversibility- = Upon shaking large BPO large particals were still observed during shaking, which immediately sedimented when shaking ended. - Comments: In this case, a surfactant (e.g. Polysorbate 60) is required to obtain good foam. In the presence of BPO, CMC polymer without surfactant resulted in poor foam. Addition of foam adjuvant improved matters and produced fairly good foam. However, doubling the amount of the foam adjuvant did not result in any further significant improvement. CMC polymer with surfactant did result in good quality foam but addition of foam adjuvant did not in this case appear to help. Collapse time is moderate and homogenity requires attention.
- 1.1. Heat water to 60-65° C., add CMC while stirring
- 1.2. add
Polysorbate 60 while mixing - 1.3. cool to RT
- Add Benzoyl peroxide. Mix thoroughly
-
Homogenize 15 minutes. - Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- 1.1. Heat water to 60-65° C., add CMC while stirring
- 1.2. cool to RT
- Add Benzoyl peroxide. Mix thoroughly
-
Homogenize 15 minutes - Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- 1.1. Heat water to 60-65° C., add CMC stirring.
- 1.2. add
Polysorbate 60 and Stearyl alcohol - 1.3. cool to RT
- Add Benzoyl peroxide. Mix thoroughly.
-
Homogenize 15 minutes. - Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Manufacturing Procedure (013)
- 1.1. Heat water to 60-65° C., add CMC while stirring.
- 1.2. add Stearyl alcohol
- 1.3. cool to RT
- Add Benzoyl peroxide. Mix thoroughly.
-
Homogenize 15 minutes - Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Manufacturing Procedure (017)
- 1.1. Heat water to 60-65° C., add CMC while stirring
- 1.2. add Stearyl alcohol
- 1.3. Cool to RT
- Add Benzoyl peroxide. Mix thoroughly.
-
Homogenize 15 minutes. - Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
-
-
012 015 014 016 chemical name Polysorbate 60 1.00 1.00 Stearyl alcohol 1.00 1.00 Hydroxypropyl 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 methylcellulose (Methocel K100M) Xanthan gum 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 Purified water 92.3 93.3 91.3 92.3 Benzoyl 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Peroxide Control: 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 Propellant (AP- 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 70) Results QUALITY G-E G-E G-E F COLOR W W W ODOR NO ODOR NO ODOR NO ODOR SHAKABIL- GOOD GOOD GOOD ITY visual non homog.- non homog.- non homog.- non homog.- inspection white, opaque white, opaque white, opaque white, opaque (presurized amorphous amorphous amorphous amorphous glass bottle) particals particals particals particals dispensed in dispensed in dispensed in dispensed in liquid, no liquid, no liquid, no liquid, no reversibility reversibility reversibility reversibility Collapse time 100/F >300/ E 180/FG (sec.) No reversibility- = Upon shaking large BPO large particals were still observed during shaking, which immediately sedimented when shaking ended - Comments: Replacing CMC polymer with xanthan/methocel as polymer results in good to excellent foam even without surfactant that has a collapse time in excess of 5 minutes. Methocel is a gelling polymer that in addition to being a gelling agent can have a stabilizing effect of suspensions and emulsions. Surprisingly the addition of surfactant reduces the collapse time and although the addition of foam adjuvant improves the collapse time the polymeric combination alone surprisingly results in the better formulation. Also surprising is that addition of Foam Adjuvant to the xanthan/methocel polymer formulation without surfactant results in only Fair foam, where as without the adjuvant results in good to excellent foam. This may be due to there being not enough stabilizing power from the polymeric agents to stabilize the fatty acid in the water medium. Homogeneity requires attention.
- Manufacturing Procedure (012)
-
-
- 1.1. Heat part of water to 90° C., Add Methocel K100M with agitation until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected. Cool the rest of water. Add the hot water to the cool water while mixing until homogeneous and no particles are observed.
- 1.2. Heat (Step 1.1) to 50° C., add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing. Add
Polysorbate 60. - 1.3. cool to RT
-
-
- 2.1. Add Benzoyl peroxide and homogenize for 15 minutes while cooling with ice bath.
- 2.2. add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Manufacturing Procedure (014)
-
-
- 1.1. Heat part of water to 90° C., Add Methocel K100M with agitation until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected. Cool the rest of water. Add the hot water to the cool water while mixing until homogeneous and no particles are observed.
- 1.2 Heat (Step 1.1) to 50° C., add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing. Add
Polysorbate 60. - 1.3 cool to RT
- Add Benzoyl peroxide and homogenize for 15 minutes at 8000 RPMs while cooling with ice bath.
Check the final weight of emulsion and add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight. - Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Manufacturing Procedure (015)
-
-
- 1.1. Heat part of water to 90° C., Add Methocel K100M with agitation until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected. Cool the rest of water. Add the hot water to the cool water while mixing until homogeneous and no particles are observed.
- 1.2 Heat (Step 1.1) to 50° C., add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing. Add
Polysorbate 60 and Stearyl alcohol. - 1.3 cool to RT
- Add Benzoyl peroxide and homogenize for 15 minutes at 8000 RPMs while cooling with ice bath.
Check the final weight of emulsion and add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight. - Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Manufacturing Procedure (016)
-
-
- 1.2. Heat part of water to 90° C., Add Methocel K100M with agitation until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected. Cool the rest of water. Add the hot water to the cool water while mixing until homogeneous and no particles are observed.
- 1.2 Heat (Step 1.1) to 50° C., add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing. Add Stearyl alcohol.
- 1.3 cool to RT
- Add Benzoyl peroxide and homogenize for 15 minutes at 8000 RPMs while cooling with ice bath.
Check the final weight of emulsion and add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight. - Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
-
-
019 020 022 chemical name Polysorbate 60 2.00 2.00 2.00 Sodium 7.00 Carboxymethyl cellulose (30000) Klucel EF 7.00 7.00 ASOS 2.00 Benzoyl 6.0 6.0 6.0 Peroxide Purified water 85.0 85.0 83.0 Control: 100.00 100.00 100.00 Propellant (AP- 8.00 8.00 8.00 70) Results Viscosity (PFF) 307.93 184.96 QUALITY G-E BLOCK G-E COLOR W W ODOR NO ODOR NO ODOR SHAKABILITY GOOD GOOD Density 0.035 0.035 Collapse time >300/FG (sec.) FTC foam quality E color White odor very faint odor shakability good - Comments: High levels of CMC resulted in the formulation blocking the valve. However, when Klucel was used at high levels (7%) with and without ASOS (Aluminum Starch Octenylsuccinate) good to excellent foam was obtained.
- Manufacturing Procedure (019)
- a. Add Klucel EF to water at 40 C while vigorously stirring.
- b. Heat to 40-50 C and add
polysorbate 60 while stirring. - c. Cool to RT and Add Benzoyl peroxide. Mix thoroughly
- d. add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Manufacturing Procedure (020)
- a. Add NaCMC to water at 40 C while vigorously stirring.
- b. Heat to 40-50 C and add
polysorbate 60 while stirring. - c. Cool to RT and Add Benzoyl peroxide. Mix thoroughly
- d. add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Manufacturing Procedure (022)
- a. Add Klucel EF and ASOS to water at 40 C while vigorously stirring.
- b. Heat to 40-50 C and add
polysorbate 60 while stirring. - c. Cool to RT and Add Benzoyl peroxide. Mix thoroughly
- d. add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
-
-
021 032 chemical name Polysorbate 20 3.00 3.00 Ceteth 20 2.00 3.00 sreareth 21 2.00 PEG 100-stearate 3.00 2.00 Purified water 85.0 84.0 Benzoyl Peroxide 6.0 6.0 Control: 100.00 100.00 Propellant (AP-70) 8.00 8.00 Results Viscosity (PFF) 5 QUALITY G-E G-E COLOR W W ODOR NO ODOR NO ODOR SHAKABILITY GOOD GOOD Density 0.041 Bubble size (μm) 107 Bubble size (above 500 μm) 0.0 Collapse time (sec.) >300/G - Comments: The combination surfactant systems used were able to generate good to excellent foams. Combinations or complex emulgators are generally superior in emulsion stability and foam quality. Also, combinations or complex emulgators contribute to collapse time especially when surfactants are solid at room temp.
- Manufacturing Procedure (021, 032)
- a. Add all ingredients to water at 50 C while vigorously stirring till complete dissolution.
- b. Cool to RT and Add Benzoyl peroxide. Mix thoroughly
- c. add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Liquid surfactants do not affect viscosity, whereas solid surfactants increase viscosity by adding bulk to improve the quality of the foam.
- a) liquid surfactants only with stearyl alcohol
-
023 027 chemical name Polysorbate 60 3.50 Polysorbate 20 3.00 2.00 sorbitan laurate (span 20) 3.00 Stearyl alcohol 2.00 3.00 Purified water 86.0 85.5 Benzoyl Peroxide 6.0 6.0 Control: 100.00 100.00 Propellant (AP-70) 8.00 8.00 Results QUALITY G-E G-E COLOR W W ODOR NO ODOR NO ODOR SHAKABILITY GOOD GOOD Density - b) Liquid and solid surfactants only with stearyl alcohol
-
028 029 030 031 033 chemical name Propylene 3.00 glycol Polysorbate 60 3.00 Polysorbate 20 2.00 3.60 3.60 3.60 2.50 Ceteth 20 1.00 sorbitan laurate 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.40 (span 20) PEG 100- 2.00 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.10 stearate Stearyl alcohol 4.00 10.00 7.00 4.00 2.00 Purified water 82.0 76.7 79.7 79.7 86 Benzoyl 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Peroxide Control: 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 Propellant (AP- 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 70) Results Viscosity (PFF) 116.98 Quality G-E G-E G-E G-E G-E Color W W W W W Odor NO NO NO NO NO ODOR ODOR ODOR ODOR ODOR Shakability GOOD GOOD GOOD GOOD GOOD Density 0.052 Bubble size (μm) 101 Bubble size 4.0 (above 500 μm) Collapse time >300/G (sec.) - Comments: Various formulations were explored with different surfactants and amounts of stearyl alcohol without polymer. The formulations contained at least one liquid surfactant and resulted in good to excellent quality foam.
- Manufacturing Procedure (all Formulations in Example 5a & 5b)
- a. Add all ingredients to water at 50-60 C while vigorously stirring to complete dissolution.
- b. Cool to RT and Add Benzoyl peroxide. Mix thoroughly
- c. add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
-
-
034 040 chemical name cyclomethicone 10.00 Polysorbate 603.10 Polysorbate 20 3.00 sorbitan laurate 1.50 (span 20) sorbitan stearate 2.90 (span 60) PEG 100-stearate 2.00 Glyceryl stearate 1.00 Cetostearyl alcohol 4.00 2.00 Hydroxypropyl 0.25 methylcellulose (Methocel K100M) Xanthan gum 0.25 Purified water 83.50 74.5 Benzoyl Peroxide 6.0 6.0 Control: 100.00 100.00 Propellant (AP-70) 8.00 8.00 Results Viscosity (PFF) 6142.69 QUALITY G-E G-E COLOR W W ODOR NO ODOR NO ODOR SHAKABILITY GOOD GOOD Density 0.033 Bubble size (μm) 226 Bubble size (above 3.8 500 μm) Collapse time (sec.) >300/G - Comments: The formulations contained at least an emollient foam adjuvant, and a surfactant and resulted in good to excellent quality foam with and without a silicone. Polymer was added with the silicone to improve stability.
- Manufacturing Procedure (034)
- a. Add all ingredients to water at 50-60 C while vigorously stirring to complete dissolution.
- b. Cool to RT and Add Benzoyl peroxide. Mix thoroughly
- c. add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Manufacturing Procedure (040)
- Step 1: Preparation of Oily Phase (A)
- Heat all ingredients to 65 C to complete dissolution.
- Step 2: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- Add Methocel K100M to water at 5-20 C while vigorously mixing. Heat to 60 C and Add Xanthan gum while mixing. Add
polysorbate 80.
- Add Methocel K100M to water at 5-20 C while vigorously mixing. Heat to 60 C and Add Xanthan gum while mixing. Add
- Step 3: Preparation of PFF
- Add A to B while mixing. Cool to 40 C. Add Cyclomethicone. Cool to RT
- Add Benzoyl peroxide. Mix thoroughly while cooling with ice.
- Add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 4: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 5: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
-
-
024 025 chemical name Jojoba Oil 5.00 5.00 Polysorbate 600.50 sorbitan stearate 2.50 (span 60) sorbitan palmitate 3.00 (span 40) Klucel EF 7.00 7.00 Purified water 79.0 79.0 Benzoyl Peroxide 6.0 6.0 Control: 100.00 100.00 Propellant (AP-70) 8.00 8.00 Results Viscosity (PFF) 1152.75 1190.75 QUALITY G-E G-E COLOR W W ODOR NO ODOR NO ODOR SHAKABILITY GOOD GOOD Density 0.052 0.05 Collapse time (sec.) >300/G FTC Foam quality G G Color White White Odor very faint odor very faint odor Shakability good good - Comments: Jojoba oil is a liquid wax with sebum like qualities. Good quality foam was produced with high polymer levels and jojoba and different surfactants.
- Manufacturing Procedure (024, 025)
- Step 1: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
- Mix the Jojoba Oil and
Span 60 and Heat up to 60-65 C - Step 2: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- Add other ingredients (besides BPO) to water at 60-65 C while vigorously stirring till complete dissolution.
- Step 3: Preparation of Emulsion (PFF)
- Add the water phase to the oily phase while vigorously stirring at 60-65 C
- Step 4: BPO Addition.
- Cool to RT and Add Benzoyl peroxide. Mix thoroughly
- add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 5: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 6: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
-
-
026 chemical name Propylene glycol 5.00 Polysorbate 20 2.00 Klucel EF 7.00 Purified water 80.00 Benzoyl Peroxide 6.00 Control: 100.00 Propellant (AP-70) 8.00 Results Viscosity (PFF) 209.96 QUALITY G-E COLOR W ODOR NO ODOR SHAKABILITY GOOD Density 0.034 Collapse time (sec.) 150/FG - Comments: It was possible to produce good to excellent quality foam in the presence of PG (a penetration enhancer) with high levels of polymer albeit with a shorter collapse time.
- Manufacturing Procedure (026)
- Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase
- a. Add Klucel EF to water at 40 C while vigorously stirring.
- B. Add Propylene glycol and
Polysorbate 20 while stirring. - c. Cool to RT and Add Benzoyl peroxide. Mix thoroughly
- d. add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 2: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 3: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
-
-
035 037 chemical name Cocoglycerides 7.00 7.00 Polysorbate 802.00 2.50 sorbitan oleate 5.00 4.50 (span 80) Glyceryl stearate 1.00 Sodium 0.50 0.50 Carboxymethyl cellulose (30000) Purified water 79.50 78.50 Benzoyl Peroxide 6.0 6.0 Control: 100.00 100.00 Propellant (AP-70) 8.00 8.00 Results Viscosity (PFF) 13197.18 QUALITY FG G COLOR W ODOR v.f.od SHAKABILITY GOOD Density 0.072 Bubble size (μm) 270 Bubble size (above 3.7 500 μm) Collapse time (sec.) >300/G - Comments: Cocoglyceride is an emollient with surfactant-like properties (semi-surfactant). Addition of glyceryl stearate to the cocoglycerides formulation with sodium CMC resulted in improving the foam quality to good foam with a collapse time in excess of 5 minutes.
- Manufacturing Procedure (035, 037)
- Step 1: Preparation of Oily Phase (A)
- Heat all ingredients to 65 C to complete dissolution.
- Step 2: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- Heat water to 65 C. Add Sodium Carboxymethyl cellulose while vigorously mixing
- Step 3: Preparation of PFF
- Add A to B while mixing. Cool to RT
- Add Benzoyl peroxide. Mix thoroughly while cooling with ice.
- Add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 4: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 5: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
-
-
038 039 040 chemical name cyclomethicone 11.00 10.00 10.00 Polysorbate 60 2.40 3.10 Polysorbate 803.00 sorbitan 3.60 2.90 stearate (span 60) sorbitan oleate 4.40 (span 80) Glyceryl 1.00 1.50 1.00 stearate Cetostearyl 2.00 alcohol Sodium 0.50 Carboxymethyl cellulose (30000) Hydroxypropyl 0.25 0.25 methylcellulose (Methocel K100M) Xanthan gum 0.25 0.25 Purified water 74.1 76.0 74.5 Benzoyl 6.0 6.0 6.0 Peroxide Control: 100.00 100.00 100.00 Propellant (AP- 8.00 8.00 8.00 70) Results QUALITY FG G-E G-E COLOR W W ODOR NO ODOR NO ODOR SHAKABILITY GOOD GOOD - Comments: The combination of Methocel/xanthan gum appeared to be more effective than a single polymer sodium CMC with 10% volatile silicone.
- Manufacturing Procedure (038)
- Step 1: Preparation of Oily Phase (A)
- Heat all ingredients to 65 C to complete dissolution.
- Step 2: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- Heat water to 65 C. Add Sodium Carboxymethyl cellulose while vigorously mixing
Add polysorbate 80.
- Heat water to 65 C. Add Sodium Carboxymethyl cellulose while vigorously mixing
- Step 3: Preparation of PFF
- Add A to B while mixing. Cool to RT
- Add Benzoyl peroxide. Mix thoroughly while cooling with ice.
- add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 2: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 3: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Manufacturing Procedure (039, 040)
- Step 1: Preparation of Oily Phase (A)
- Heat all ingredients to 65 C to complete dissolution.
- Step 2: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- Add Methocel K100M to water at 5-20 C while vigorously mixing. Heat to 60 C and Add Xanthan gum while mixing. Add
polysorbate 80.
- Add Methocel K100M to water at 5-20 C while vigorously mixing. Heat to 60 C and Add Xanthan gum while mixing. Add
- Step 3: Preparation of PFF
- Add A to B while mixing. Cool to 40 C. Add Cyclomethicone. Cool to RT
- Add Benzoyl peroxide. Mix thoroughly while cooling with ice.
- add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 2: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 3: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
-
-
004 006 011 014 BPO 6 6 6 6 Cyclomethicone 1 1 1 1 Steareth-21 — 2 2 — Steareth-2 — 3 3 — PEG-40 Stearate 3 — — 3 Polysorbate 601 — — 1 Glyceryl monostearate 1 1 1 1 Stearyl alcohol 1 1 1 1 Sodium CMC 1 1 — — Xanthan gum — — 0.35 0.35 Methocel K100 — — 0.35 0.35 Citric acid 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 Sodium Citrate 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44 Glycerin 8 — 8 — Sodium PCA 2 — 2 — Purified water 75.25 84.25 74.55 85.55 Propellant AP-70 AP-70 AP-70 1681 PFF Centrifugation 3k (%) 20% — — 10% sedim sedim Centrifugation 10k (%) 20% — 20% 20% sedim sedim sedim Viscosity (PFF) (cps) 5575 — 24864 6818 Microscopic observation agglom. — agglom agglom pH direct 4.61 — 4.49 4.37 Foam Foam Quality G FG G G Density (g/mL) 0.036 — — — Shakability 1 0 0 1 Collapse Time >300/FG — >300/G >300/FG - Comments: Replacing the surfactant system stearate 21/
stearate 2 withPEG 40 Stearate andPolysorbate 60 improved the shakability of the formulations. The quality of the formulations with xanthan/Methocel appeared to be better. The presence of glycerin/sodium PCA may also help. The suspended BPO as expected precipitated on centrifugation (agglom=agglomeration). The moisture agents (glycerin and sodium PCA) affect the properties of the formulation, however, such moisture agents are preferred in a formulation containing BPO because BPO has a drying effect on skin. - Manufacturing Procedure (004, 006-w/o 4.1)
- Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.1. Heat water to 65-70° C., add slowly CMC while vigorously stirring
- Step 2: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
-
- 2.1. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.1. Add the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool the emulsion to 40° C.
- Step 4: Glycerin, Sodium PCA and Buffer Addition
-
- 4.1. Add glycerine and sodium PCA to the emulsion while mixing thoroughly.
- 4.2. Cool to RT and not more then 30° C.
- 4.3. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to the water and mix.
- Step 5: Homogenization
-
- 5.1. Add Benzoyl peroxide and homogenize 15 minutes
- Step 6: pH Adjustment
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- 6.2. Add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Manufacturing Procedure (011, 014-w/o 4.1)
- Step 2: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.1. Heat part of water to 90° C., Add Methocel K100M with vigorous agitation until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected. Cool the rest of water. Add the hot water to the cool water while mixing until homogeneous and no particles are observed.
- 1.2. Heat (Step 1.1) to 50° C., add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing. Keep temperature at 70.
- 1.3. Add all other water phase ingredients and heat to 70° C. to obtain complete dissolution of all ingredients.
- Step 2: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
-
- 2.1. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.1. Add the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool the emulsion to 40° C.
- Step 4: Glycerin, Sodium PCA and Buffer Addition
-
- 4.1. Add glycerine and sodium PCA to the emulsion while mixing thoroughly.
- 4.2. Cool to RT and not more then 30° C.
- 4.3. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to the water and mix.
- Step 5: Homogenization
-
- 5.1. Add Benzoyl peroxide and homogenize for 15 minutes while cooling with ice bath.
- Step 6: pH Adjustment
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- 6.2. Add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
-
-
005 007 008 012 013 BPO 6 6 6 6 6 Mineral oil 6 6 6 6 6 Cyclomethicone 1 1 1 1 1 Steareth-21 — — — 2 2 Steareth-2 — — — 3 3 PEG-40 Stearate 3 3 3 — — Polysorbate 601 1 1 — — Glyceryl monostearate 1 1 1 1 1 Stearyl alcohol 1 1 1 1 1 Sodium CMC 0.5 1 — 0.5 — Xanthan gum — — 0.35 — 0.35 Methocel K100 — — 0.35 — 0.35 Citric acid 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 Sodium Citrate 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44 Glycerin 8 8 8 — — Sodium PCA 2 2 2 — — Purified water 69.75 69.25 69.55 78.75 78.55 Propellant AP-70 AP-70 AP-70 AP-70 PFF Centrifugation — 15% 10% — — 3k (%) sedim sedim Centrifugation — 15% 20% 20% 20% 10k (%) sedim sedim sedim sedim 20% cream Viscosity (PFF) — — 6218 — 30486 (cps) Microscopic — agglom agglom — no observation agglom pH direct — 4.59 4.48 4.60 4.60 Foam Foam Quality FG G G G− G Density (g/mL) — — 0.034 — — Shakability 2 1 1 0 0 Collapse Time — — >300/FG — 60/F - Comments: By increasing the amount of polymer the foam quality was improved and good quality foam was achieved. The formulations with the moisturizing complex were shakable. In contrast the formulations without the moisturizing complex had poor or no shakability but were flowable: Replacing the surfactant system stearate 21/
stearate 2 withPEG 40 Stearate andPolysorbate 60 improved the shakability of the formulations. - Manufacturing Procedure (005, 007, 012-w/o 4.1)
- Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.1. Heat water to 65-70° C., add slowly CMC while vigorously stirring using paddle stirrer.
- Step 2: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
-
- 2.1. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.1. Add the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool the emulsion to 40° C.
- Step 4: Glycerin, Sodium PCA and Buffer Addition
-
- 4.1. Add glycerine and sodium PCA to the emulsion while mixing thoroughly.
- 4.2. Cool to RT and not more then 30° C.
- 4.3. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to the water and mix.
- Step 5: Homogenization
-
- 5.1. Add Benzoyl peroxide and homogenize for 15 minutes while cooling with ice bath.
- Step 6: pH Adjustment
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion is less than 30° C. Check pH to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- 6.2. add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Manufacturing Procedure (008, 013-w/o 4.1)
- Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.4. Heat part of water to 90° C., Add Methocel K100M with vigorous agitation until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected. Cool the rest of water. Add the hot water to the cool water while mixing until homogeneous and no particles are observed.
- 1.5. Heat to 50° C., add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing. Keep temperature at 70.
- 1.6. Add all other water phase ingredients and heat to 70° C. to obtain complete dissolution of all ingredients.
- Step 2: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
-
- 2.2. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.4. Add the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation using 4-blade impeller.
- 3.5. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.6. Cool the emulsion to 40° C.
- Step 4: Glycerin, Sodium PCA and Buffer Addition
-
- 4.1. Add glycerine and sodium PCA to the emulsion while mixing thoroughly.
- 4.2. Cool to RT and not more then 30° C.
- 4.3. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to the water and mix.
- Step 5: Homogenization and Benzoyl Peroxide Addition
-
- 5.1. Start homogenization while cooling with ice bath. Add Benzoyl peroxide and keep homogenisation for 15 minutes.
- Step 6: pH Adjustment
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- 6.2. add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
-
-
009 010 015 016 BPO 6 6 6 6 MCT oil 6 6 6 6 Cyclomethicone 1 1 1 1 Steareth-21 — 2 2 — Steareth-2 — 3 3 — PEG-40 Stearate 3 — — 3 Polysorbate 601 — — 1 Glyceryl monostearate 1 1 1 1 Stearyl alcohol 1 1 1 1 Sodium CMC — 0.5 — 0.5 Xanthan gum 0.35 — 0.35 — Methocel K100 0.35 — 0.35 — Citric acid 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 Sodium Citrate 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44 Glycerin — 8 8 — Sodium PCA — 2 2 — Purified water 79.55 68.75 68.55 79.75 Propellant AP-70 AP-70 AP-70 AP-70 PFF Centrifugation 3k (%) 10% — — 20% sedim sedim Centrifugation 10k (%) 10% 10% 20% 20% sedim sedim sedim sedim 40% cream Viscosity (PFF) (cps) 6423 20183 — — Microscopic observation no agglom agglom agglom agglom pH direct 4.30 4.57 4.46 4.39 Foam Foam Quality G G− G G Density (g/mL) — — — — Shakability 1 0 0 2 Collapse Time >300/ G 30/F >300/G >300/FG - Comments: When mineral oil was replaced by MCT then surprisingly the position was reversed with the moisturizing complex instead had poor shakability. Good quality foam was achieved.
- Manufacturing Procedure (009)
- Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.1. Heat part of water to 90° C., Add Methocel K100M with vigorous agitation until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected. Cool the rest of water. Add the hot water to the cool water while mixing until homogeneous and no particles are observed. The temperature should not exceed 10-15° C.
- 1.2 Heat to 50° C., add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing. Keep temperature at 70.
- 1.3 Add all other water phase ingredients and heat to 70° C. to obtain complete dissolution of all ingredients.
- Step 2: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
-
- 2.1. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.1. Add the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool the emulsion to RT and not more then 30° C.
- Step 4: Buffer Addition
-
- 4.1. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to the water and mix.
- Step 5: Homogenization
-
- 5.1. Add Benzoyl peroxide and homogenize for 15 minutes while cooling with ice bath.
- Step 6: pH Adjustment
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- 6.2. add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Manufacturing Procedure (010)
- Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.1. Heat water to 65-70° C., add CMC while vigorously stirring.
- Step 2: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
-
- 2.1. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.1. Add the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool the emulsion to 40° C.
- Step 4: Glycerin, Sodium PCA and Buffer Addition
-
- 4.1. Add glycerine and sodium PCA to the emulsion while mixing thoroughly.
- 4.2. Cool to RT and not more then 30° C.
- 4.3. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to the water and mix.
- Step 5: Homogenization
-
- 5.1. Add Benzoyl peroxide and homogenize for 15 minutes at 8000 RPMs while cooling with ice bath.
- Step 6: pH Adjustment
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- 6.2. Add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Manufacturing Procedure (015)
- Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.1 Heat part of water to 90° C., Add Methocel K100M with vigorous agitation until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected. Cool the rest of water. Add the hot water to the cool water while mixing until homogeneous and no particles are observed.
- 1.2 Heat to 50° C., add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing. Keep temperature at 70.
- 1.3 Add all other water phase ingredients and heat to 70° C. to obtain complete dissolution of all ingredients.
- Step 2: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
-
- 2.1. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.1. Add the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool the emulsion to 40° C.
- Step 4: Glycerin, Sodium PCA and Buffer Addition
-
- 4.1. Add glycerine and sodium PCA to the emulsion while mixing thoroughly.
- 4.2. Cool to RT and not more then 30° C.
- 4.3. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to the water and mix.
- Step 5: Homogenization
-
- 5.1. Add Benzoyl peroxide and homogenize for 15 minutes while cooling with ice bath.
- Step 6: pH Adjustment
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- 6.2. Add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.1. Heat water to 65-70° C., add slowly CMC while stirring.
- Step 2: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
-
- 2.1. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.1. Add the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool the emulsion to RT and not more then 30° C.
- Step 4: Buffer Addition
-
- 4.1. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to the water and mix.
- Step 5: Homogenization
-
- 5.1. Add Benzoyl peroxide and homogenize for 15 minutes while cooling with ice bath.
- Step 6: pH Adjustment
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- 6.2. Add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
-
-
Treatment 1 2 3 4 5 6 Formulation BPO-008- BPO-016- BPO-invest- BPO-014- BPO-invest- BPO-invest- 071126P 071126P 042-071125P 071126P 041-071125P 043-071126P Mineral oil 6.00 — 6.00 — — — MCT oil — 6.00 — — — 6.00 Cyclomethicone 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 PEG-40 Stearate 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Polysorbate 601.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Glyceryl 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 monostearate Stearyl alcohol 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Hydroxypropyl 0.35 — 0.35 0.35 0.35 — methylcellulose Xanthan gum 0.35 — 0.35 0.35 0.35 — Sodium CMC — 0.50 — — — 0.50 Purified water 75.55 85.75 85.55 91.55 81.55 75.75 Glycerin 8.00 — — — 8.00 8.00 Sodium PCA 2.00 — — — 2.00 2.00 Citric acid 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 Sodium citrate 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44 tribasic dehydrate Control: 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 Propellant (AP-70) 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 - Comments: The advantages of formulations with and without the moisturizing complex glycerin/pCA were explored with and without mineral oil or MCT oil. Chemical stability results with and without the moisturizing complex are shown below in Example 24.
- Manufacturing Procedure for
Treatment - Manufacturing Procedure (041)
- Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.1. Heat part of water to 90° C., Add Methocel K100M with vigorous agitation until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected. Cool the rest of water. Add the hot water to the cool water while mixing until homogeneous and no particles are observed. The temperature should not exceed 10-15° C.
- 1.2. Heat to 50° C. slowly, add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing. Keep temperature at 70.
- Step 2: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
-
- 2.1. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.1. Add the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool the emulsion to 40° C.
- Step 4: Glycerin, Sodium PCA and Buffer Addition
-
- 4.1. Add glycerine and sodium PCA to the emulsion while mixing thoroughly.
- 4.2. Cool to RT and not more than 30° C.
- 4.3. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to the water and mix.
- Step 5: Homogenization
-
- 5.1. Start homogenization and keep homogenization for 15 minutes.
- Step 6: pH Adjustment
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- 6.2. Add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Manufacturing Procedure (042)
- Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.1. Heat part of water to 90° C., Add Methocel K100M with vigorous agitation until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected. Cool the rest of water. Add the hot water to the cool water while mixing until homogeneous and no particles are observed. The temperature should not exceed 10-15° C.
- 1.2 Heat to 50° C., add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing. Keep temperature at 70.
- 1.3 Add all other water phase ingredients and heat to 70° C. to obtain complete dissolution of all ingredients.
- Step 2: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
-
- 2.1. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.1. Add the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool to RT.
- Step 4: Buffer Addition
-
- 4.1. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to the water and mix.
- Step 5: Homogenization
-
- 5.1. Homogenize for 15 minutes
- Step 6: pH Adjustment
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- 6.2. Add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Manufacturing Procedure (043)
- Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.1. Heat water to 65-70° C., add slowly CMC while vigorously stirring using paddle stirrer.
- Step 2: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
-
- 2.1. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.1. Add the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool the emulsion to 40° C.
- Step 4: Glycerin, Sodium PCA and Buffer Addition
-
- 4.1. Add glycerine and sodium PCA to the emulsion while mixing thoroughly.
- 4.2. Cool to RT and not more then 30° C.
- 4.3. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to the water and mix.
- Step 5: Homogenization
-
- 5.1. Start homogenization and keep homogenization for 15 minutes.
- Step 6: pH Adjustment
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- 6.2. add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
-
-
Order of Appearance in Corneometer Study Figs 4 2 1 5 3 6 014P 016P 008P 041P 042P 043P Mineral oil 6.00 6.00 MCT oil 6.00 6.00 Cyclomethicone 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 PEG-40 Stearate 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Polysorbate 60 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Glyceryl 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 monostearate Stearyl alcohol 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Hydroxypropyl 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 methylcellulose Xanthan gum 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 Sodium CMC 0.50 0.50 Purified water 91.55 85.75 75.55 81.55 85.55 75.75 Glycerin 8.00 8.00 8.00 Sodium PCA 2.00 2.00 2.00 Citric acid 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 Sodium citrate 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44 tribasic dehydrate Control: 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 Propellant (ap-70) 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 Results PFF Viscosity (PFF) 2290.51 445.91 1628.65 2388.49 2025.57 455.90 Centrifugation 3k stable 80% stable stable stable 75% Creaming Creaming Centrifugation 10k 15% 30% 20% 10% 20% Creaming 25% Creaming Creaming Creaming Creaming Creaming Ph Undiluted 4.45 4.53 4.59 4.49 4.37 4.64 Foam Quality E E E E E E Color White White White White White White Odor No odor Very faint No odor Very faint No odor Very faint odor odor odor Shakability 1 2 2 1 2 2 Density 0.033 0.033 0.035 0.033 0.036 0.039 Collapse Time >300/G >300/FG >300/FG >300/G >300/G >300/G - Comments: All the formulations produced excellent quality foam with low density and good collapse time. All were resistant to centrifugation at 3K with only two formulations showing some creaming but no phase separation. All of the formulations were stable following centrifugation, indicating physical stability of the formulations. To determine which formulations would be compatible with human skin, studies were carried out to determine the skin-hydration effect of the formulations (see Example 16).
- Healthy subjects were applied with single dose of formulations as shown in Example 14. Skin hydration is measured using a Corneometer® CM 825 instrument. (Courage+Khazaka, Koln, Germany). The measuring principle of the Corneometer® CM 825 is based on capacitance measurement of dielectric medium. Any change in the dielectric constant due to skin surface hydration alters the capacitance of a measuring capacitor. It is capable of detecting even slight changes in the skin hydration level.
- Study Flow chart is shown below:
-
STUDY ACTIVITY Baseline* 6 hours 7 hours Inclusion/exclusion criteria X Application of the test preparations X Assessment of skin hydration X X Assessment of tolerability X X parameters and Adverse Events - Skin hydration level is assessed at baseline (fifteen minutes after each subject washed the left and right forearms) with the Corneometer® CM 825. The formulations are applied in designated chambers under occlusion for 6 hours which are then removed and the skin cleaned. Hydration is then measured one hour later.
- Study Protocol:
- The study was performed in a temperature controlled room (20-24° C.). Subjects washed their arms with water (no soap) and dried their arms with dry paper towel. Formulations were applied using test chambers. The location of each chamber within the stripe was marked once applied (maximum of 3 stripes on each arm). Each stripe contained only one formulation. One stripe served as a control, non treated area. Three replicates of each formulation were applied. Formulations, control products and control non treated areas were randomly assigned to the treatment sites according to a randomization list, provided by the study statistician. The application array was unknown to the study operator and subjects. An amount of approximately 4 mg (40 ul) of each of the study formulations was applied on the treatment sites as described by the randomization list. Skin hydration level was assessed at baseline T=0 (minimum 15 minutes following rinse), using the Corneometer® CM 825, and tested based on study design.
- As shown in
FIGS. 3-5 , the formulations with glycerin/pCA have a substantial moisturizing effect when compared with the formulations lacking this combination. This is mostly beneficial since benzoyl peroxide is known to cause undesired side effects such as skin dryness and irritation. -
-
Ingredients 008 014 016 BPO 6 6 6 Mineral oil 6 — — MCT oil — — 6 Cyclomethicone 1 1 1 PEG-40 Stearate 3 3 3 Polysorbate 601 1 1 Glyceryl 1 1 1 monostearate Stearyl alcohol 1 1 1 Sodium CMC — — 0.5 Xanthan gum 0.35 0.35 — Methocel K100 0.35 0.35 Citric acid 0.31 0.31 0.31 Sodium Citrate 0.44 0.44 0.44 Glycerin 8 — — Sodium PCA 2 — — Purified water 69.55 85.55 79.75 Propellant (propane, 8 8 8 isobutane, butane) -
008 014 016 008 (pressurized 014 (pressurized 016 (pressurized (PFF) formulation) (PFF) formulation) (PFF) formulation) API T-0 5.86 5.68 5.96 6.06 6.03 6.13 content 2 5.65 5.57 5.75 5.62 5.86 5.32 (% w/w) Weeks/ 40° C. Degradation 1.94% 7.26% 13.2% - Comments: Unexpectedly, the chemical stability of foamable compositions containing benzoyl peroxide appears to be significantly enhanced by adding moisturizing complex such as glycerin/pCA to the compositions. (Note in Example 17 the analytical method used BPO as a reference standard.)
- So far as physical stability is concerned all these formulations without carbopol were homogenous on preparation but were found to separate over time. On shaking the separated formulations resuspended and were visually homogenous. In contrast, formulations with added carbopol, seen below in Example 23, remained homogenous for 6 months save that where some creaming was observed the creaming was readily reversible on shaking.
-
-
Ingredients BPO-025 BPO-032 Cyclomethicone 1.00 1.00 PEG-40 Stearate 3.00 3.00 Polysorbate 601.00 1.00 Glyceryl monostearate 1.00 1.00 Stearyl alcohol 1.00 1.00 Carbomer 934P (Carbopol — 0.35 974P) Hydroxypropyl 0.50 0.27 methylcellulose Xanthan gum 0.50 0.27 Citric acid 0.31 0.38 Sodium citrate tribasic 0.44 0.59 dihydrate Hydrous benzoyl peroxide 6.00 6.00 Trolamine — 0.18 Purified water to 100 to 100 Propellant (AP-70) 8 8 Results BPO 025 (To) BPO 032 (To) Shakability Moderate 2 Foam Quality Good E Foam Color White white Foam Odor No Odor no odor Density (mg/ml) NW* 0.034 pH diluted (1:5) NW* 4.50 Collapse Time (sec) >300 >300 Expansion Time (sec) NW* 50 N\M*-Not Measured - Comments: In formulations (BPO-032, 035, 042, 047, 048) carbomer was added to hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and xanthan polymers, whose concentrations were in parallel reduced. Carbomer is a suspending agent and thickener. The unexpected advantage of this material is well observed in the homogeneity test (visual test). In formulation BPO-025 which does not have carbomer, migration of the particles to the bottom of the pressurized glass bottle can be seen in
FIG. 15 . In clear contrast in formulation BPO-032 which includes 0.35% carbomer, this phenomenon is not observed. Formulation BPO-032 as well as all other carbomer optimized formulation, looks homogeneous in particles aspect.FIG. 15 shows the effect of the presence and absence of carbomer after about 6 month at 25° C. The unexpected difference in homogeneity can be ascribed the addition of the buffered carbomer. It may be without being bound by any theory that somehow in the low viscous formulations the carbomer can maintain a fluid structural relationship with BPO which allows it to remain homogeneous even over time. -
-
- a) (BPO32). See Example 23, part A for detailed procedure. In general terms where carbomer is used, base is added at the beginning to swell the polymer to form a gel. Subsequently after the oil phase is mixed with the aqueous phase to form a gel emulsion. The buffer (or pH adjuster) is added at the end of the procedure to produce a fluid low viscous emulsion to which the propellant is ultimately added.
- b) (BPO025)
- Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.1 Heat 70 g water to 70° C., add methocel with vigorous mixing until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected.
- 1.2 Cool to 50° C. and add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing
- 1.3 Heat to 70° C.
- Step 2: Preparation of Phase A
-
- 2.1. Heat all ingredients of phase A to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.1. Add phase A to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool to RT and not more than 30° C.
- 3.4. Check pH.
- Step 4: Buffer Addition
-
- 4.1. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to 25 g water and mix.
- 4.2. Add step 4.1 to step 3 and mix.
- 4.3. Check pH.
- 4.4. Check the final weight of emulsion and add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 5: Homogenization and Benzoyl Peroxide Addition
-
- 5.1. Start
homogenization step 4 while cooling with ice bath. Add Benzoyl peroxide and keep homogenization for 60 minutes until uniformity and no agglomeration is seen in microscopic observation.
- 5.1. Start
- Step 6: pH Adjustment
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion (from step 5) is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
-
-
Procedure (for 1% and 15%): BPO-47-1 BPO-47-15 phase (1%) (15%) A Light mineral oil 6.00 6.00 Cyclomethicone 1.00 1.00 PEG-40 Stearate 3.00 3.00 Polysorbate 601.00 1.00 Glyceryl monostearate 1.00 1.00 Stearyl alcohol 1.00 1.00 B Carbopol 981 solution 0.50 0.50 Hydroxypropyl 0.20 0.20 methylcellulose Xanthan gum 0.20 0.20 Glycerin 8.00 8.00 Sodium PCA 2.00 2.00 Citric acid 0.38 0.38 Sodium citrate tribasic 0.59 0.59 dihydrate Benzoyl peroxide 1.00 15.00 Sodium hydroxide 18% 0.50 0.50 solution Purified water to 100 to 100 Propellant 8.00 8.00 Results: Quality E E Color white white Odor no odor no odor Shakability 2 2 Collapse Time >180 >180 Microscopic crystals crystals observation observed observed uniformity uniformity Bubble size 71 91 Viscosity (PFF) 1279.73 6558.6 viscosity + 8% pentane 884.81 6494.62 % ratio viscosity between 69.14 99.02 the foamable formulation with 8% pentane and the pre-foam formulation without pentane -
-
- 1.2. Add carbomer to water while mixing to dissolution and add base (“Carbomer solution”). In this formulation the base was sodium hydroxide. Heat carbomer solution and heat to 70° C. Add methocel with vigorous mixing.
- 1.3. Cool step 1.1 to 50° C. and add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing.
- 1.4. Heat step 1.2 to 70° C.
-
-
- 2.2. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
-
-
- 3.1. Add the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool the emulsion to RT and not more than 40° C.
- 3.4. Add glycerin and sodium PCA to the emulsion while mixing thoroughly.
- 3.5. Cool to RT and not more than 30° C.
- 3.6. Check the final weight of emulsion and add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
-
-
- 4.1. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to 28 g water and mix.
- 4.2. Add to step 3 and mix.
- 4.3. Check pH.
-
-
- 5.1. Start
homogenization step 4 while cooling with ice bath. Add Benzoyl peroxide and keep homogenization for 60 minutes.
- 5.1. Start
-
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- 6.2. Add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Comments: Both 1% and 15% BPO formulations achieved excellent, shakable non-breakable and uniform foam. These formulations were identical except for the amount of water and BPO present. In the high BPO formulation the water was 14% less. Increasing BPO's concentration dramatically caused an increase of the viscosity of the PFF. The viscosity remained high even when diluted with 8% pentane (a low volatile hydrocarbon) to simulate the volatile hydrocarbon propellants.
- a) Comparison results between mineral oil emulsion formulations with different polymeric combinations.
-
phase Ingredients BPC-054 BPC-061 A Mineral oil 6.00 6.00 Cyclomethicone 1.00 1.00 PEG-40 Stearate 3.00 3.00 Polysorbate 601.00 1.00 Glyceryl monostearate 1.00 1.00 Stearyl alcohol 1.00 1.20 B Carbomer 941 (Carbopol 981) — 0.25 Carbomer 940 (Carbopol 980) 0.30 — Crospovidone CL-M 1.00 — Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose 0.10 0.10 Xanthan gum 0.10 0.10 Glycerin 8.00 8.00 Sodium PCA 2.00 2.00 Citric acid 0.38 0.38 Sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate 0.59 0.59 Hydrous benzoyl peroxide 10.00 10.00 Sodium hydroxide 18% solution 0.30 0.25 Purified water to 100 to 100 Propellant (AP-70) 8.00 8.00 Results: Quality E G+ Color white white Odor no odor no odor Shakability 1 1 Density 0.042 0.037 Collapse Time >300 >300 pH diluted 4.65 4.62 - Comments: Using a combination of a gelling agent, (Carbomer 940 (Carbopol 980) and a dispersing agent (Crospovidone CL-M) achieved excellent, shakable non-breakable foam. Changing gelling agent with much lower viscosity and dropping dispersing agent, caused a minimal decreasing to foam quality. Both formulations also had hydroxypropyl methylcellulose and xanthan present.
-
-
- 1.1. Heat part of water to 70° C., add methocel with vigorous mixing until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected.
- 1.2. Add carbomer to water while mixing to dissolution and add base (“Carbomer solution”). Heat Carbomer solution to 50° C. while mixing.
- 1.3. Add step 1.1 to 1.2 and mix until no clumps are detected.
- 1.4. Adjust step 1.3 to 50° C. and add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing
- 1.5. Heat step 1.4 to 70° C.
- 1.6. Heat another part of water to 70° C.
- 1.7. Add crospovidone to step 1.6 and mix.
- 1.8. Add step 1.7 to step 1.5 and mix.
-
-
- 2.1. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
-
-
- 3.1. Add the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool the emulsion to RT and not more than 40° C.
- 3.10 Add glycerin and sodium PCA to the emulsion while mixing thoroughly.
- Cool to RT and not more than 30° C. Check pH.
-
-
- 4.1. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to 8 g water and mix.
- 4.2. Add step 4.1 to step 3 and mix.
- 4.3. Check pH.
- 4.4. Add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
-
-
- 5.1. Start
homogenization step 4 while cooling with ice bath. Add Benzoyl peroxide and keep homogenization for 60 minutes until uniformity and no agglomeration is seen in microscopic observation.
- 5.1. Start
-
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
-
-
- 1.1. Heat 125 g water to 70° C., add methocel with vigorous mixing until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected.
- 1.2. Add carbomer to water while mixing to dissolution and add base (“Carbomer solution”). Add carbomer solution and mix until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected
- 1.3. Cool step 1.2 to 50° C. and add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing
- 1.4. Heat step 1.3 to 70° C.
- 1.5. Heat 30 g water to 70° C.
- 1.6. Add crospovidone to step 1.5 and mix.
- 1.7. Add step 1.6 to step 1.4 and mix.
-
-
- 2.1 Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
-
-
- 3.1. Add slowly the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool the emulsion to RT and not more than 30° C.
- 3.4. Check pH.
-
-
- 4.1. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to 17.5 g water and mix.
- 4.2. Add step 4.1 to step 3 and mix. Check pH.
- 4.3 add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
-
-
- 5.1. Place about ¼ of PFF quantity to the vessel while cooling with 10° C. external water bath and add slowly Benzoyl Peroxide to the PFF while mixing.
- 5.2. Add the PFF left to the vessel while mixing Continue mixing until uniformity
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- b) Comparison results between formulations without mineral oil containing 10% BPO
-
Ingredients BPC-057 BPC-053 BPC-060 Cyclomethicone 1.00 1.00 1.00 PEG-40 Stearate 3.00 3.00 3.00 Polysorbate 601.00 1.00 1.00 Glyceryl monostearate 1.00 1.00 1.00 Stearyl alcohol 1.20 1.00 1.10 Carbomer 934P (Carbopol 974P) — 0.35 — Carbomer 941 (Carbopol 981) — — 0.20 Carbomer 940 (Carbopol 980) 0.25 — — Crospovidone CL-M 1.00 — 1.00 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose 0.10 0.15 0.15 Xanthan gum 0.10 0.15 0.15 Glycerin 8.00 — — Sodium PCA 2.00 — — Citric acid 0.38 0.38 0.38 Sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate 0.59 0.59 0.59 Hydrous benzoyl peroxide 10.00 10.00 10.00 Trolamine — 0.18 — Sodium hydroxide 18% solution 0.25 0.20 Purified water to 100 to 100 to 100 Propellant (AP-70) 8.00 8.00 8.00 Results Quality E G+ G Color white white white Odor no odor no odor very faint odor Shakability 1 1 2 Density 0.033 0.035 0.040 Collapse Time >300 >300 >300 pH diluted 4.62 4.68 4.59 - Comments: All formulations achieved good to excellent, shakable non-breakable foam. Glycerin and Sodium PCA appeared to have improved foam quality although there are also other small changes between formulations which may have contributed.
- Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.1 Heat 70 g water to 70° C., add methocel with vigorous mixing until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected.
- 1.2 Add carbomer to water while mixing to dissolution and add base (“Carbomer solution”). Heat carbomer solution to 50° C.
- 1.3 Add step 1.1 to step 1.2 and mix until no clumps are detected.
- 1.4 Adjust step 1.3 to 50° C. and add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing
- 1.5 Heat step 1.4 to 70° C.
- Step 2: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
-
- 2.1. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.1. Add the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool to RT and not more than 30° C.
- 3.4. Check pH.
- Step 4: Buffer Addition
-
- 4.1. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to 17 g water and mix.
- 4.2. Add step 4.1 to step 3 and mix.
- 4.3. Check pH.
- 4.4. Check the final weight of emulsion and add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 5: Homogenization and Benzoyl Peroxide Addition
-
- 5.1. Start
homogenization step 4 while cooling with ice bath. Add Benzoyl peroxide and keep homogenization for 60 minutes until uniformity
- 5.1. Start
- Step 6: pH Adjustment
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion (from step 5) is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.1. Heat 45 g water to 70° C., add methocel with vigorous mixing until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected.
- 1.2. Add carbomer to water while mixing to dissolution and add base (“Carbomer solution”). Heat Carbomer solution to 50° C. while mixing.
- 1.3. Add step 1.1 to 1.2 and mix until no clumps are detected.
- 1.4. Adjust step 1.3 to 50° C. and add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing
- 1.5. Heat step 1.4 to 70° C.
- 1.6. Heat 30 g water to 70° C.
- 1.7. Add crospovidone to step 1.6 and mix.
- 1.8. Add step 1.7 to step 1.5 and mix.
- Step 2: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
-
- 2.1. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.1. Add the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool the emulsion to RT and not more than 40° C.
- 3.4. Add glycerin and sodium PCA to the emulsion while mixing thoroughly.
- 3.5. Cool to RT and not more than 30° C.
- 3.6. Check pH.
- Step 4: Buffer Addition
-
- 4.1. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to 10 g water and mix.
- 4.2. Add step 4.1 to step 3 and mix.
- 4.3. Check pH.
- 4.4. add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 5: Homogenization and Benzoyl Peroxide Addition
-
- 5.1. Start
homogenization step 4 while cooling with ice bath. Add Benzoyl peroxide and keep homogenization for 60 min. until uniformity and no agglomeration is seen in microscopic observation.
- 5.1. Start
- Step 6: pH Adjustment
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.1 Add to 300 g water: methocel, Carbomer, base and Xanthan gum while mixing with Jet impeller for 45 min.
- 1.2 Heat step 1.1 to 70° C.
- 1.3 Heat 75 g water to 70° C.
- 1.4 Add crospovidone to step 1.3 and mix.
- 1.5 Add step 1.4 to step 1.3 and mix.
- Step 2: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
-
- 2.1. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.1. Add the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool to RT and not more than 30° C.
- 3.4. Check pH.
- 3.5. Check the final weight of emulsion and add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 4: Benzoyl Peroxide Addition and Milling
-
- 4.1. Place about ¼ of PFF quantity to the vessel while cooling with 10° C. external water bath and add slowly Benzoyl Peroxide to the PFF while mixing.
- 4.2. Continue mixing until uniformity and no agglomeration is seen in microscopic observation.
- Step 5: Buffer Addition
-
- 5.1. Add NaOH 18% and mix.
- 5.2. Check pH.
- 5.3. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to 10 g water and mix.
- 5.4. Add step 5.1 to step 4 and mix.
- 5.5. Check pH.
- Step 6: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 7: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- See example 16. The procedure adopted is along the lines as described therein.
-
STUDY ACTIVITY Baseline* 6 hours 7 hours Inclusion/exclusion criteria X Application of the test preparations X Assessment of skin hydration X X Assessment of tolerability X X parameters and Adverse Events -
Treatment Treatment ID Name Carbopol 981 Methocel Xanthan A No treatment B BPO 008- No Yes Yes 081110P C BPO 047- Yes Yes Yes 081110P - Based on the study results (see
FIGS. 6 and 7 ), no major hydration difference was observed between the two formulations. The formulation without carbomer was slightly better at 6 hours. Almost no difference was observed at seven hours. Both formulations increased the hydration of the skin and maintained it significantly higher compared to the control following six and seven hours. One hour after the skin was washed, the hydration effects of the formulations remained higher than controls. Note: Formulation 008 hydration was also previously observed in Example 16.Formulation 008P was presented in Example 15 andformulation 047 with BPO was presented in Example 23, which similar to the placebo formulation used herein except that in the placebo BPO is replaced by water. Both formulations are comprised of polymeric agents, Methocel and Xanthan, however 047 employs lower concentrations andcarbopol 047 was added. - Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.1. Heat part of water to 90° C., Add Methocel K100M with vigorous agitation until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected. Cool the rest of water. Add the hot water to the cool water while mixing until homogeneous and no particles are observed. The temperature should not exceed 10-15° C.
- 1.2 Heat to 50° C., add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing. Keep temperature at 70.
- 1.3 Add all other water phase ingredients and heat to 70° C. to obtain complete dissolution of all ingredients.
- Step 2: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
-
- 2.1. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.1. Add the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool the emulsion to 40° C.
- Step 4: Glycerin, Sodium PCA and Buffer Addition
-
- 4.1. Add glycerin and sodium PCA to the emulsion while mixing thoroughly.
- 4.2. Cool to RT and not more then 30° C.
- 4.3. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to the water and mix.
- Step 5: Homogenization
-
- 5.1. Add Benzoyl peroxide and homogenize for 15 minutes while cooling with ice bath.
- Step 6: pH Adjustment
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- 6.2. add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- See Examples 16 and 20. The procedure adopted is along the lines as described therein.
-
STUDY ACTIVITY Baseline* 6 hours 7 hours Inclusion/exclusion criteria X Application of the test preparations X Assessment of skin hydration X X Assessment of tolerability X X parameters and Adverse Events -
Treatment ID Treatment Name Glycerin NaPCA A BPO 047-A-081116P N/A 2.00 B BPO 047-B-081116P 8.00 N/A C BPO 047-C-081116P 2.00 8.00 D BPO 047-D-081116P 5.00 5.00 E BPO 047-E-081116P 2.00 5.00 F (reference) BPO 047--081110P8.00 2.00 G No treatment - Based on the results shown in
FIGS. 8-10 , glycerin is a main contributor to the hydration effect. Sodium PCA at 2% also increases hydration but to a lesser extent compared to 8% glycerin. It may be that higher levels of sodium PCA improve hydration. Increasing sodium PCA at the account of glycerin also resulted in a similar level of improved hydration. It may be that at the combined levels of glycerin and sodium PCA in the presence of mineral oil hydration is maximized which may explain the minor differences between the results. -
-
Assay Results at 30° C. Formulation 2 % from 3 % from 6 % from No. T-0 month T-0 month T-0 month T-0 BPO-032- 6.40 N/M* 0.0 N/M* N/M* N/M* N/M* 080330 BPO-035- 6.33 6.34 100.2 6.35 100.2 6.27 99.0 080331 BPO-042- 6.27 N/M* 0.0 6.28 100.1 6.33 101.1 080101 BPO-047- 6.18 N/M* 0.0 6.36 102.9 6.07 98.2 080402 BPO-048- 6.23 N/M* 0.0 6.27 100.8 6.37 102.4 080403 Benzac AC 5%5.20 N/M* 0.0 5.40 103.8 5.47 105.2 Gel (tube) *N/M—not measured
Note: Benzac Ingredients: Benzoyl peroxide 5% in a water base gel. Non-medicinal ingredients: Acrylates copolymer, carbomer 940, docusate sodium, edetate disodium, glycerin, poloxamer 182, propylene glycol, purified water, silicon dioxide, and sodium hydroxide. May contain citric acid to adjust pH. Benzac is a gel BPO formulation currently on the market. BPO is in a gel and is not fluid. - Comments: BPO shows 6-month chemical stability in the different examples tested of the two types of formulations that have been developed at 30° C.: emollient (+6% oil) and mineral oil-free.
- Part A—Formulation 032 (without Mineral Oil)
-
Ingredients BPO-032 Cyclomethicone 1.00 PEG-40 Stearate 3.00 Polysorbate 601.00 Glyceryl monostearate 1.00 Stearyl alcohol 1.00 Carbomer 934P 0.35 (Carbopol 974P) Hydroxypropyl 0.27 methylcellulose (HPMC-Methocel K100M) Xanthan gum 0.27 Citric acid 0.38 Sodium citrate tribasic 0.59 dihydrate Hydrous benzoyl peroxide 6.00 Trolamine 0.18 Purified water to 100 Propellant (AP-70) 8.00 Results T-0 T-2, 30° C. T-2, 25° C. T-6, 30° C. Shakability 2 1 1 N/M* Foam Quality E G E N/M* Foam Color white white white N/M* Foam Odor no odor v.f.odor no odor N/M* Density (mg/ml) 0.034 0.030 0.037 N/M* pH diluted (1:5) 4.50 4.28 4.37 N/M* Collapse Time (sec) >300 >300 >300/G N/M* Expansion Time (sec) 50 N/M* N/M* N/M* N/M*-not measured - Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.4 Heat 70 g water to 70° C., add methocel with vigorous mixing until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected.
- 1.5 Add carbomer to water while mixing to dissolution and add base (“Carbomer solution”). In this formulation the base was trolamine. Heat carbomer solution to 50° C.
- 1.6 Add step 1.1 to step 1.2 and mix until no clumps are detected.
- 1.7 Adjust step 1.3 to 50° C. and add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing
- 1.8 Heat step 1.4 to 70° C.
- Step 2: Preparation of Phase A
-
- 2.2. Heat all ingredients of phase A to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.5. Add phase A to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.6. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.7. Cool to RT and not more than 30° C.
- 3.8. Check pH.
- Step 4: Buffer Addition
-
- 4.5. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to 25 g water and mix.
- 4.6. Add step 4.1 to step 3 and mix.
- 4.7. Check pH.
- 4.8. Check the final weight of emulsion and add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 5: Homogenization and Benzoyl Peroxide Addition
-
- 5.1. Start
homogenization step 4 while cooling with ice bath. Add Benzoyl peroxide and keep homogenization for 60 minutes until uniformity and no agglomeration is seen in microscopic observation.
- 5.1. Start
- Step 6: pH Adjustment
-
- 6.2. Verify temperature emulsion (from step 5) is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Part B—Formulation 035 (with Mineral Oil)
-
Ingredients BPO-035 Mineral oil 6.00 Cyclomethicone 1.00 PEG-40 Stearate 3.00 Polysorbate 60 1.00 Glyceryl monostearate 1.00 Stearyl alcohol 1.00 Carbomer 940 0.30 (Carbopol 980) Crospovidone CL-M 1.00 Hydroxypropyl 0.15 methylcellulose (HPMC-Methocel K100M) Xanthan gum 0.15 Glycerin 8.00 Sodium PCA 2.00 Citric acid 0.38 Sodium citrate tribasic 0.59 dihydrate Hydrous benzoyl peroxide 6.00 Sodium hydroxide 18% 0.30 solution Purified water to 100 Propellant (AP-70) 8.00 Results T-0 T-2, 30° C. T-2, 25° C. T-6, 30° C. Shakability 2 1 1 2 Foam Quality G G E G Foam Color white white white white Foam Odor no v.f.odor no odor v.f.odor odor Density (mg/ml) 0.038 0.032 0.035 0.038 pH diluted (1:5) 4.57 4.39 4.47 4.17 Collapse Time (sec) >300 >300 >300/G >300 Expansion Time (sec) 48 N/M* N/M* N/M* N/M*-not measured - Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.1. Heat 50 g water to 70° C., add methocel with vigorous mixing until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected.
- 1.2. Add carbomer to water while mixing to dissolution and add base (“Carbomer solution”). Add carbomer solution and mix until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected
- 1.3. Cool step 1.2 to 50° C. and add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing
- 1.4. Heat step 1.3 to 70° C.
- 1.5. Heat 100 g water to 70° C.
- 1.6. Add crospovidone to step 1.5 and mix.
- 1.7. Add step 1.6 to step 1.4 and mix.
- Step 2: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
-
- 2.1. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.1. Add the oil phase to the water phase at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool the emulsion to RT and not more than 40° C.
- 3.4. Add glycerin and sodium PCA to the emulsion while mixing thoroughly.
- 3.5. Cool to RT and not more than 30° C.
- 3.6. Check pH.
- Step 4: Buffer Addition
-
- 4.1. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to 18 g water and mix.
- 4.2. Add step 4.1 to
step 3 and mix. - 4.3. Check pH.
- 4.4. Check the final weight of emulsion and add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 5: Homogenization and Benzoyl Peroxide Addition
-
- 5.1. Start
homogenization step 4 while cooling with ice bath. Add Benzoyl peroxide and keep homogenization for 60 minutes until uniformity and no agglomeration is seen in microscopic observation.
- 5.1. Start
- Step 6: pH Adjustment
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion (from step 5) is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Part C—Formulation 042 (without Mineral Oil)
-
Ingredients BPO-042 Cyclomethicone 1.00 PEG-40 Stearate 3.00 Polysorbate 60 1.00 Glyceryl monostearate 1.00 Stearyl alcohol 1.00 Carbomer 941 (Carbopol 0.20 981) Crospovidone CL-M 1.00 Hydroxypropyl 0.25 methylcellulose (HPMC-Methocel K100M) Xanthan gum 0.25 Citric acid 0.38 Sodium citrate tribasic 0.59 dihydrate Hydrous benzoyl peroxide 6.00 Sodium hydroxide 18% 0.20 solution Purified water to 100 Propellant (AP-70) 8.00 Results T-0 T-2, 30° C. T-2, 25° C. T-6, 30° C. Shakability 2 1 1 1 Foam Quality E G E G Foam Color white white white white Foam Odor no odor v.f.odor no odor strong Density (mg/ml) 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.04 pH diluted (1:5) 4.55 4.39 4.52 4.10 Collapse Time (sec) >300 >300 >300/G >300 Expansion Time (sec) 68.00 N/M* N/M* N/M* N/M*-not measured - Step 1: Preparation of BPO paste (B)
-
- 1.1. Heat 50 g water to 90° C., Add Methocel K100M with vigorous agitation until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected. Cool to 10 to 15° C. while mixing until homogeneous and no particles are observed.
- 1.2. Add 4 g crospovidone to 10 g water and mix.
- 1.3. Add step 1.2 to step 1.1 and mix vigorously.
- 1.4. Start homogenization step 1.3 while cooling with ice bath. Add 31.76 g Benzoyl peroxide and keep homogenization for 60 minutes.
- Step 2: Preparation of Water Phase (A)
- 2.1. Add carbomer to water while mixing to dissolution and add base (“Carbomer solution”). Add 118 g water to carbomer solution and heat to 50° C. while mixing vigorously.
-
- 2.2. Add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing.
- 2.3. Heat step 2.2 to 70° C.
- Step 3: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
-
- 3.1. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 4: Emulsification
-
- 4.1. Add 0.6 g sodium hydroxide to 10 g purified water and mix
- 4.2. Add the oil phase (step 3) to the water phase (step 2) at 65-70° C. with agitation.
- 4.3. Add step 4.1 to step 4.2 and continue agitation until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 4.4. Cool the emulsion to RT and not more than 30° C.
- 4.5. Check pH.
- 4.6. add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 5: BPO Paste Addition
-
- 5.1. Add 72.57 g of step 1.4 to the PFF (step 4) and mix for 30 min while cooling with ice bath. Check pH.
- 5.2. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to 15 g water and mix.
- 5.3. Add step 5.2 to step 5.1 and mix.
- 5.4. Check pH, If pH higher than 4.5, add citric acid while mixing to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
-
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
Part D—Formulation 047 (with Mineral Oil)
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
-
Ingredients BPO-047 Mineral oil 6.00 Cyclomethicone 1.00 PEG-40 Stearate 3.00 Polysorbate 601.00 Glyceryl monostearate 1.00 Stearyl alcohol 1.00 Carbomer 941 0.30 (Carbopol 981) Hydroxypropyl 0.20 methylcellulose (HPMC-Methocel K100M) Xanthan gum 0.20 Glycerin 8.00 Sodium PCA 2.00 Citric acid 0.38 Sodium citrate tribasic 0.59 dihydrate Hydrous benzoyl peroxide 6.00 Sodium hydroxide 18% 0.30 solution Purified water to 100 Propellant (AP-70) 8.00 Results T-0 T-2, 30° C. T-2, 25° C. T-6, 30° C. Shakability 2 2 2 1 Foam Quality E G G E Foam Color white white white white Foam Odor no odor no odor no odor strong Density (mg/ml) 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.04 pH diluted (1:5) 4.56 4.42 4.52 4.17 Collapse Time (sec) >300 >300 >300/G >300 Expansion Time (sec) 68.00 N/M* N/M* N/M* N/M*-not measured Note the Procedure for BPO047 is described in example 18
Part E—Formulation 048 (without Mineral Oil) -
Ingredients BPO-048 Cyclomethicone 1.00 PEG-40 Stearate 3.00 Polysorbate 601.00 Glyceryl monostearate 1.00 Stearyl alcohol 1.00 Carbomer 940 0.30 (Carbopol 980) Crospovidone CL-M 1.00 Hydroxypropyl 0.20 methylcellulose (HPMC-Methocel K100M) 0.20 Xanthan gum Glycerin 8.00 Sodium PCA 2.00 Citric acid 0.38 Sodium citrate tribasic 0.59 dihydrate Hydrous benzoyl peroxide 6.00 Sodium hydroxide 18% 0.30 solution Purified water to 100 Propellant (AP-70) 8.00 Results T-0 T-2, 30° C. T-2, 25° C. T-6, 30° C. Shakability 2 1 1 1 Foam Quality G+ G G G Foam Color white white white white Foam Odor no odor v.f.odor no odor strong Density (mg/ml) 0.039 0.033 0.035 0.039 pH diluted (1:5) 4.58 4.46 4.57 4.19 Collapse Time (sec) >300 >300 >300/G >300 Expansion Time (sec) 57 — — — - Step 1: Preparation of Water Phase (B)
-
- 1.1. Heat 200 g water to 70° C., add methocel with vigorous mixing until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected.
- 1.2. Add carbomer to water while mixing to dissolution and add base (“Carbomer solution”). Add carbomer solution and mix until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed, no clumps are detected
- 1.3. Cool step 1.2 to 50° C. and add Xanthan gum with vigorous mixing
- 1.4. Heat step 1.3 to 70° C.
- 1.5. Heat 150 g water to 70° C.
- 1.6. Add crospovidone to step 1.5 and mix.
- 1.7. Add step 1.6 to step 1.4 and mix.
- Step 2: Preparation of Oil Phase (A)
-
- 2.1. Heat all ingredients of the oil phase to 70° C. until complete melting and homogeneity is obtained.
- Step 3: Emulsification
-
- 3.1. Add the oil phase (step 2) to the water phase (step 1) at 65-70° C. with agitation
- 3.2. Agitation continues until PFF uniformity is reached.
- 3.3. Cool the emulsion to RT and not more than 40° C.
- 3.4. Add glycerin and sodium PCA to the emulsion while mixing thoroughly.
- 3.5. Cool to RT and not more than 30° C.
- 3.6. Check pH.
- Step 4: Buffer Addition
-
- 4.1. Add Citric acid and sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate to 58 g water and mix.
- 4.2. Add step 4.1 to step 3 and mix.
- 4.3. Check pH.
- 4.4. Check the final weight of emulsion and add water if necessary to obtain the correct weight.
- Step 5: Homogenization and Benzoyl Peroxide Addition
-
- 5.1. Start
homogenization step 4 while cooling with ice bath. Add Benzoyl peroxide and keep homogenization for 60-90 minutes until uniformity and no agglomeration is seen in microscopic observation.
- 5.1. Start
- Step 6: pH Adjustment
-
- 6.1. Verify temperature emulsion (from step 5) is less than 30° C. Check pH, to obtain a pH of 4.5±0.2.
- Step 7: Canisters Filling and Crimping
- Fill canister with PFF and crimped with valves
- Step 8: Pressurizing
- Canisters are filled with 8% propellant.
- Comments: 6-month physical stability at 25° and at 30° C. can be seen for each of the different examples of the two types of formulations that have been developed emollient (+6% oil) and mineral oil-free.
- This example describes measurements with 8% pentane (to simulate viscosity of formulation in canister with propellant) and without 8% pentane for various formulations including a prior art formulation.
-
-
Formula name (test Viscosity material type, Viscosity PFF + 8% Viscosity Bubble closure of PFF penthane ratio (%) Foam size Collapse system) (cPs) (cPs) (cPs) quality Density (μm) Time To BPO-032 (see 7454 7214 96.78% E 0.034 74 >300 Example 23) 7086 95.06% BPO-035 (see 5103 1462 28.64 G 0.038 86 >300 Example 23) BPO-042 (see 5551 2615 47.12 E 0.040 63 >300 Example 23) BPO-047- 5855 4463 76.23 E 0.039 99 >300 6(see Example 23) BPO-048 (see 5471 2516 46.00 G+ 0.039 76 >300 Example 23) BPO-047 (1%) 1280 885 69.14 E N/M N/M N/M (see Example 18) BPO-047 6559 6495 99.02 E N/M N/M N/M (15%) (see Example 18) BPO-049 1045377 930601 89.02 N/R N/M N/M (Example 3 US 2007/0003585) BPO-035 16764 9870 58.87 E N/M N/M N/M (0.85% Carbopol 980) (See Part B) BPO-035 (only 484 63 0.13 G+ N/M 67 N/M 0.30% Carbopol 980) (See Part B) BPO-051 (only 895 797 89.05 G N/M 122 N/M 0.30% pemulen TR-2) (See Part B) BPO-050 (only 879 802 91.24 G− N/M 149 N/M 0.30% xanthan gum) (See Part B) N/M Not Measured; Note: The formulations are set out below in Part D below. - Comments: The pre-foam formulation viscosities are low for formulations with carbopol. Addition of simulated propellant results in some reduction of viscosity except where the concentration of BPO is very high (15%). The ratio (blue) varies from about 25% to 75% with one or two exceptions. The unexpected little or no change in viscosity on adding pentane may be a reflection of lack of solubility of pentane in the formulation. When the level of carbopol was increased nearly threefold from 0.3 to 0.85% the viscosity of the pre foam formulation on average approximately tripled. When the formulation Example 3 of US 2007/0003585 was prepared the viscosity was found to be in excess of 1 million cps. A comparison of low levels of carbopol, pemulen and xanthan disclosed that whilst all produced good quality foam the foam appearance using carbopol alone and likewise bubble size was slightly better than pemulen which in turn was slightly better than xanthan.
-
-
T-0 6M BPO-032-080330* Homogenous Homogenous BPO-035-080331 Homogenous Homogenous BPO-042-080401 Homogenous Homogenous BPO-047-080402 Homogenous Homogenous BPO-048-080403 Homogenous Homogenous -
-
T-0 6M BPO-032-080330 * Homogenous Creaming 90/10-reversible. BPO-035-080331 Homogenous Creaming 90/10-reversible. BPO-042-080401 Homogenous Creaming 85/15-reversible. BPO-047-080402 Homogenous Creaming 90/10-reversible. BPO-048-080403 Homogenous Creaming 80/20-reversible Note in the markes cases *-BPO-032 was tested just to 3 month. - Comments: although the formulations showed a small amount of creaming which was reversible after six months the BPO remained homogenous and caking and sedimentation were not observed.
- Physical results (including Foam Quality) appear in example 24. See the photograph in
FIG. 12 . All three bottles represent formulation BPO035, but only with one polymer. Inbottle # 1 the polymer is Carbopol 980, 0.3% w/w. Inbottle # 2 the polymer is xanthan gum, 0.3% w/w. Inbottle # 1 the polymer is pemulen TR-2, 0.3% w/w. - Part D Formulations from Part A
-
-
Ingredient name % w/w Mineral oil 6.00 Cyclomethicone 1.00 PEG-40 Stearate 3.00 Polysorbate 601.00 Glyceryl monostearate 1.00 Stearyl alcohol 1.00 Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose 0.15 Xanthan gum 0.15 Purified water 65.67 Crospovidone 1.00 Carbopol 980 0.85 NaOH 18% solution 0.49 Citric acid 0.31 Sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate 0.44 Glycerin 8.00 Sodium PCA 2.00 Benzoyl Peroxide 7.94 Control: 100.00 Propellant 8.00 -
-
Ingredient name % w/w Mineral oil 6.00 Cyclomethicone 1.00 PEG-40 Stearate 3.00 Polysorbate 601.00 Glyceryl monostearate 1.00 Stearyl alcohol 1.00 Purified water 67.84 Carbopol 980 0.30 NaOH 18% solution 0.17 Citric acid 0.31 Sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate 0.44 Glycerin 8.00 Sodium PCA 2.00 Benzoyl Peroxide 7.94 Control: 100.00 Propellant 8.00 -
-
Ingredient name % w/w Mineral oil 6.00 Cyclomethicone 1.00 PEG-40 Stearate 3.00 Polysorbate 601.00 Glyceryl monostearate 1.00 Stearyl alcohol 1.00 Purified water 67.84 PemulenTR-2 0.30 NaOH 18% solution 0.17 Citric acid 0.31 Sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate 0.44 Glycerin 8.00 Sodium PCA 2.00 Benzoyl Peroxide 7.94 Control: 100.00 Propellant 8.00 -
-
Ingredient name % w/w Mineral oil 6.00 Cyclomethicone 1.00 PEG-40 Stearate 3.00 Polysorbate 601.00 Glyceryl monostearate 1.00 Stearyl alcohol 1.00 Purified water 68.01 Xanthan gum 0.30 Citric acid 0.31 Sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate 0.44 Glycerin 8.00 Sodium PCA 2.00 Benzoyl Peroxide 7.94 Control: 100.00 Propellant 8.00
BPO-049-081123 (Stiefel patent application—Example 3) -
Ingredient name % w/w Water purified 89.42 Benzoyl peroxide hydrous 2.84 Clyndamycin phosphate 1.28 Tretinoin 0.102 Glycerin 4.99 Carbopol 980 0.84 Sodium hydroxide (18% sol.)* 0.49 Methyl paraben 0.04 Total 100.00 - In an
initial study AP 70 was found to be preferred overAP 46. A visual foam quality comparison test between AP-70 and AP-46 was performed using BPO 014. The foam quality observed with AP-70 was slightly better. - In a further study formulation BPO042 was chosen as a representative example in which to examine the effects of different propellants.
- As shown in
FIG. 13 , 3 glass bottles were filled with 20 gr. PFF and 8% (1.6 gr.) different propellants: AP-70, AP-46 and Propane. All bottles were filled on Nov. 23, 2008. Photo was taken on Nov. 24, 2008 - As clearly demonstrates, after 24 hours at RT, all types of propellants showed similar behavior—stable and homogenous
- Procedure: 0.3 g Carbopol 980 was added to 67.84 g water with vigorous mixing until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed with no clumps detected. then, 0.17 g NaOH 18% solution was added (part of water phase BPO035). This combination produced the gel demonstrated in
photographs # 1 & 2 ofFIG. 14 . The final pH was 4.36. Then, Buffer was added (0.31 g citric acid and 0.44 g Sodium citrate) and the viscosity decreased dramatically, as demonstrated inphotograph # 3 ofFIG. 14 . The final pH was 4.13. Thus whilst the final pH of both the gel with NaOH and the liquid solution with the addition of citrate buffer was substantially identical the viscosity was radically and visually different. In the case of the whole emulsion formulation (BPO035) and the case of just the water phase of BPO035, the buffer was added at low temperature (25-30° C.). - Comments: Citrate buffer surprisingly destroys gel structure and significantly reduces formulation viscosity. Thus using citrate buffer with carbopol provides a significant advantage in that whilst viscosity appears low the polymer is unexpectedly able to hold the BPO suspension stable. Carbopol has a similar viscosity from pH=4 and way above, so these results are surprising.
- Procedure: 0.3 gr. Carbopol 980 was added to 67.84 gr. water with vigorous mixing until thoroughly wetted and evenly dispersed with no clumps detected. then, 0.19 gr. NaOH 18% solution were added (part of water phase BPO035). This combination produced the gel demonstrated as demonstrate in “Citrate Buffer studies” The final pH was 4.75. Then, lactic acid (0.50 gr.) first and. then afterwards ammonium lactate (about 11 gr) were added for final pH 4.50. It was observed that the viscosity also decreased dramatically, upon addition of the acid and the formulation became fluid as demonstrated in
FIG. 14 photograph # 3 in “Citrate Buffer studies”. It remained fluid after addition of ammonium lactate.
Claims (21)
1. (canceled)
2. A foamable composition comprising a carrier and a liquefied or compressed gas propellant, the carrier comprising:
i) an active agent insoluble, or partially insoluble in the carrier, wherein the active agent is homogenously dispersed in the carrier;
ii) a surface-active agent;
iii) about 0.01% to about 1% by weight of the carrier of at least one polymeric additive comprising a polyacrylic acid polymer, wherein the polymeric additive is pH sensitive;
iv) a solvent; and
v) a buffer system;
wherein the carrier has a viscosity of less than about 8000 centipoises at room temperature;
wherein the carrier is substantially waterless;
wherein the liquefied or compressed gas propellant is at a concentration of about 3% to about 25% by weight of the foamable composition and the polymeric additive together with the buffer system contributes to holding the active agent homogeneously dispersed in the foamable composition; and
wherein the composition forms a breakable foam upon dispensing in which the active agent is homogenously dispersed.
3. The composition according to claim 2 , wherein the carrier is waterless.
4. The composition according to claim 2 , wherein the carrier further comprises about 5% to about 30% by weight of a moisturizing complex.
5. The composition according to claim 2 , wherein the carrier further comprises about 5% to about 15% by weight of a moisturizing complex.
6. The composition according to claim 4 , wherein the moisturizing complex comprises glycerin and a salt of 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid (PCA).
7. The composition according to claim 4 , wherein, in comparison with a composition without the moisturizing complex, the moisturizing complex is selected to provide at least one of the following characteristics: (a) improving the chemical stability of the active agent in the composition; (b) improving the homogeneity of the active agent in the composition; (c) improving the quality of the foam produced from the composition; and (d) improving the hydration of skin by at least about 20% within 7 hours of application of the foam produced from the composition to skin.
8. The composition according to claim 2 , wherein the polymeric additive further comprises a polymeric agent selected from the group consisting of methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, methylhydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcarboxymethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, xanthan gum, guar gum, carrageenan gum, locust bean gum, tragacanth gum, and a mixture of any two or more thereof.
9. The composition of claim 2 , wherein the carrier further comprises about 0.1% to about 5% by weight of a fatty alcohol having 15 or more carbons in its carbon chain; a fatty acid having 16 or more carbons in its carbon chain; a fatty alcohol derived from beeswax; a mixture of fatty alcohols, a majority of which has at least 20 carbon atoms in their carbon chain; a fatty alcohol having at least one double bond; a fatty acid having at least one double bond; a branched fatty alcohol; a branched fatty acid; a fatty acid substituted with a hydroxyl group; cetyl alcohol; stearyl alcohol; arachidyl alcohol; behenyl alcohol; 1-triacontanol; hexadecanoic acid; stearic acid; arachidic acid; behenic acid; octacosanoic acid; 12-hydroxy stearic acid; or a mixture of any two or more thereof.
10. The composition of claim 2 , wherein the carrier comprises a hydrophobic solvent at a concentration of about 1% to about 15% by weight of the carrier.
11. The composition of claim 10 , wherein the hydrophobic solvent is selected from the group consisting of a mineral oil, aliphatic, naphthalenic, an aromatic liquid hydrocarbon derived from petroleum, a liquid oil originating from vegetable, marine or animal source, a saturated, unsaturated or polyunsaturated oil, a corn oil, a soybean oil, a canola oil, a cottonseed oil, a coconut oil, a sesame oil, a sunflower oil, a borage seed oil, a syzigium aromaticum oil, a hempseed oil, a herring oil, a cod-liver oil, a salmon oil, a flaxseed oil, a wheat germ oil, an evening primrose oil, a polyunsaturated oil containing poly-unsaturated fatty acids, an omega-3 fatty acid, an omega-6 fatty acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, gamma-linoleic acid (GLA), eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA), docosahexaenoic acid (DHA), an omega-3 oil, an omega-6 oil, a liquid hydrophobic plant-derived oil, a silicone oil, a non-volatile silicone, a polyalkyl siloxane, a polyaryl siloxane, a polyalkylaryl siloxane, a polyether siloxane copolymer, a polydimethylsiloxane, a dimethicone, a poly(dimethylsiloxane)-(diphenyl-siloxane) copolymer, a cyclic or linear polydimethylsiloxane containing from about 3 to about 9, or from about 4 to about 5, silicon atoms, a volatile silicone, a cyclomethicone, and a mixture of any two or more thereof.
12. The composition of claim 2 , wherein a pH of the buffer system is lower than a pH of the carrier measured before adding the buffer system.
13. The composition of claim 2 , wherein the buffer system is selected from the group consisting of citric acid, sodium citrate, lactic acid, ammonium lactate, and a mixture of any two or more thereof.
14. The composition of claim 2 , wherein the surface-active agent comprises about 0.1% to about 5% by weight of the carrier of a non ionic surface-active agent, wherein the non ionic surface-active agent is selected from the group consisting of steareth-21, steareth-2, steareth 20, polysorbate 80, polysorbate 60, polysorbate 20, ceteth 20, PEG 40-stearate, PEG 100-stearate, PEG-30 dipolyhydroxystearate, sorbitan stearate, sorbitan palmitate, sorbitan laurate, sorbitan monooleate, glyceryl stearate, laureth 4, ceteareth 20, macrogol cetostearyl ether, ceteth 2, sucrose distearate, polyoxyethylene (100) stearate, and a mixture of any two or more thereof.
15. The composition of claim 14 , wherein the surface-active agent comprises two or more of glyceryl stearate, polysorbate 60, and PEG 40 stearate.
16. The composition of claim 2 , wherein the active agent is selected from the group consisting of benzoyl peroxide, imiquimod, acyclovir, zinc oxide, titanium oxide, an antibiotic, a corticosteroid, a steroidal anti-inflammatory agent, a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent, an immunosuppressive agent, an immunomodulator, an immunoregulating agent, a hormonal agent, an androgen, an estrogen, a prostaglandin, an antiandrogen agent, a testosterone inhibitor, a dihydrotestosterone inhibitor, an anti biotic agent, an antifungal agent, an antiviral agent, an antiparasitic agent, vitamin A, a vitamin A derivative, vitamin B, a vitamin B derivative, vitamin C, a vitamin C derivative, vitamin D, a vitamin D derivative, vitamin E, a vitamin E derivative, vitamin F, a vitamin F derivative, vitamin K, a vitamin K derivative, a wound healing agent, a disinfectant, an anesthetic, an antiallergic agent, a keratolytic agent, urea, a urea derivative, an alpha hydroxyl acid, lactic acid, glycolic acid, a beta-hydroxy acid, a protein, a peptide, a neuropeptide, an allergen, an immunogenic substance, a haptene, an oxidizing agent, an antioxidant, a dicarboxylic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, adipic acid, fumaric acid, a retinoid, an antiproliferative agent, an anticancer agent, a photodynamic therapy agent, benzoyl chloride, calcium hypochlorite, magnesium hypochlorite, an anti-wrinkle agent, a radical scavenger, a metal, silver, a metal oxide, titanium dioxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, iron oxide, silicone oxide, an organo-metallic compound, an organo-boron compound, an organo-berrilium compound, talc, carbon, an anti wrinkle agent, a skin whitening agent, a skin protective agent, a masking agent, an anti-wart agent, a lubricating agent, an anti-seborrhea agent, coal tar, anthralin, and a mixture of any two or more thereof.
17. The composition of claim 2 , wherein the carrier further comprises a concentration of about 2% to about 50% by weight of the carrier of at least one organic carrier selected from the group consisting of an organic polar solvent, an emollient, and a mixture thereof.
18. The foamable composition of claim 17 , wherein the organic polar solvent is at a concentration of about 1% to about 25% by weight of the carrier, and wherein the organic polar solvent is selected from the group consisting of a polyol, glycerol, propylene glycol, hexylene glycol, diethylene glycol, a propylene glycol, an n-alkanol, terpenes, di-terpenes, tri-terpenes, terpen-ols, limonene, terpene-ol, 1-menthol, dioxolane, ethylene glycol, a sulfoxide, dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformanide, methyl dodecyl sulfoxide, dimethylacetamide, monooleate of ethoxylated glycerides with 8 to 10 ethylene oxide units, azone (1-dodecylazacycloheptan-2-one), 2-(n-nonyl)-1,3-dioxolane, isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl proprionate, capric/caprylic triglyceride, octylmyristate, dodecyl-myristate, lauryl alcohol, lauric acid, lauryl lactate, a ketone, an amide, acetamide oleates, triolein, an alkanoic acid, caprylic acid, a lactam compound, an alkanol, a dialkylamino acetate, a polyethylene glycol, PEG 200, PEG 300, PEG 400, PEG600, PEG 4000, PEG 6000, PEG 10000, and a mixture of any two or more thereof.
19. The composition of claim 2 , wherein the carrier has a viscosity of less than about 7000 centipoises, less than about 6000 centipoises, or less than about 5000 centipoises, at room temperature.
20. The composition of claim 2 , wherein viscosity of the carrier with the propellant is lower than viscosity of the carrier without the propellant, and wherein the ratio between the viscosity of the carrier with the propellant to and the viscosity of the carrier without the propellant is between about 19:20 to about 1:10, between about 4:5 to about to about 1:10, between about 3:4 to about 1:5, or between about 19:20 to about 2:5.
21. A method of treating a skin disorder, the method comprising administering a foam produced from the foamable composition according to claim 2 topically onto the skin of a subject having said disorder.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US15/263,120 US20170157175A1 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2016-09-12 | Foam containing benzoyl peroxide |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US483807P | 2007-11-30 | 2007-11-30 | |
PCT/IB2008/003908 WO2009069006A2 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2008-12-01 | Foam containing benzoyl peroxide |
US74541710A | 2010-11-09 | 2010-11-09 | |
US15/263,120 US20170157175A1 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2016-09-12 | Foam containing benzoyl peroxide |
Related Parent Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/745,417 Continuation US9439857B2 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2008-12-01 | Foam containing benzoyl peroxide |
PCT/IB2008/003908 Continuation WO2009069006A2 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2008-12-01 | Foam containing benzoyl peroxide |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20170157175A1 true US20170157175A1 (en) | 2017-06-08 |
Family
ID=40679072
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/745,417 Expired - Fee Related US9439857B2 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2008-12-01 | Foam containing benzoyl peroxide |
US15/263,120 Abandoned US20170157175A1 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2016-09-12 | Foam containing benzoyl peroxide |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/745,417 Expired - Fee Related US9439857B2 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2008-12-01 | Foam containing benzoyl peroxide |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US9439857B2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2009069006A2 (en) |
Cited By (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9849142B2 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2017-12-26 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Methods for accelerated return of skin integrity and for the treatment of impetigo |
US9884017B2 (en) | 2009-04-28 | 2018-02-06 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Foamable vehicles and pharmaceutical compositions comprising aprotic polar solvents and uses thereof |
US10029013B2 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2018-07-24 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Surfactant-free, water-free formable composition and breakable foams and their uses |
US10092588B2 (en) | 2009-07-29 | 2018-10-09 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Foamable compositions, breakable foams and their uses |
US10117812B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2018-11-06 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Foamable composition combining a polar solvent and a hydrophobic carrier |
US10322085B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2019-06-18 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Dicarboxylic acid foamable vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
US10350166B2 (en) | 2009-07-29 | 2019-07-16 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Non surface active agent non polymeric agent hydro-alcoholic foamable compositions, breakable foams and their uses |
US10369102B2 (en) | 2007-08-07 | 2019-08-06 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Wax foamable vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
US10398641B2 (en) | 2016-09-08 | 2019-09-03 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Compositions and methods for treating rosacea and acne |
WO2020053108A1 (en) * | 2018-09-14 | 2020-03-19 | Unilever Plc | Mousse composition |
WO2020219919A1 (en) * | 2019-04-26 | 2020-10-29 | 3V Sigma Usa Inc. | Rapid gel polymericcompositions, systems and methods |
US10821077B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2020-11-03 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Dicarboxylic acid foamable vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
US11433025B2 (en) | 2007-12-07 | 2022-09-06 | Vyne Therapeutics Inc. | Oil foamable carriers and formulations |
Families Citing this family (106)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8512718B2 (en) | 2000-07-03 | 2013-08-20 | Foamix Ltd. | Pharmaceutical composition for topical application |
US9668972B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2017-06-06 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Nonsteroidal immunomodulating kit and composition and uses thereof |
US7700076B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2010-04-20 | Foamix, Ltd. | Penetrating pharmaceutical foam |
US9211259B2 (en) | 2002-11-29 | 2015-12-15 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Antibiotic kit and composition and uses thereof |
MXPA05004278A (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2005-10-05 | Foamix Ltd | Cosmetic and pharmaceutical foam. |
US7704518B2 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2010-04-27 | Foamix, Ltd. | Foamable vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
US20050069566A1 (en) * | 2003-08-04 | 2005-03-31 | Foamix Ltd. | Foam carrier containing amphiphilic copolymeric gelling agent |
US20080138296A1 (en) * | 2002-10-25 | 2008-06-12 | Foamix Ltd. | Foam prepared from nanoemulsions and uses |
US8486376B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2013-07-16 | Foamix Ltd. | Moisturizing foam containing lanolin |
US20060233721A1 (en) * | 2002-10-25 | 2006-10-19 | Foamix Ltd. | Foam containing unique oil globules |
US7820145B2 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2010-10-26 | Foamix Ltd. | Oleaginous pharmaceutical and cosmetic foam |
US20080031907A1 (en) * | 2002-10-25 | 2008-02-07 | Foamix Ltd. | Cosmetic and pharmaceutical foam |
US8119150B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-02-21 | Foamix Ltd. | Non-flammable insecticide composition and uses thereof |
US8900554B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2014-12-02 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Foamable composition and uses thereof |
US8119109B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-02-21 | Foamix Ltd. | Foamable compositions, kits and methods for hyperhidrosis |
US20060018937A1 (en) * | 2002-10-25 | 2006-01-26 | Foamix Ltd. | Steroid kit and foamable composition and uses thereof |
US7575739B2 (en) | 2003-04-28 | 2009-08-18 | Foamix Ltd. | Foamable iodine composition |
US8795693B2 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2014-08-05 | Foamix Ltd. | Compositions with modulating agents |
US8486374B2 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2013-07-16 | Foamix Ltd. | Hydrophilic, non-aqueous pharmaceutical carriers and compositions and uses |
JP2005310310A (en) * | 2004-04-23 | 2005-11-04 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | Tracking balance adjustment device |
ATE429255T1 (en) | 2005-03-24 | 2009-05-15 | Nolabs Ab | COSMETIC TREATMENT WITH NITROGEN OXIDE, DEVICE FOR PERFORMING SUCH TREATMENT AND PRODUCTION METHOD THEREOF |
US20080152596A1 (en) * | 2005-07-19 | 2008-06-26 | Foamix Ltd. | Polypropylene glycol foamable vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
US20080260655A1 (en) | 2006-11-14 | 2008-10-23 | Dov Tamarkin | Substantially non-aqueous foamable petrolatum based pharmaceutical and cosmetic compositions and their uses |
FR2910320B1 (en) | 2006-12-21 | 2009-02-13 | Galderma Res & Dev S N C Snc | EMULSION COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE RETINOID AND BENZOLE PEROXIDE |
FR2910321B1 (en) | 2006-12-21 | 2009-07-10 | Galderma Res & Dev S N C Snc | CREAM GEL COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE RETINOID AND BENZOLE PEROXIDE |
WO2009069006A2 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2009-06-04 | Foamix Ltd. | Foam containing benzoyl peroxide |
WO2010041141A2 (en) | 2008-10-07 | 2010-04-15 | Foamix Ltd. | Oil-based foamable carriers and formulations |
CA2712120A1 (en) | 2008-01-14 | 2009-07-23 | Foamix Ltd. | Poloxamer foamable pharmaceutical compositions with active agents and/or therapeutic cells and uses |
US20090196832A1 (en) * | 2008-01-31 | 2009-08-06 | Esteban Lakos | Novel edible aqueous aerosol foam |
DE102008031023A1 (en) * | 2008-06-30 | 2009-12-31 | Neubourg Skin Care Gmbh & Co. Kg | Foam skin care cream |
US20100160368A1 (en) * | 2008-08-18 | 2010-06-24 | Gregory Jefferson J | Methods of Treating Dermatological Disorders and Inducing Interferon Biosynthesis With Shorter Durations of Imiquimod Therapy |
AU2009335943A1 (en) | 2008-12-19 | 2013-10-24 | Medicis Pharmaceutical Corporation | Lower dosage strength imiquimod formulations and short dosing regimens for treating actinic keratosis |
CA2752070C (en) * | 2009-02-12 | 2017-11-28 | Precision Dermatology, Inc. | Foamable benzoyl peroxide compositions for topical administration |
CA2764809A1 (en) * | 2009-06-08 | 2010-12-16 | Otic Pharma Ltd. | Otic foam formulations |
AU2010274097B2 (en) | 2009-07-13 | 2016-06-16 | Medicis Pharmaceutical Corporation | Lower dosage strength imiquimod formulations and short dosing regimens for treating genital and perianal warts |
EP2467173B8 (en) | 2009-08-21 | 2019-06-19 | Novan, Inc. | Wound dressings, methods of using the same and methods of forming the same |
ES2958410T3 (en) | 2009-08-21 | 2024-02-08 | Novan Inc | Topical gels |
US20110082216A1 (en) * | 2009-10-02 | 2011-04-07 | Wu Jeffrey M | Benzoyl peroxide composition for treating skin |
US20110152384A1 (en) * | 2009-12-17 | 2011-06-23 | Gunn Euen T | Mild leave-on skin care compositions |
US20110262550A1 (en) * | 2010-04-26 | 2011-10-27 | Thomas James Klofta | Method for treating a skin ailment |
CN103221499B (en) | 2010-07-20 | 2016-06-08 | C-Ip股份有限公司 | Boron compound suspension |
US20120087881A1 (en) * | 2010-10-08 | 2012-04-12 | Farouk Al-Salihi | Safe & easy |
FR2969491B1 (en) * | 2010-12-23 | 2013-07-12 | Galderma Res & Dev | DERMATOLOGICAL FOAMS OBTAINED FROM GEL OR SUSPENSION CONTAINING A COMBINATION OF ADAPALENE AND BPO |
FR2969493B1 (en) * | 2010-12-23 | 2013-07-05 | Galderma Res & Dev | DERMATOLOGICAL FOAMS OBTAINED FROM GEL OR SUSPENSION CONTAINING BPO |
FR2980691B1 (en) | 2011-09-30 | 2014-03-14 | Galderma Sa | WASHING COMPOSITION |
WO2013006613A1 (en) | 2011-07-05 | 2013-01-10 | Novan, Inc. | Methods of manufacturing topical compositions and apparatus for same |
WO2013006608A1 (en) | 2011-07-05 | 2013-01-10 | Novan, Inc. | Topical compositions |
US9301920B2 (en) | 2012-06-18 | 2016-04-05 | Therapeuticsmd, Inc. | Natural combination hormone replacement formulations and therapies |
HUE055562T2 (en) | 2011-11-23 | 2021-11-29 | Therapeuticsmd Inc | Natural combination hormone replacement formulations and therapies |
JP6265967B2 (en) | 2012-03-14 | 2018-01-24 | ノヴァン,インコーポレイテッド | Pharmaceutical composition |
CN104203203A (en) * | 2012-03-22 | 2014-12-10 | 宝洁公司 | Personal care compositions and methods |
BR112014023715B1 (en) | 2012-04-03 | 2020-03-24 | Unilever N.V. | METHOD FOR PREPARING A COMPOSITION IN THE FORM OF A WATER-IN-OIL WATER EMULSION, COMPOSITION OBTAINED AND USE OF THE SAME |
US8486463B1 (en) | 2012-05-09 | 2013-07-16 | L'oreal | Cosmetic composition comprising aloe vera and caprylyl salicylic acid and method of making |
US10806740B2 (en) | 2012-06-18 | 2020-10-20 | Therapeuticsmd, Inc. | Natural combination hormone replacement formulations and therapies |
US10806697B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2020-10-20 | Therapeuticsmd, Inc. | Vaginal inserted estradiol pharmaceutical compositions and methods |
US20130338122A1 (en) | 2012-06-18 | 2013-12-19 | Therapeuticsmd, Inc. | Transdermal hormone replacement therapies |
US20150196640A1 (en) | 2012-06-18 | 2015-07-16 | Therapeuticsmd, Inc. | Progesterone formulations having a desirable pk profile |
MX361371B (en) * | 2012-11-13 | 2018-12-05 | Galderma Sa | Bpo wash gel composition. |
CN105007888B (en) * | 2012-11-13 | 2018-08-07 | 盖尔德玛公司 | BPO washing lotion emulsion compositions |
US11266661B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2022-03-08 | Therapeuticsmd, Inc. | Vaginal inserted estradiol pharmaceutical compositions and methods |
US10537581B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2020-01-21 | Therapeuticsmd, Inc. | Vaginal inserted estradiol pharmaceutical compositions and methods |
US10471072B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2019-11-12 | Therapeuticsmd, Inc. | Vaginal inserted estradiol pharmaceutical compositions and methods |
US10568891B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2020-02-25 | Therapeuticsmd, Inc. | Vaginal inserted estradiol pharmaceutical compositions and methods |
US11246875B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2022-02-15 | Therapeuticsmd, Inc. | Vaginal inserted estradiol pharmaceutical compositions and methods |
US9180091B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2015-11-10 | Therapeuticsmd, Inc. | Soluble estradiol capsule for vaginal insertion |
US9855211B2 (en) | 2013-02-28 | 2018-01-02 | Novan, Inc. | Topical compositions and methods of using the same |
JP6513667B2 (en) | 2013-08-08 | 2019-05-15 | ノヴァン,インコーポレイテッド | Topical composition and method of using the same |
MX361338B (en) | 2014-03-28 | 2018-12-04 | Galderma Res & Dev | Rinse-off chemical mousse containing benzoyl peroxide. |
CN106456543B (en) * | 2014-03-28 | 2021-01-22 | 盖尔德马研究及发展公司 | Leave-on chemical foam comprising benzoyl peroxide |
US20180185283A1 (en) * | 2014-03-28 | 2018-07-05 | Galderma Research & Development | Non-rinse chemical mousse containing adapalene and benzoyl peroxide |
RU2016143081A (en) | 2014-05-22 | 2018-06-26 | Терапьютиксмд, Инк. | NATURAL COMBINED HORMONE SUBSTITUTION COMPOSITIONS AND THERAPIES |
US10322082B2 (en) | 2014-07-11 | 2019-06-18 | Novan, Inc. | Topical antiviral compositions and methods of using the same |
KR102495101B1 (en) | 2014-07-11 | 2023-02-02 | 노반, 인크. | Topical antiviral compositions and methods of using the same |
WO2016010988A1 (en) | 2014-07-14 | 2016-01-21 | Novan, Inc. | Nitric oxide releasing nail coating compositions, nitric oxide releasing nail coatings, and methods of using the same |
CN105813617B (en) | 2014-08-08 | 2021-05-28 | 诺万公司 | Topical compositions and methods of using the same |
US10265374B2 (en) | 2014-09-12 | 2019-04-23 | Mississippi State University | Occidiofungin formations and uses thereof |
US10966916B2 (en) | 2014-11-10 | 2021-04-06 | The Procter And Gamble Company | Personal care compositions |
CN107106429B (en) | 2014-11-10 | 2021-06-29 | 宝洁公司 | Personal care composition with two benefit phases |
EP3217949B1 (en) | 2014-11-10 | 2020-06-17 | The Procter and Gamble Company | Personal care compositions with two benefit phases |
US10328087B2 (en) | 2015-07-23 | 2019-06-25 | Therapeuticsmd, Inc. | Formulations for solubilizing hormones |
US10849864B2 (en) | 2015-07-28 | 2020-12-01 | Novan, Inc. | Combinations and methods for the treatment and/or prevention of fungal infections |
FR3041537B1 (en) | 2015-09-29 | 2018-11-30 | Galderma Research & Development | BRIMONIDINE CONTAINING CHEMICAL FOAM WITHOUT RINSE AND USE THEREOF FOR TREATING ROSACEA. |
FR3041536B1 (en) | 2015-09-29 | 2018-11-30 | Galderma Research & Development | NON-RINSEED CHEMICAL FOAM CONTAINING TRIFAROTENE AND USE THEREOF IN THE TREATMENT OF ACNE |
FR3041535B1 (en) | 2015-09-29 | 2019-01-25 | Galderma Research & Development | NON-RINSE CHEMICAL FOAM CONTAINING TRIFAROTENE AND USE THEREOF IN THE TREATMENT OF ICHTYOSE |
FR3041538B1 (en) | 2015-09-29 | 2018-11-30 | Galderma Research & Development | NON-RINSE CHEMICAL FOAM CONTAINING CLOBETASOL PROPIONATE AND USE THEREOF IN THE TREATMENT OF PSORIASIS |
FR3041541B1 (en) | 2015-09-29 | 2018-11-30 | Galderma Research & Development | NON-RINSE CHEMICAL FOAM COMPRISING IVERMECTIN |
FR3041539B1 (en) | 2015-09-29 | 2018-10-26 | Galderma Research & Development | SELF-FOAMING CLEANING COMPOSITION CONTAINING CLOBETASOL PROPIONATE AND USE THEREOF IN THE TREATMENT OF PSORIASIS |
JP7090549B2 (en) | 2016-03-02 | 2022-06-24 | ノヴァン,インコーポレイテッド | Therapeutic compositions for inflammation and their treatment methods |
KR20180126582A (en) | 2016-04-01 | 2018-11-27 | 쎄러퓨틱스엠디, 인코퍼레이티드 | Steroid hormone pharmaceutical composition |
US10286077B2 (en) | 2016-04-01 | 2019-05-14 | Therapeuticsmd, Inc. | Steroid hormone compositions in medium chain oils |
US11166980B2 (en) | 2016-04-13 | 2021-11-09 | Novan, Inc. | Compositions, systems, kits, and methods for treating an infection |
WO2017205939A1 (en) * | 2016-06-03 | 2017-12-07 | Indigo Ridge Pty Ltd | Vitamin d formulations and therapeutic uses thereof |
DE102016222160A1 (en) * | 2016-11-11 | 2018-05-17 | Beiersdorf Ag | Facial cleansing product with special foam quality and sensor technology |
WO2019055693A1 (en) * | 2017-09-18 | 2019-03-21 | Just, Inc. | Systems and methods for high throughput foam analysis |
WO2019079409A1 (en) | 2017-10-20 | 2019-04-25 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Aerosol foam skin cleanser |
CN111225652A (en) | 2017-10-20 | 2020-06-02 | 宝洁公司 | Aerosol foam skin cleaning agent |
WO2019169221A1 (en) | 2018-03-01 | 2019-09-06 | Novan, Inc. | Nitric oxide releasing suppositories and methods of use thereof |
WO2019175290A1 (en) | 2018-03-13 | 2019-09-19 | Beckley Canopy Therapeutics Limited | Cannabis or cannabis derived compositions for promoting cessation of chemical dependence |
WO2020112486A1 (en) | 2018-11-29 | 2020-06-04 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Methods for screening personal care products |
US10933046B2 (en) | 2019-02-19 | 2021-03-02 | Sol-Gel Technologies, Ltd. | Method for treatment of rosacea in patients aged 65 years and older |
CN110433135A (en) * | 2019-09-05 | 2019-11-12 | 四川明欣药业有限责任公司 | A kind of preparation method of Benzagel |
WO2021122707A1 (en) * | 2019-12-19 | 2021-06-24 | Solvay Sa | Oxygen generating composition |
WO2022122265A1 (en) * | 2020-12-09 | 2022-06-16 | Unilever Ip Holdings B.V. | Lactam composition and use |
US11549066B1 (en) | 2021-08-10 | 2023-01-10 | Cameron International Corporation | Citrate polyester additives for crude oil, mixtures of said additives and crude oil, and methods for producing said mixtures |
US11839669B2 (en) * | 2021-10-06 | 2023-12-12 | Suncoast Products LLC | Cosmetic emulsion bases (CEB) |
CN114796117A (en) * | 2022-05-24 | 2022-07-29 | 浙江大学 | Microemulsion foaming agent for treating psoriasis and preparation method thereof |
Family Cites Families (1126)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US1159250A (en) | 1914-05-01 | 1915-11-02 | Frank Moulton | Vaginal irrigator. |
US1666684A (en) * | 1926-01-15 | 1928-04-17 | Carstens Mfg Co H | Vaginal douche |
US1924972A (en) * | 1929-04-15 | 1933-08-29 | Carl J Beckert | Stabilized egg product |
US2085733A (en) * | 1935-07-15 | 1937-07-06 | John C Bird | Shaving cream |
US2390921A (en) | 1943-03-23 | 1945-12-11 | Ethel Hudson Clark | Applicator for facial creams |
US2524590A (en) | 1946-04-22 | 1950-10-03 | Carsten F Boe | Emulsion containing a liquefied propellant gas under pressure and method of spraying same |
US2586287A (en) * | 1948-12-11 | 1952-02-19 | Colagte Palmolive Peet Company | Aluminum sulfamate antiperspirant preparation |
US2617754A (en) | 1949-08-29 | 1952-11-11 | Procter & Gamble | Cosmetic cream |
US3062715A (en) | 1953-11-18 | 1962-11-06 | George S Pfaus | Vaginal tablet |
US2767712A (en) | 1954-03-01 | 1956-10-23 | Neil S Waterman | Medicinal applicator |
GB808104A (en) | 1955-01-04 | 1959-01-28 | Udylite Res Corp | Electrodeposition of copper from aqueous alkaline cyanide solutions |
GB808105A (en) | 1956-06-15 | 1959-01-28 | Ici Ltd | New pharmaceutical compositions |
US3092555A (en) * | 1958-04-21 | 1963-06-04 | Roy H Horn | Relatively collapsible aerosol foam compositions |
US3144386A (en) * | 1958-05-09 | 1964-08-11 | Merck & Co Inc | Mastitis aerosol foam |
US2968628A (en) * | 1958-10-17 | 1961-01-17 | Shulton Inc | Propellant composition |
US3178352A (en) * | 1959-02-27 | 1965-04-13 | Erickson Roy | Shaving method and composition therefor |
US3141821A (en) * | 1959-03-17 | 1964-07-21 | Lehn & Fink Products Corp | Synergistic combination of alkyl sulfonates, alkylaryl sulfonates and topical antibacterial agents for local antisepsis |
US3004894A (en) | 1959-04-07 | 1961-10-17 | Upjohn Co | Therapeutic composition comprising tetracycline and a dioxolane |
GB922930A (en) | 1959-09-21 | 1963-04-03 | Sunnen Joseph | Spermicidal composition and method of making same |
US3142420A (en) * | 1959-11-09 | 1964-07-28 | Neotechnic Eng Ltd | Metering dispenser for aerosol with fluid pressure operated piston |
US3092255A (en) * | 1960-02-05 | 1963-06-04 | Robert F Hohman | Sorting apparatus |
US3067784A (en) | 1960-04-14 | 1962-12-11 | Esta Medical Lab Inc | Adapter connecting aerosol container valve stem to dispenser for filling said dispenser |
NL270627A (en) | 1960-10-26 | |||
US3154075A (en) | 1960-11-02 | 1964-10-27 | Norwich Pharma Co | Vaginal applicator |
GB998490A (en) | 1961-06-03 | 1965-07-14 | Albert Fritz Albach | A foam projector |
DE1926796U (en) | 1961-10-12 | 1965-11-11 | Heidolph Elektro K G | FAN. |
NL285082A (en) * | 1962-02-28 | |||
US3261695A (en) * | 1962-12-24 | 1966-07-19 | Gen Foods Corp | Process for preparing dehydrated foods |
US3330730A (en) | 1962-08-03 | 1967-07-11 | Colgate Palmolive Co | Pressurized emulsion quick breaking foam compositions |
US3252859A (en) * | 1962-10-24 | 1966-05-24 | Masti Kure Company Inc | Colloidal silica-oil composition and method of using same |
US3244589A (en) * | 1962-10-26 | 1966-04-05 | Sunnen | Alkyl phenoxy polyethoxy ether spermicidal aerosol |
US3298919A (en) * | 1962-12-26 | 1967-01-17 | Dow Corning | Shaving cream containing polysiloxanes |
US3383280A (en) | 1963-01-09 | 1968-05-14 | Miles Lab | Dermatological abradant stick-type applicator |
FR1355607A (en) | 1963-01-22 | 1964-03-20 | Improvements to cannula probes and their applications | |
US3149543A (en) * | 1963-03-04 | 1964-09-22 | Ingersoll Rand Co | Non-lubricated piston |
GB1026831A (en) * | 1963-05-31 | 1966-04-20 | Mediline Ag | Preparations for use in feminine hygiene |
US3824303A (en) | 1963-07-24 | 1974-07-16 | Yardley Of London Inc | Collapsible foam pre-electric shave lotion containing diester lubricants |
GB1081949A (en) | 1963-08-12 | 1967-09-06 | Avon Prod Inc | Improvements in cosmetic mask |
US3333333A (en) * | 1963-08-14 | 1967-08-01 | Rca Corp | Method of making magnetic material with pattern of embedded non-magnetic material |
US3236457A (en) * | 1963-08-21 | 1966-02-22 | John R Kennedy | Composite spray container assembly |
US3263867A (en) * | 1963-12-26 | 1966-08-02 | Valve Corp Of America | Metering button-type aerosol actuator |
US3395214A (en) * | 1964-01-09 | 1968-07-30 | Scholl Mfg Co Inc | Antiperspirant composition providing a readily collapsible sprayable foam |
US3278093A (en) | 1964-01-13 | 1966-10-11 | Valve Corp Of America | Metering and non-metering aerosol actuator button |
GB1052724A (en) * | 1964-04-27 | |||
US3303970A (en) * | 1964-07-14 | 1967-02-14 | Jerome Marrow | Device for simultaneously dispensing from plural sources |
US3395215A (en) * | 1964-10-15 | 1968-07-30 | Colgate Palmolive Co | Pressurized lotion composition |
US3384541A (en) * | 1964-10-28 | 1968-05-21 | William G. Clark | Spermicidal vaginal pharmaceutical concentrate for producing nonaqueous foam with aerosol propellants |
US3263869A (en) * | 1964-11-03 | 1966-08-02 | Calmar Inc | Liquid dispenser with overcap |
US3342845A (en) | 1964-11-05 | 1967-09-19 | Upjohn Co | Terphenyl triisocyanates |
US3419658A (en) | 1965-01-25 | 1968-12-31 | Du Pont | Nonaqueous aerosol foams containing mineral oil |
US3346451A (en) | 1965-01-27 | 1967-10-10 | S E Massengill Company | Concentrated liquid lactic acid douche preparation containing aromatics |
US3301444A (en) * | 1965-08-12 | 1967-01-31 | Oel Inc | Aerosol metering valve |
US3456052A (en) * | 1965-09-28 | 1969-07-15 | Garrett Lab Inc | Aerosol composition containing butoxymonoether of a polyoxyalkylene glycol |
GB1121358A (en) | 1965-10-21 | 1968-07-24 | Bristol Myers Co | Aerosol manufacture |
US3849569A (en) | 1965-12-02 | 1974-11-19 | Glaxo Lab Ltd | Composition containing procaine penicillin |
BE692228A (en) | 1966-01-10 | 1967-07-05 | ||
US3401849A (en) | 1966-05-24 | 1968-09-17 | Robert L. Weber | Low force metering valve |
US3886084A (en) | 1966-09-29 | 1975-05-27 | Champion Int Corp | Microencapsulation system |
US3377004A (en) * | 1966-10-03 | 1968-04-09 | Gen Mills Inc | Metered dispensing container |
GB1201918A (en) | 1966-12-21 | 1970-08-12 | Bespak Industries Ltd | Improvements in or relating to valves for pressurised dispensers |
US3527559A (en) | 1967-01-05 | 1970-09-08 | Standard Pharmacal Corp | Dense aqueous aerosol foam depilatory compositions containing a mixture of alkaline metal and alkali metal thioglycolates and a fatty alcohol-alkylene oxide wax emulsifying agent |
US3366494A (en) * | 1967-02-15 | 1968-01-30 | Du Pont | Pressurized aerosol food emulsions |
US3561262A (en) * | 1967-10-26 | 1971-02-09 | Magnaflux Corp | Water soluble developer |
US3540448A (en) | 1968-01-17 | 1970-11-17 | Joseph Sunnen | Rechargeable applicator for dispensing substances in a foam condition |
US3563098A (en) * | 1968-06-28 | 1971-02-16 | Rex Chainbelt Inc | Automatic quick release mechanism |
US3559890A (en) * | 1968-09-03 | 1971-02-02 | William R Brooks | Foam dispenser |
US3878118A (en) | 1968-09-06 | 1975-04-15 | Wilkinson Sword Ltd | Self-heating chemical compositions |
US3667461A (en) * | 1968-11-05 | 1972-06-06 | Paul A Zamarra | Disposable syringe |
CA975500A (en) | 1969-02-06 | 1975-09-30 | Joseph G. Spitzer | Structures such as applicator pads for cleaning and other purposes, propellant compositions for forming the same, and process |
US3866800A (en) | 1969-02-12 | 1975-02-18 | Alberto Culver Co | Non-pressurized package containing self-heating products |
US3966090A (en) | 1969-02-17 | 1976-06-29 | Dart Industries Inc. | Package for dispensing an antiseptic composition |
US4001391A (en) | 1969-04-18 | 1977-01-04 | Plough, Inc. | Means for depositing aerosol sprays in buttery form |
US3819524A (en) * | 1969-06-17 | 1974-06-25 | Colgate Palmolive Co | Cosmetic composition for thermal dispensing |
US3577518A (en) * | 1969-07-18 | 1971-05-04 | Nat Patent Dev Corp | Hydrophilic hairspray and hair setting preparations |
US3787566A (en) * | 1969-07-29 | 1974-01-22 | Holliston Labor Inc | Disinfecting aerosol compositions |
BE759520A (en) | 1969-11-28 | 1971-04-30 | Aspro Nicholas Ltd | ASPIRIN COMPOSITIONS |
GB1353381A (en) | 1971-02-04 | 1974-05-15 | Wilkinson Sword Ltd | Substituted p-menthanes and compositions containing them |
GB1351761A (en) | 1971-02-04 | 1974-05-01 | Wilkinson Sword Ltd | Substituted p-menthane carboxamides and compositions containing them |
GB1351762A (en) | 1971-02-14 | 1974-05-01 | Wilkinson Sword Ltd | Tobacco and tobacco-containing manufactures |
CA958338A (en) | 1971-03-08 | 1974-11-26 | Chung T. Shin | Antiperspirant powder aerosol compositions containing aluminum chloride and water soluble aluminum compounds and methods of preparation |
US3770648A (en) | 1971-07-12 | 1973-11-06 | Bristol Myers Co | Anhydrous aerosol foam |
US3912667A (en) | 1971-09-13 | 1975-10-14 | Spitzer Joseph G | Structures such as applicator pads for cleaning and other purposes, propellant compositions for forming the same and process |
BE788788A (en) | 1971-09-13 | 1973-03-13 | Treuhandvereinigung Ag | PRODUCT FOR PRESERVING, PROMOTING AND RESTORING HAIR AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THIS PRODUCT |
US3997467A (en) | 1971-11-26 | 1976-12-14 | Pharmacia Aktiebolag | Foam forming composition |
SE358308B (en) | 1971-11-26 | 1973-07-30 | Pharmacia Ab | |
CH554911A (en) | 1971-12-30 | 1974-10-15 | Ciba Geigy Ag | USE OUTSIDE THE TEXTILE INDUSTRY OF NEW 4,4'-DIVINYLDIPHENYL COMPOUNDS AS OPTICAL LIGHTENING AGENTS FOR ORGANIC MATERIALS. |
US3963833A (en) | 1972-06-02 | 1976-06-15 | Colgate-Palmolive Company | Antiperspirant composition and method containing a dihydro-benzofuran and an astringent metal salt |
US3841525A (en) | 1972-06-14 | 1974-10-15 | N Siegel | Aerosol spray device with cam activator |
US3849580A (en) | 1972-09-05 | 1974-11-19 | American Home Prod | Aerosol dispensing system for anhydrous edible fat compositions |
US3751562A (en) * | 1972-09-22 | 1973-08-07 | Princeton Biomedix | Medicated gelled oils |
US3970584A (en) | 1973-02-14 | 1976-07-20 | S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. | Aerosol package containing a foam-forming emulsion and propellent system |
US4439416A (en) | 1973-03-23 | 1984-03-27 | Colgate-Palmolive Company | Self-heating shaving composition |
GB1423179A (en) | 1973-05-16 | 1976-01-28 | Wilkinson Sword Ltd | Pressurised shaving foam dispensers |
YU36328B (en) | 1973-07-18 | 1983-06-30 | Elastin Werk Ag | Method of manufacturing red foils for packing sausages |
US4110426A (en) | 1973-07-24 | 1978-08-29 | Colgate-Palmolive Company | Method of treating skin and hair with a self-heated cosmetic |
US3865275A (en) | 1973-07-30 | 1975-02-11 | Raymond Lee Organization Inc | Apparatus for operating an aerosol can |
US3929985A (en) | 1974-01-18 | 1975-12-30 | Richardson Merrell Inc | Anhydrous candicidin foam compositions |
DE2501548A1 (en) | 1974-01-25 | 1975-07-31 | Procter & Gamble | ORAL TREATMENT PRODUCTS |
GB1457671A (en) | 1974-01-31 | 1976-12-08 | Wilkinson Sword Ltd | Flavour |
US3923970A (en) | 1974-03-29 | 1975-12-02 | Carter Wallace | Stable aerosol shaving foams containing mineral oil |
US3962150A (en) | 1974-04-10 | 1976-06-08 | Richardson-Merrell Inc. | Foam producing cleansing compositions |
US3953591A (en) | 1974-04-29 | 1976-04-27 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Fatty acid, polysiloxane and water-soluble polymer containing skin conditioning emulsion |
US3966632A (en) | 1974-06-06 | 1976-06-29 | G. D. Searle & Co. | Vegetable oil emulsion |
US4145411A (en) | 1974-09-05 | 1979-03-20 | Colgate-Palmolive Company | Pressurized foaming shaving composition |
JPS5729213B2 (en) | 1974-11-12 | 1982-06-21 | ||
US4052513A (en) | 1974-12-13 | 1977-10-04 | Plough, Inc. | Stable topical anesthetic compositions |
US3952916A (en) | 1975-01-06 | 1976-04-27 | Warner-Lambert Company | Automatic dispenser for periodically actuating an aerosol container |
US3970219A (en) | 1975-03-03 | 1976-07-20 | Spitzer Joseph G | Aerosol containers for foaming and delivering aerosols and process |
US4019657A (en) | 1975-03-03 | 1977-04-26 | Spitzer Joseph G | Aerosol containers for foaming and delivering aerosols |
US4018396A (en) | 1975-05-05 | 1977-04-19 | Bechtel International Corporation | Embedded housing for ore crusher |
US3993224A (en) | 1975-09-08 | 1976-11-23 | Aerosol Investments, Ltd. | Spout for two-component resin dispenser |
DE2608226A1 (en) | 1976-02-28 | 1977-09-08 | Haarmann & Reimer Gmbh | AGENTS WITH PHYSIOLOGICAL COOLING EFFECT |
US4102995A (en) | 1976-05-13 | 1978-07-25 | Westwood Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Tar gel formulation |
US4124149A (en) | 1976-07-19 | 1978-11-07 | Spitzer Joseph G | Aerosol container with position-sensitive shut-off valve |
CA1089368A (en) | 1976-08-02 | 1980-11-11 | Daniel C. Geary | Polyethoxylated fatty alcohol in antiperspirant sticks |
IL52045A (en) | 1976-08-25 | 1979-12-30 | Mundipharma Ag | Sprayable germicidal foam compositions |
US4252787A (en) | 1976-12-27 | 1981-02-24 | Cambridge Research And Development Group | Anti-fertility composition and method |
US4310510A (en) | 1976-12-27 | 1982-01-12 | Sherman Kenneth N | Self administrable anti-fertility composition |
US4083974A (en) | 1977-03-07 | 1978-04-11 | The Upjohn Company | Topical steroidal anti-inflammatory preparations containing polyoxypropylene 15 stearyl ether |
JPS5744429Y2 (en) | 1977-04-14 | 1982-10-01 | ||
IT1114950B (en) | 1977-12-30 | 1986-02-03 | Porro Marcella | COMPOSITIONS FOR ACNE TREATMENT AND THERAPY |
US4386104A (en) | 1977-04-19 | 1983-05-31 | Nazzaro Porro Marcella | Process for the treatment of acne |
GB2004746B (en) | 1977-10-03 | 1982-03-10 | Scherico Ltd | Stable hopical anaesthetic compositions |
JPS5639815Y2 (en) | 1977-11-25 | 1981-09-17 | ||
SE7713618L (en) | 1977-12-01 | 1979-06-02 | Astra Laekemedel Ab | LOCAL ANESTHETIC MIXTURE |
US4160827A (en) | 1978-02-06 | 1979-07-10 | The Upjohn Company | Metronidazole phosphate and salts |
US4229432A (en) | 1978-04-19 | 1980-10-21 | Bristol-Myers Company | Antiperspirant stick composition |
US4603812A (en) | 1978-06-27 | 1986-08-05 | The Dow Chemical Company | Foam-generating pump sprayer |
US4178373A (en) | 1978-08-21 | 1979-12-11 | William H. Rorer, Inc. | Coal tar gel composition |
US4214000A (en) | 1978-10-30 | 1980-07-22 | Johnson & Johnson | Zinc salt of all-trans-retinoic acid for the treatment of acne |
JPS5569682U (en) | 1978-11-08 | 1980-05-13 | ||
US4213979A (en) | 1978-12-18 | 1980-07-22 | Plough, Inc. | Stable sprayable hydrocortisone product |
US4954487A (en) | 1979-01-08 | 1990-09-04 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Penetrating topical pharmaceutical compositions |
US4439441A (en) | 1979-01-11 | 1984-03-27 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Contraceptive compositions and methods employing 1-substituted imidazole derivatives |
US4226344A (en) | 1979-02-06 | 1980-10-07 | Booth, Inc. | Constant flow valve actuator |
CH639913A5 (en) | 1979-03-16 | 1983-12-15 | Aerosol Service Ag | Container for receiving and delivering a liquid substance |
US4335120A (en) | 1979-03-21 | 1982-06-15 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Administration of biologically active vitamin D3 and vitamin D2 materials |
US4230701A (en) | 1979-03-21 | 1980-10-28 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Administration of biologically active vitamin D3 and vitamin D2 materials |
US4278206A (en) * | 1979-04-13 | 1981-07-14 | Ae Development Corporation | Non-pressurized dispensing system |
US4241048A (en) | 1979-05-01 | 1980-12-23 | Bristol-Myers Company | Suspension composition of benzocaine |
JPS55153712A (en) | 1979-05-18 | 1980-11-29 | Kao Corp | Insulin pharmaceutical preparation and its production |
US4268499A (en) | 1979-06-07 | 1981-05-19 | Dow Corning Corporation | Antiperspirant emulsion compositions |
US4241149A (en) | 1979-07-20 | 1980-12-23 | Temple University | Canal clathrate complex solid electrolyte cell |
DE2931469A1 (en) | 1979-08-02 | 1981-02-26 | Bayer Ag | SURFACE SEALED MOLDED BODIES MADE OF CELLED POLYURETHANE ELASTOMERS AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF |
US4271149A (en) | 1979-09-21 | 1981-06-02 | West Agro-Chemical, Inc. | Germicidal iodine compositions with enhanced iodine stability |
US4299826A (en) | 1979-10-12 | 1981-11-10 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Anti-acne composition |
EP0032309A3 (en) | 1980-01-10 | 1981-08-05 | Imperial Chemical Industries Plc | Production of catalyst component, catalyst and use thereof |
US4309995A (en) | 1980-01-28 | 1982-01-12 | Sacco Susan M | Vaginal irrigation apparatus |
JPS56135416A (en) | 1980-03-27 | 1981-10-22 | Mitsubishi Chem Ind Ltd | Pharmaceutical preparation for skin |
SE8004580L (en) | 1980-06-19 | 1981-12-20 | Draco Ab | PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATION |
US4338211A (en) | 1980-06-30 | 1982-07-06 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Liquid surfactant skin cleanser with lather boosters |
US4508705A (en) | 1980-07-02 | 1985-04-02 | Lever Brothers Company | Skin treatment composition |
US4323582A (en) | 1980-07-21 | 1982-04-06 | Siegel Norman H | Method of treating animals and humans for internal and external parasites |
JPS601113Y2 (en) | 1980-07-22 | 1985-01-12 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Round lighting equipment packaging |
US4329990A (en) | 1980-08-07 | 1982-05-18 | Sneider Vincent R | Expanding swab applicator |
US4325939A (en) | 1980-09-22 | 1982-04-20 | Richardson-Vicks Inc. | Zinc derivatives and their use in dental compositions |
US4305936A (en) | 1980-10-09 | 1981-12-15 | Dermik Laboratories | Topical corticosteroid formulations |
US4292250A (en) | 1980-11-17 | 1981-09-29 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Vitamin D derivatives |
EP0052404B1 (en) | 1980-11-19 | 1987-05-27 | THE PROCTER & GAMBLE COMPANY | Non-yellowing topical pharmaceutical composition |
EP0065513B1 (en) | 1980-11-27 | 1985-09-18 | CHINOIN Gyogyszer és Vegyészeti Termékek Gyára RT. | Antimycotic synergistic pharmaceutical compositions and process for the preparation thereof |
DE3147726A1 (en) | 1980-12-03 | 1982-06-24 | Leo Pharmaceutical Products Ltd. A/S (Loevens kemiske Fabrik Produktionsaktieselskab), 2750 Ballerup | ANTIBIOTIC COMPLEXES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND PHARMACEUTICAL AGENTS THAT CONTAIN THESE COMPOUNDS |
US4352808A (en) | 1980-12-12 | 1982-10-05 | Schering Corporation | 3-Aralkyloxy-2,3-dihydro-2-(imidazolylmethyl)benzo(b)thiophenes and related derivatives, their use as antimicrobials and pharmaceutical formulations useful therefore |
US4323694A (en) | 1981-04-13 | 1982-04-06 | Finetex, Inc. | Benzoic acid esters |
US4522948A (en) | 1981-04-24 | 1985-06-11 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Spermicidal substituted 1-(cycloalkyl)alkylimidazoles |
US4393066A (en) | 1981-06-05 | 1983-07-12 | Garrett David M | Method for treatment of herpetic lesions |
US4607101A (en) | 1981-08-27 | 1986-08-19 | Jaye-Boern Laboratories, Inc. | Method of treating acne vulgaris with a composition containing carbamide peroxide |
US4877805A (en) | 1985-07-26 | 1989-10-31 | Kligman Albert M | Methods for treatment of sundamaged human skin with retinoids |
US4469674A (en) | 1981-09-03 | 1984-09-04 | Richardson-Vicks Inc. | Stable oral compositions containing zinc and fluoride compounds |
US4440320A (en) | 1981-11-30 | 1984-04-03 | Wernicke Steven A | Foam dispensing apparatus |
LU83876A1 (en) | 1982-01-15 | 1983-09-02 | Oreal | COSMETIC COMPOSITION FOR TREATMENT OF KERATINIC FIBERS AND METHOD FOR TREATING THE SAME |
LU83949A1 (en) | 1982-02-16 | 1983-09-02 | Oreal | COMPOSITION FOR THE TREATMENT OF KERATINIC MATERIALS CONTAINING AT LEAST ONE CATIONIC POLYMER AND AT LEAST ONE ANIONIC LATEX |
US5087618A (en) | 1982-05-18 | 1992-02-11 | University Of Florida | Redox carriers for brain-specific drug delivery |
US4529605A (en) | 1983-01-12 | 1985-07-16 | Una E. Lynch | Bathing oil composition |
US4661340A (en) | 1983-06-06 | 1987-04-28 | Interkemia Vegyipari Gazdasagi Tarsasag | Quail egg based stabilized foam compositions for cosmetic purposes |
GB8315787D0 (en) | 1983-06-08 | 1983-07-13 | Briggs J H | Coolant spray |
US4552872A (en) | 1983-06-21 | 1985-11-12 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Penetrating topical pharmaceutical compositions containing corticosteroids |
GB8330969D0 (en) | 1983-11-21 | 1983-12-29 | Wellcome Found | Promoting healing |
GB8402748D0 (en) | 1984-02-02 | 1984-03-07 | Dunlop Ltd | Intravaginal device |
US4985459A (en) | 1984-02-08 | 1991-01-15 | Richardson-Vicks, Inc. | Analgesic and anti-inflammatory compositions comprising diphenhydramine and methods of using same |
US4912124A (en) | 1984-02-23 | 1990-03-27 | Ortho Pharmaceutical Corporation | Antifungal dermatological solution |
NZ207341A (en) | 1984-03-01 | 1988-02-29 | Harvey Alex Ind Ltd | Device containing chemical impregnants for insertion into a body cavity of an animal |
US4628063A (en) | 1984-03-08 | 1986-12-09 | Dana P. Brigham | Antiviral pharmaceutical preparations and methods for their use |
US4574052A (en) | 1984-05-31 | 1986-03-04 | Richardson-Vicks Inc. | Crackling aerosol foam |
GB8416638D0 (en) | 1984-06-29 | 1984-08-01 | Beecham Group Plc | Topical treatment and composition |
DE3564973D1 (en) | 1984-08-06 | 1988-10-20 | Ciba Geigy Ag | Process for paper sizing with anionic hydrophobic sizing agents and cationic retention agents |
US4595526A (en) | 1984-09-28 | 1986-06-17 | Colgate-Palmolive Company | High foaming nonionic surfacant based liquid detergent |
SE443914B (en) | 1984-10-01 | 1986-03-17 | Torkel Ingemar Fischer | MEANS OF A SENSITIVITY TEST |
IE58110B1 (en) | 1984-10-30 | 1993-07-14 | Elan Corp Plc | Controlled release powder and process for its preparation |
CA1261276A (en) | 1984-11-09 | 1989-09-26 | Mark B. Grote | Shampoo compositions |
US4701320A (en) | 1984-11-29 | 1987-10-20 | Lederle (Japan), Ltd. | Composition stably containing minocycline for treating periodontal diseases |
US4627973A (en) | 1984-12-14 | 1986-12-09 | Charles Of The Ritz Group Ltd. | Skin mousse |
AU5078885A (en) | 1984-12-20 | 1986-06-26 | Warner-Lambert Company | Non-irritant detergent |
US4673569A (en) | 1985-02-12 | 1987-06-16 | Faberge Incorporated | Mousse hair composition |
DE3670569D1 (en) | 1985-03-01 | 1990-05-31 | Procter & Gamble | Mild cleaning foam. |
US5002680A (en) | 1985-03-01 | 1991-03-26 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Mild skin cleansing aerosol mousse with skin feel and moisturization benefits |
US4639367A (en) | 1985-03-18 | 1987-01-27 | Product Resources International, Inc. | Aerosol foam |
US4752465A (en) | 1985-09-20 | 1988-06-21 | Product Resources International, Inc. | Aerosol foam |
EP0215903A1 (en) | 1985-03-18 | 1987-04-01 | Product Resources International, Inc. | Exothermic stable foam compositions |
US5094853A (en) | 1985-04-26 | 1992-03-10 | S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. | Method of preparing a water-soluble stable arthropodicidally-active foam matrix |
US4965063A (en) | 1985-05-24 | 1990-10-23 | Irene Casey | Cleaner and disinfectant with dye |
DE3521713A1 (en) | 1985-06-18 | 1986-12-18 | Henkel KGaA, 4000 Düsseldorf | OIL-IN-WATER EMULSIONS WITH IMPROVED VISCOSITY BEHAVIOR |
US4672078A (en) | 1985-07-03 | 1987-06-09 | Schering-Plough Corporation | Urea stabilized with a lactone in various pharmaceutical and cosmetic preparations |
GB8519426D0 (en) | 1985-08-01 | 1985-09-04 | Ici Plc | Composition for personal care products |
US4806262A (en) | 1985-08-14 | 1989-02-21 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Nonlathering cleansing mousse with skin conditioning benefits |
GB2179052B (en) | 1985-08-14 | 1989-03-30 | Procter & Gamble | Nonfoaming cleansing mousse with skin conditioning benefits |
AU6175586A (en) | 1985-09-11 | 1987-03-12 | Chesebrough-Pond's Inc. | Petroleum jelly, mild detergent anhydrous base compositions |
FR2591331A1 (en) | 1985-12-10 | 1987-06-12 | Drevet Jean Baptiste | Device for dispensing metered portions of a product contained in a pressurised receptacle |
US4837378A (en) | 1986-01-15 | 1989-06-06 | Curatek Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Topical metronidazole formulations and therapeutic uses thereof |
GB8607570D0 (en) | 1986-03-26 | 1986-04-30 | Euro Celtique Sa | Vaginal pharmaceutical preparation |
JPS62241701A (en) | 1986-04-11 | 1987-10-22 | Maeda Kogyo Kk | Quick releasing device for hub for bicycle |
CA1291036C (en) | 1986-04-23 | 1991-10-22 | Edwin I. Stoltz | Nasal administration of drugs |
DE3614515A1 (en) | 1986-04-29 | 1987-11-05 | Pfeiffer Erich Gmbh & Co Kg | DISCHARGE DEVICE FOR MEDIA |
FR2598392B1 (en) | 1986-05-09 | 1988-08-26 | Oreal | PACKAGING FOR TWO PRESSURIZED CONTAINERS |
PH25150A (en) | 1986-06-05 | 1991-03-13 | Ciba Geigy Ag | Novel pharmaceutical preparation for topical application |
US4770634A (en) | 1986-06-11 | 1988-09-13 | Pellico Michael A | Method for treating teeth with foamable fluoride compositions |
JPS62299423A (en) | 1986-06-18 | 1987-12-26 | Mazda Motor Corp | Air-conditioner for vehicle |
US4837019A (en) | 1986-08-11 | 1989-06-06 | Charles Of The Ritz Group Ltd. | Skin treatment composition and method for treating burned skin |
US4906453A (en) | 1986-08-12 | 1990-03-06 | Jumpeer Nails, Inc. | Mousse product |
DE3628531A1 (en) | 1986-08-22 | 1988-02-25 | Merz & Co Gmbh & Co | FOAMABLE CREAMS |
WO1988001502A1 (en) | 1986-09-05 | 1988-03-10 | The Upjohn Company | Sebum-dissolving nonaqueous minoxidil formulation |
AU8025787A (en) | 1986-09-12 | 1988-04-07 | Upjohn Company, The | Foams for delivery of minoxidil |
LU86585A1 (en) | 1986-09-15 | 1988-04-05 | Oreal | COMPOSITION IN THE FORM OF AN AEROSOL FOAM BASED ON A POLYMER DERIVED FROM QUATERNIZED CELLULOSE AND ANIONIC POLYMER |
EP0270316A3 (en) | 1986-12-04 | 1989-12-06 | Pfizer Inc. | Topical compositions comprising 1-substituted imidazoles and nsaids for treatment of acne |
US4822613A (en) | 1986-12-15 | 1989-04-18 | S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. | Water-soluble foamable insecticidally-active compositions |
US4822614A (en) | 1986-12-19 | 1989-04-18 | S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. | Bioactive film-forming composition for control of crawling insects and the like |
US5389677B1 (en) | 1986-12-23 | 1997-07-15 | Tristrata Inc | Method of treating wrinkles using glycalic acid |
US4863900A (en) | 1987-01-15 | 1989-09-05 | The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York | Method for reducing viral transmission with poly-L-histidine |
JPS63119420U (en) | 1987-01-30 | 1988-08-02 | ||
DE3704907A1 (en) | 1987-02-17 | 1988-08-25 | Bayer Ag | TOPICALLY APPLICABLE PREPARATIONS OF GYRASE INHIBITORS IN COMBINATION WITH CORTICOSTEROIDS |
US4828837A (en) | 1987-03-30 | 1989-05-09 | Liposome Technology, Inc. | Non-crystalline minoxidil composition, its production and application |
AU1388388A (en) * | 1987-04-01 | 1988-10-06 | Dak-Laboratoriet A/S | Benzoic acid derivatives and use thereof |
LU86839A1 (en) | 1987-04-10 | 1988-12-13 | Oreal | DETERGENT AND FOAMING COSMETIC COMPOSITION, DELAYING RE-LUBRICATION OF HAIR |
EP0311657A4 (en) | 1987-04-21 | 1991-09-18 | Chattan Nominees Pty. Ltd. | Vaginal douche |
FR2615173B1 (en) | 1987-05-13 | 1989-08-18 | Valois | DOSING VALVE FOR LIQUID LOADED WITH A LIQUID OR LIQUEFIED GAS PROPELLER, FOR USE IN THE REVERSE POSITION |
US4867967A (en) | 1987-06-04 | 1989-09-19 | Crutcher Wilbert L | Method for the treatment of pseudofolliculitis barbae |
US4780309A (en) | 1987-06-16 | 1988-10-25 | Warner-Lambert Company | Edible aerosol foam compositions and method of preparing same |
US4849117A (en) | 1987-06-17 | 1989-07-18 | Sanitek Products, Inc. | Concentrated composition for forming an aqueous foam |
US4885282A (en) | 1987-07-02 | 1989-12-05 | Thornfeldt Carl R | Treatment of hyperhidrosis, ichthyosis and wrinkling |
US4898246A (en) | 1987-07-06 | 1990-02-06 | Total Walther Feuerschutz Gmbh | Quick release valve for sprinkler head |
US5196405A (en) | 1987-07-08 | 1993-03-23 | Norman H. Oskman | Compositions and methods of treating hemorrhoids and wounds |
US4847068A (en) | 1987-08-06 | 1989-07-11 | Johnson & Johnson Consumer Products, Inc. | Skin care compositions |
US4913893A (en) | 1987-08-28 | 1990-04-03 | Clairol Incorporated | Aerosol hair setting composition containing an alginate |
CA1273576A (en) | 1987-09-16 | 1990-09-04 | Patrick A. Beauchamp | Topical treatment for diseased skin disorders |
JPH0451958Y2 (en) | 1987-09-22 | 1992-12-07 | ||
US4981677A (en) | 1987-09-23 | 1991-01-01 | L'oreal | Petrolatum-containing aerosol foam concentrate |
US4784842A (en) | 1987-09-25 | 1988-11-15 | Jean London | Therapeutic composition for treatment of cuts, burns and abrasions |
US4772427A (en) | 1987-12-01 | 1988-09-20 | Colgate-Palmolive Co. | Post-foaming gel shower product |
US5143717A (en) | 1987-12-30 | 1992-09-01 | Code Blue Medical Corporation | Burn foam and delivery system |
EP0326196B1 (en) | 1988-01-14 | 1992-03-25 | Akzo N.V. | Aqueous pharmaceutical preparation |
US5536743A (en) | 1988-01-15 | 1996-07-16 | Curatek Pharmaceuticals Limited Partnership | Intravaginal treatment of vaginal infections with buffered metronidazole compositions |
JP2643217B2 (en) | 1988-01-22 | 1997-08-20 | エーザイ株式会社 | Aqueous liquid of fat-soluble substance |
US5719197A (en) | 1988-03-04 | 1998-02-17 | Noven Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for topical administration of pharmaceutically active agents |
US4897262A (en) | 1988-03-22 | 1990-01-30 | Playtex Jhirmack, Inc. | Non-aerosol hair spray composition |
DE3811081A1 (en) | 1988-03-30 | 1989-10-12 | Schering Ag | USE OF TOPIC APPLICABLE PREPARATIONS FOR THE TREATMENT OF AGING SKIN |
LU87187A1 (en) | 1988-03-31 | 1989-10-26 | Oreal | COMBINATION OF PYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES AND SALICYLIC ACID DERIVATIVES FOR INDUCING AND STIMULATING HAIR GROWTH AND REDUCING HAIR LOSS |
US4992478A (en) | 1988-04-04 | 1991-02-12 | Warner-Lambert Company | Antiinflammatory skin moisturizing composition and method of preparing same |
US4873078A (en) | 1988-04-22 | 1989-10-10 | Plough, Inc. | High-gloss, high-shine lipstick |
GB8811409D0 (en) | 1988-05-13 | 1988-06-15 | Unilever Plc | Cosmetic composition |
US5378730A (en) | 1988-06-09 | 1995-01-03 | Alza Corporation | Permeation enhancer comprising ethanol and monoglycerides |
US4827378A (en) | 1988-06-15 | 1989-05-02 | Rockwell International Corporation | Jack coaxial connector EMI shielding apparatus |
US5217707A (en) | 1988-06-16 | 1993-06-08 | Chinoin Gyogyszer Es Vegyeszeti Termekek Gyara Rt. | Pharmaceutical composition and process for the preparation thereof |
US4902281A (en) | 1988-08-16 | 1990-02-20 | Corus Medical Corporation | Fibrinogen dispensing kit |
US4950420A (en) | 1988-08-31 | 1990-08-21 | Nalco Chemical Company | Antifoam/defoamer composition |
US4855294A (en) | 1988-09-06 | 1989-08-08 | Theratech, Inc. | Method for reducing skin irritation associated with drug/penetration enhancer compositions |
GB8821129D0 (en) | 1988-09-09 | 1988-10-12 | Unilever Plc | Cosmetic composition |
US5135915A (en) | 1988-10-14 | 1992-08-04 | Genentech, Inc. | Method for the treatment of grafts prior to transplantation using TGF-.beta. |
US5186857A (en) | 1988-11-14 | 1993-02-16 | Imaginative Research Associates, Inc. | Self-foaming oil compositions and process for making and using same |
GB8828013D0 (en) | 1988-12-01 | 1989-01-05 | Unilever Plc | Topical composition |
US4970067A (en) | 1988-12-12 | 1990-11-13 | Helene Curtis, Inc. | Method and composition to condition hair and impart semi-permanent hair set retention properties |
US5262407A (en) | 1988-12-16 | 1993-11-16 | L'oreal | Use of salicylic derivatives for the treatment of skin aging |
FR2640942A1 (en) | 1988-12-23 | 1990-06-29 | Suchard Sa Jacobs | Container of the aerosol type for delivering, in the form of a foam, metered quantities of product, particularly of food product |
EP0376104B2 (en) | 1988-12-27 | 2003-08-20 | Osaka Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. | Aerosol composition |
FR2641185B1 (en) | 1988-12-29 | 1991-04-05 | Oreal | SHAVING COMPOSITION FOR THE SKIN BASED ON ACYLOXYALKYL FUNCTIONAL POLYORGANOSILOXANES AND METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING SAME |
LU87449A1 (en) | 1989-02-09 | 1990-09-19 | Oreal | PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF FOAMS FOR USE IN THE COSMETIC AND PHARMACEUTICAL AREAS AND FOAMS OBTAINED BY THIS PROCESS |
US4919934A (en) | 1989-03-02 | 1990-04-24 | Richardson-Vicks Inc. | Cosmetic sticks |
US4996193A (en) | 1989-03-03 | 1991-02-26 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Combined topical and systemic method of administration of cyclosporine |
US5019375A (en) | 1989-03-14 | 1991-05-28 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Low residue antiperspirant creams |
DE69030698T2 (en) | 1989-03-17 | 1997-10-02 | Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., Tokio/Tokyo | AEROSOL COMPOSITION FOR EXTERNAL USE |
US5221696A (en) | 1989-03-29 | 1993-06-22 | Alcon Laboratories, Inc. | Use of monoacyl phosphoglycerides to enhance the corneal penetration of ophthalmic drugs |
ATE123937T1 (en) | 1989-04-05 | 1995-07-15 | Kao Corp | COSMETIC DOUBLE EMULSION COMPOSITION. |
US5204093A (en) | 1989-04-06 | 1993-04-20 | Victor Steven A | Shaving cream composition for the treatment of acne vulgaris and pseudofolliculitis barbae and method of producing and using same |
US5071648A (en) | 1989-04-06 | 1991-12-10 | Merocel Corporation | Polymeric broad-spectrum antimicrobial materials |
US5618798A (en) | 1989-04-20 | 1997-04-08 | Bar-Shalom; Daniel | Use of sucralfate to treat baldness |
GB8909559D0 (en) | 1989-04-26 | 1989-06-14 | Smith Kline French Lab | Pharmaceutical compositions |
US4874794A (en) | 1989-04-28 | 1989-10-17 | Lidak Biopharmaceuticals | Inflammatory disease treatment |
US5322683A (en) | 1989-05-01 | 1994-06-21 | Leonard Mackles | Anhydrous aerosol foam |
US5002540A (en) | 1989-05-22 | 1991-03-26 | Warren Kirschbaum | Intravaginal device and method for delivering a medicament |
GB8911853D0 (en) | 1989-05-23 | 1989-07-12 | Ici Plc | Co2 blown integral skin foams |
CA1337279C (en) | 1989-06-06 | 1995-10-10 | Robert J. Borgman | Intravaginal treatment of vaginal infections with buffered metronidazole compositions |
US5208031A (en) | 1989-06-06 | 1993-05-04 | Kelly Patrick D | Sexual lubricants containing zinc as an anti-viral agent |
US5122519A (en) | 1989-06-27 | 1992-06-16 | American Cyanamid Company | Stable, cosmetically acceptable topical gel formulation and method of treatment for acne |
MX21452A (en) | 1989-07-07 | 1994-01-31 | Ciba Geigy Ag | PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS THAT ARE TOPICALLY ADMINISTERED. |
US5560859A (en) | 1989-07-26 | 1996-10-01 | Pfizer Inc. | Post foaming gel shaving composition |
DE69020900T2 (en) | 1989-07-28 | 1995-12-14 | Hisamitsu Pharmaceutical Co | FOAM AEROSOL COMPOSITION. |
US4981367A (en) | 1989-07-28 | 1991-01-01 | Stranco, Inc. | Portable mixing apparatus |
JPH0383914A (en) | 1989-08-18 | 1991-04-09 | W R Grace & Co | Drug carrier |
US5219877A (en) | 1989-09-25 | 1993-06-15 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Lauryl alcohol as skin penetration enhancer for topical imidazole agents |
IL95952A0 (en) | 1989-10-19 | 1991-07-18 | Sterling Drug Inc | Aerosol composition for topical medicament |
US5439670A (en) * | 1989-11-28 | 1995-08-08 | Riker Laboratories, Inc. | Medicinal aerosol formulations |
US5508033A (en) | 1989-12-06 | 1996-04-16 | Societe D'engrais Composes Mineraux Et Amendments | Utilization of algae extract for the preparation of pharmaceutical, cosmetic, food or agricultural compositions |
EP0504301B1 (en) | 1989-12-07 | 2004-03-31 | Instead, Inc. | Method of collecting vaginal discharge |
US5295984A (en) | 1989-12-07 | 1994-03-22 | Ultrafem, Inc. | Vaginal discharge collection device and intravaginal drug delivery system |
WO1991008733A1 (en) | 1989-12-20 | 1991-06-27 | Schering Corporation | Stable cream and lotion bases for lipophilic drug compositions |
US4966779A (en) | 1989-12-21 | 1990-10-30 | Basf Corporation | Stable, water miscible emulsion comprising a fat-soluble vitamin |
US5733572A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 1998-03-31 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Gas and gaseous precursor filled microspheres as topical and subcutaneous delivery vehicles |
US4963351A (en) | 1989-12-26 | 1990-10-16 | Bhn Associates | Shaving aid |
US5100917A (en) | 1989-12-29 | 1992-03-31 | Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Novel a-nor-steroid-3-carboxylic acid derivatives |
US5104645A (en) | 1990-02-02 | 1992-04-14 | The Proctor & Gamble Company | Antidandruff shampoo compositions |
SE9000485D0 (en) | 1990-02-09 | 1990-02-09 | Pharmacia Ab | FOAMABLE COMPOSITION FOR PHARMACEUTICAL USE, USE THEREOF AND METHOD OF TREATMENT |
US5164367A (en) | 1990-03-26 | 1992-11-17 | Procyte Corporation | Method of using copper(ii) containing compounds to accelerate wound healing |
US5130121A (en) | 1990-04-17 | 1992-07-14 | Isp Investments Inc. | Skin care compositions containing discrete microdroplets of an oil in water stabilized by in situ polymerization of water-soluble vinyl monomer |
US5007556A (en) | 1990-04-18 | 1991-04-16 | Block Drug Company, Inc. | Metering dispenser |
US5156765A (en) | 1990-05-15 | 1992-10-20 | Fox Valley Systems, Inc. | Aerosol foam marking compositions |
US5112359A (en) | 1990-06-04 | 1992-05-12 | Clairol, Inc. | Hair colorants |
JP3649341B2 (en) | 1990-06-15 | 2005-05-18 | 株式会社資生堂 | COMPOSITE AND COMPOSITE COMPOSITION, EMULSION COMPOSITION, AND EMULSION COMPOSITION |
US5034220A (en) | 1990-06-20 | 1991-07-23 | Gaf Chemicals Corporation | Non-aerosol shaving gel |
US5336692A (en) | 1990-06-28 | 1994-08-09 | Medicis Pharmaceutical Corporation | Ointment base and method of use |
IT1243379B (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1994-06-10 | Giuliani Spa | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION SUITABLE FOR RECTAL ADMINISTRATION OF ACTIVE PRINCIPLES WHICH EXPLICATE A MEDICATION ACTION AT THE LEVEL OF THE COLON, PREVALENTLY TOPICAL |
US5108556A (en) | 1990-09-14 | 1992-04-28 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Process for preparing tertiary perfluoroamines |
US5091111A (en) | 1990-09-19 | 1992-02-25 | S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. | Aqueous emulsion and aersol delivery system using same |
US5114718A (en) | 1990-09-20 | 1992-05-19 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Sustained release compositions for treating periodontol disease |
GB9021546D0 (en) | 1990-10-04 | 1990-11-21 | Beecham Group Plc | Novel composition |
FR2668927B1 (en) | 1990-11-09 | 1993-01-08 | Oreal | COSMETIC ANHYDROUS COMPOSITION IN AEROSOL FORM FOR THE FORMATION OF A FOAM. |
US5073371A (en) | 1990-11-30 | 1991-12-17 | Richardson-Vicks, Inc. | Leave-on facial emulsion compositions |
DE9016291U1 (en) | 1990-11-30 | 1991-03-28 | Kali-Chemie Pharma Gmbh, 3000 Hannover | Topically applicable diclofenac preparations |
WO1992011839A1 (en) | 1991-01-08 | 1992-07-23 | Leonard Mackles | Anhydrous aerosol |
WO1992012717A2 (en) | 1991-01-15 | 1992-08-06 | A composition containing a tetracycline and use for inhibiting angiogenesis | |
US5227163A (en) | 1991-01-18 | 1993-07-13 | Clilco, Ltd. | Lice-repellant compositions |
DE4102506C2 (en) | 1991-01-29 | 1999-11-25 | Pfeiffer Erich Gmbh & Co Kg | Discharge device for media |
WO1992013602A1 (en) | 1991-02-05 | 1992-08-20 | Buil Juergen | Fire extinguishing and protection agent |
US5650554A (en) | 1991-02-22 | 1997-07-22 | Sembiosys Genetics Inc. | Oil-body proteins as carriers of high-value peptides in plants |
US6753167B2 (en) | 1991-02-22 | 2004-06-22 | Sembiosys Genetics Inc. | Preparation of heterologous proteins on oil bodies |
US5948682A (en) | 1991-02-22 | 1999-09-07 | Sembiosys Genetics Inc. | Preparation of heterologous proteins on oil bodies |
US5658956A (en) | 1991-03-01 | 1997-08-19 | Warner-Lambert Company | Bioadhesive-wound healing compositions and methods for preparing and using same |
US5648380A (en) * | 1991-03-01 | 1997-07-15 | Warner-Lambert Company | Anti-inflammatory wound healing compositions and methods for preparing and using same |
US5663208A (en) | 1991-03-01 | 1997-09-02 | Warner-Lambert Company | Antifungal wound healing compositions and methods for preparing and using same |
IT1247138B (en) | 1991-03-06 | 1994-12-12 | Dompe Farmaceutici Spa | HYDROPHILE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING KETOPROFENE LYSINE SALT FOR TOPICAL USE. |
US5279819A (en) | 1991-03-18 | 1994-01-18 | The Gillette Company | Shaving compositions |
JPH06509559A (en) | 1991-03-19 | 1994-10-27 | セラピューティック パッチ リサーチ エヌ.ブイ. | Amino alcohol derivative compositions and methods as membrane permeation enhancers |
US5389676A (en) | 1991-03-22 | 1995-02-14 | E. B. Michaels Research Associates, Inc. | Viscous surfactant emulsion compositions |
AU658608B2 (en) | 1991-03-25 | 1995-04-27 | Astellas Pharma Europe B.V. | Topical preparation containing a suspension of solid lipid particles |
US5167950A (en) | 1991-03-28 | 1992-12-01 | S. C. Johnson & Son | High alcohol content aerosol antimicrobial mousse |
DE4110973A1 (en) | 1991-04-05 | 1992-10-08 | Haarmann & Reimer Gmbh | MEDIUM WITH A PHYSIOLOGICAL COOLING EFFECT AND EFFECTIVE COMPOUNDS SUITABLE FOR THIS MEDIUM |
HU209605B (en) | 1991-04-15 | 1994-09-28 | Chinoin Gyogyszer Es Vegyeszet | Process for production of wather-free transdermal preparation |
IT1247529B (en) | 1991-04-24 | 1994-12-17 | Poli Ind Chimica Spa | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS IN FOAM FORM FOR INTRAVAGINAL, SKIN AND ORAL ADMINISTRATION |
US5204090A (en) | 1991-05-30 | 1993-04-20 | Bristol Myers Squibb | Waterproof high-SPF sunscreen compositions |
US5164357A (en) | 1991-06-05 | 1992-11-17 | Appleton Papers Inc. | Thermally-responsive record material |
FR2677544B1 (en) | 1991-06-14 | 1993-09-24 | Oreal | COSMETIC COMPOSITION CONTAINING A MIXTURE OF NANOPIGMENTS OF METAL OXIDES AND MELANIC PIGMENTS. |
DE4210165A1 (en) | 1991-07-30 | 1993-02-04 | Schering Ag | TRANSDERMAL THERAPEUTIC SYSTEMS |
DE4127630A1 (en) | 1991-08-21 | 1993-02-25 | Bruno Jesswein | TWO-COMPONENT PRESSURE CAN, IN PARTICULAR FOR 2K FOAM |
GB9118028D0 (en) | 1991-08-21 | 1991-10-09 | Secr Defence Brit | Improved transdrmal formulations |
US5643600A (en) | 1991-09-17 | 1997-07-01 | Micro-Pak, Inc. | Lipid vesicles containing avocado oil unsaponifiables |
DE69228373T2 (en) | 1991-09-27 | 1999-06-17 | Nof Corp | COSMETIC AND EMULSION |
GB2260079B (en) | 1991-10-01 | 1995-08-09 | American Cyanamid Co | Pharmaceutical composition containing felbinac |
US5230897A (en) | 1991-10-31 | 1993-07-27 | G. D. Searle & Co. | Transdermal pentamidine |
US5236707A (en) | 1991-11-08 | 1993-08-17 | Dallas Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Stabilization of human interferon |
EP0613369A1 (en) | 1991-11-22 | 1994-09-07 | Richardson-Vicks, Inc. | Combined personal cleansing and moisturizing compositions |
DE4140474C2 (en) | 1991-12-09 | 1995-07-13 | Schuelke & Mayr Gmbh | Skincare additive |
US5294365A (en) | 1991-12-12 | 1994-03-15 | Basf Corporation | Hydroxypolyethers as low-foam surfactants |
IT1253711B (en) | 1991-12-17 | 1995-08-23 | Alfa Wassermann Spa | VAGINAL PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATIONS CONTAINING RIFAXIMIN AND THEIR USE IN THE TREATMENT OF VAGINAL INFECTIONS |
US5252246A (en) | 1992-01-10 | 1993-10-12 | Allergan, Inc. | Nonirritating nonionic surfactant compositions |
EP0552612A3 (en) | 1992-01-22 | 1993-10-20 | Hoffmann La Roche | Methods for determining and isolating compounds which bind directly to nucleosolic proteins |
US5318774A (en) | 1992-02-28 | 1994-06-07 | Richardson-Vicks Inc. | Composition and method for imparting an artificial tan to human skin |
UA41319C2 (en) | 1992-04-02 | 2001-09-17 | Сембайозіс Дженетікс Інк. | method for expression of DNA sequence being of interest in seedS cell, chimeric gene, expressing cassette, isolated regulatory section of transcription, a method for modification of metabolism specific for seeds, a method for obtaining new polypeptides by plant, isolated DNA, a method for expression of dna sequence being of interest by plant-host, a method for obtaining purified polypeptide being of interest, a method for obtaining polypeptide being of interest by oiL body |
US5344051A (en) | 1992-04-27 | 1994-09-06 | Insta-Foam Products, Inc. | Two-component foam dispensing apparatus |
ZA932947B (en) | 1992-04-28 | 1993-10-27 | Schering Plough Healthcare | Applicator for semisolid medications |
US5409706A (en) | 1992-05-04 | 1995-04-25 | Imaginative Research Associates, Inc. | Anhydrous foaming composition containing low concentrations of detergents and high levels of glycerin and emollients such as oils and esters |
US5254334A (en) | 1992-05-04 | 1993-10-19 | Imaginative Research Associates, Inc. | Anhydrous foaming composition containing low concentrations of detergents and high levels of glycerin amd emollients such as oils and esters |
ZA933133B (en) | 1992-05-15 | 1994-10-05 | Akzo Nv | Application for introducing a cream-type substance into a woman's vagina |
ATE158163T1 (en) | 1992-05-18 | 1997-10-15 | Procter & Gamble | COMPOSITIONS WITH COOLING EFFECT |
US5389305A (en) | 1992-06-03 | 1995-02-14 | Colgate Palmolive Co. | High foaming nonionic surfactant base liquid detergent |
US5346135A (en) | 1992-06-16 | 1994-09-13 | Vincent Edward C | Spraying apparatus for blending liquids in a gaseous spray system |
US5300286A (en) | 1992-07-14 | 1994-04-05 | Dow Corning Corporation | Silicone emulsion for personal care application |
CA2141192C (en) | 1992-07-28 | 1999-02-02 | Roberta C. Bloom | Pharmaceutical composition for topical use containing a crosslinked cationic polymer and an alkoxylated ether |
NO933239D0 (en) | 1992-09-10 | 1993-09-10 | Mcneil Ppc Inc | Bioerodible device for administering active ingredients |
EP0660720A4 (en) | 1992-09-14 | 1996-12-27 | Walter P Smith | Skin-conditioning composition, its application and manufacture. |
US6096756A (en) | 1992-09-21 | 2000-08-01 | Albert Einstein College Of Medicine Of Yeshiva University | Method of simultaneously enhancing analgesic potency and attenuating dependence liability caused by morphine and other bimodally-acting opioid agonists |
US5413775A (en) | 1992-09-29 | 1995-05-09 | Amerchol Corporation | Hairsprays and acrylic polymer compositions for use therein |
IT1255895B (en) | 1992-10-20 | 1995-11-17 | Laura Chiodini | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A CALCITONIN |
EP0665733B1 (en) | 1992-10-21 | 2003-05-07 | Gynetech Laboratories, Inc. | Vaginal sponge delivery system |
DE59308338D1 (en) | 1992-10-31 | 1998-05-07 | Goldschmidt Ag Th | Cosmetic or pharmaceutical preparations |
DE4238860A1 (en) | 1992-11-19 | 1994-05-26 | Medicon Gmbh | Skin protection products for the protection of human skin |
US5308643A (en) | 1992-11-30 | 1994-05-03 | Osipow Lloyd I | Self-lather generating shaving compositions |
JP3328344B2 (en) | 1992-12-22 | 2002-09-24 | タイホー工業株式会社 | Method of controlling foaming state retention time of foaming type cleaning polishes |
JPH06263630A (en) | 1993-03-10 | 1994-09-20 | Lion Corp | Vitamin as-solubilizing eye drop |
DE4309900C1 (en) | 1993-03-26 | 1994-06-30 | Goldschmidt Ag Th | Process for the preparation of amphoteric surfactants |
JPH06279228A (en) | 1993-03-30 | 1994-10-04 | Kao Corp | Foaming composition |
US5326557A (en) | 1993-04-06 | 1994-07-05 | Dow Corning Corporation | Moisturizing compositions containing organosilicon compounds |
US5807571A (en) | 1993-05-06 | 1998-09-15 | Lts Lohmann Therapie-Systeme Gmbh | Transdermal therapeutic systems for administering indole serotonin agonists |
US5576016A (en) | 1993-05-18 | 1996-11-19 | Pharmos Corporation | Solid fat nanoemulsions as drug delivery vehicles |
CN1116900C (en) | 1993-05-19 | 2003-08-06 | 久光制药株式会社 | Solubilizing agent and external preparation containing the same |
AU6825594A (en) | 1993-05-21 | 1994-12-20 | Henkel Corporation | Mild shampoo composition |
US5635469A (en) | 1993-06-10 | 1997-06-03 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Foaming cleansing products |
US5447725A (en) | 1993-06-11 | 1995-09-05 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Methods for aiding periodontal tissue regeneration |
US5384308A (en) | 1993-06-14 | 1995-01-24 | Henkin; R. I. | Composition and method for enhancing wound healing |
US5744155A (en) | 1993-08-13 | 1998-04-28 | Friedman; Doron | Bioadhesive emulsion preparations for enhanced drug delivery |
US5398846A (en) | 1993-08-20 | 1995-03-21 | S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. | Assembly for simultaneous dispensing of multiple fluids |
US6596260B1 (en) | 1993-08-27 | 2003-07-22 | Novartis Corporation | Aerosol container and a method for storage and administration of a predetermined amount of a pharmaceutically active aerosol |
FR2709666B1 (en) | 1993-09-07 | 1995-10-13 | Oreal | Cosmetic or dermatological composition consisting of an oil-in-water emulsion based on oily globules provided with a lamellar liquid crystal coating. |
JP2978043B2 (en) | 1993-09-16 | 1999-11-15 | 高砂香料工業株式会社 | (2S) -3-{(1R, 2S, 5R)-[5-methyl-2- (1-methylethyl) cyclohexyl] oxy} -1,2-propanediol, its production method and use |
US5766632A (en) | 1993-10-01 | 1998-06-16 | Legere Pharmaceuticals, Ltd. | Method of using lectins for contraception |
FR2710854B1 (en) | 1993-10-08 | 1995-12-01 | Oreal | Oil-in-water emulsion usable for obtaining a cream. |
US5578315A (en) | 1993-12-01 | 1996-11-26 | Rutgers, The State University Of New Jersey | Mucosal adhesive device for long-acting delivery of pharmaceutical combinations in oral cavity |
FR2713486B1 (en) | 1993-12-14 | 1996-02-09 | Scophysa | New compositions for foams, in particular rectal foams, and foams thus obtained. |
ATE199215T1 (en) | 1993-12-23 | 2001-03-15 | Procter & Gamble | ANTIMICROBIAL COMPOSITIONS FOR WIPES |
US5527822A (en) | 1993-12-29 | 1996-06-18 | Forest Laboratories, Inc. | Method of treatment of traumatic brain injury |
DE9422052U1 (en) | 1994-01-04 | 1997-10-30 | Adolf Würth GmbH & Co. KG, 74653 Künzelsau | Filling device for filling a refillable dispensing container and refillable dispensing container |
DE4405127A1 (en) | 1994-02-18 | 1995-08-31 | Henkel Kgaa | Hair treatment products |
US5514367A (en) | 1994-02-28 | 1996-05-07 | Estee Lauder, Inc. | Skin tanning compositions and methods for their preparation and use |
US5925669A (en) | 1994-03-22 | 1999-07-20 | Molecular/Structural Bio Technologies, Inc. | Carrier compositions for anti-neoplastic drugs |
IL109230A (en) | 1994-04-05 | 1998-08-16 | Agis Ind 1983 Ltd | Anti-fungal composition containing bifonazole and fluocinonide |
US5658749A (en) | 1994-04-05 | 1997-08-19 | Corning Clinical Laboratories, Inc. | Method for processing mycobacteria |
US5429815A (en) | 1994-04-11 | 1995-07-04 | Chesebrough-Pond's Usa Co., Division Of Conopco, Inc. | Stable single-phase self-foaming cleanser |
FR2719467B1 (en) | 1994-05-05 | 1996-05-31 | Oreal | Use of flavonoids to preserve and / or strengthen the mechanical properties of the hair and method of protecting hair using these compounds. |
ES2079320B1 (en) | 1994-05-17 | 1996-10-16 | Cusi Lab | OPHTHALMIC DISSOLUTION BASED ON A DICLOFENACO AND TOBRAMYCIN AND ITS APPLICATIONS. |
US5902574A (en) | 1994-05-23 | 1999-05-11 | The Gillette Company | Shaving preparation for improved shaving comfort |
US5545401A (en) | 1994-06-02 | 1996-08-13 | Shanbrom; Edward | Antiviral, spermicidal vaginal gel and foam containing low molecular weight povidone-iodine |
FR2720635B1 (en) | 1994-06-03 | 1996-07-26 | Oreal | Sunscreen cosmetic compositions and uses. |
US6221381B1 (en) | 1994-06-28 | 2001-04-24 | The University Of British Columbia | Enhancing milk production by adding to feed a nonionic surfactant coated on a carrier |
MA23592A1 (en) | 1994-06-30 | 1995-12-31 | Procter & Gamble | COMPOSITIONS FOR BODY CARE CONTAINING THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMERIC GRAFT COPOLYMERS |
US5679324A (en) | 1994-07-08 | 1997-10-21 | The Procter & Gamble Co. | Aerosol foamable fragrance composition |
FR2722431B1 (en) | 1994-07-12 | 1996-09-13 | Lir France Sa | DOUBLE DISPENSER FOR FLUID PRODUCTS |
US5869529A (en) | 1994-07-20 | 1999-02-09 | Agis Industries (1983) Ltd. | Topical preparation for the prevention and treatment of lesions and sores associated with a herpes virus |
JP3173330B2 (en) | 1994-07-20 | 2001-06-04 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Slip control device for vehicle lock-up clutch |
US5444092A (en) | 1994-07-20 | 1995-08-22 | Collins; Jerry | Method and composition for treating psoriasis |
US5512555A (en) | 1994-07-21 | 1996-04-30 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Method of treating sweat-related conditions using finasteride, epristeride and a cholestan-3-one |
GB9414699D0 (en) | 1994-07-21 | 1994-09-07 | Slagel David | Aqueous foamable composition |
JP3241542B2 (en) | 1994-07-29 | 2001-12-25 | 高砂香料工業株式会社 | Method for purifying (-)-n-isopulegol and citrus-based fragrance composition containing (-)-n-isopulegol obtained by the method |
DE4428096A1 (en) | 1994-08-09 | 1996-02-15 | Wella Ag | Two-chamber container |
US5656586A (en) | 1994-08-19 | 1997-08-12 | Rhone-Poulenc Inc. | Amphoteric surfactants having multiple hydrophobic and hydrophilic groups |
US5547989A (en) * | 1994-08-19 | 1996-08-20 | Schering-Plough Healthcare Products, Inc. | Compositions for treating corns and calluses |
CN1159159A (en) | 1994-08-26 | 1997-09-10 | 普罗克特和甘保尔公司 | Personal cleansing compositions |
US5976555A (en) | 1994-09-07 | 1999-11-02 | Johnson & Johnson Consumer Products, Inc. | Topical oil-in-water emulsions containing retinoids |
JP3604177B2 (en) | 1994-09-14 | 2004-12-22 | 日東電工株式会社 | Transdermal formulation |
US5500211A (en) | 1994-09-22 | 1996-03-19 | The Gillette Company | Soap-free self-foaming shave gel composition |
US5905092A (en) | 1994-09-27 | 1999-05-18 | Virotex Corporation Reel/Frame | Topical antibiotic composition providing optimal moisture environment for rapid wound healing that reduces skin contraction |
US5955414A (en) | 1994-10-05 | 1999-09-21 | S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. | Cleaning foam having fluorinated stain repellent and low flammability |
US5540853A (en) | 1994-10-20 | 1996-07-30 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Personal treatment compositions and/or cosmetic compositions containing enduring perfume |
AU3855695A (en) | 1994-11-08 | 1996-05-31 | Mochida Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | External preparation for skin protection |
US5567420A (en) | 1994-11-16 | 1996-10-22 | Mceleney; John | Lotion which is temporarily colored upon application |
US5788664A (en) | 1994-11-30 | 1998-08-04 | Scalise; Gaspare | Suppository applicator |
GB9424562D0 (en) | 1994-12-06 | 1995-01-25 | Giltech Ltd | Product |
US5641480A (en) | 1994-12-08 | 1997-06-24 | Lever Brothers Company, Division Of Conopco, Inc. | Hair care compositions comprising heteroatom containing alkyl aldonamide compounds |
US5529770A (en) | 1994-12-09 | 1996-06-25 | West Agro, Inc. | Viscous liquid conditioning topical germicides |
DE4444238A1 (en) | 1994-12-13 | 1996-06-20 | Beiersdorf Ag | Cosmetic or dermatological drug combinations of cinnamic acid derivatives and flavone glycosides |
FR2728166A1 (en) | 1994-12-19 | 1996-06-21 | Oreal | TOPICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING AN ANTAGONIST OF SUBSTANCE P |
BR9510478A (en) | 1994-12-21 | 1998-12-15 | Cosmederm Technologies | Formulations and methods for reducing skin irritation |
WO1996019921A1 (en) | 1994-12-23 | 1996-07-04 | Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation | Iodine biocidal material |
DE4446891A1 (en) | 1994-12-27 | 1996-07-04 | Falk Pharma Gmbh | Stable aqueous budesonide solution |
US5616136A (en) * | 1995-01-09 | 1997-04-01 | Med-Safe Systems, Inc. | Quick release needle removal apparatus |
US5534261A (en) | 1995-01-17 | 1996-07-09 | University Of Southern California | Retinoid-based compositions and method for preventing adhesion formation using the same |
FR2729855A1 (en) | 1995-01-26 | 1996-08-02 | Oreal | USE OF A CGRP ANTAGONIST IN A COSMETIC, PHARMACEUTICAL OR DERMATOLOGICAL COMPOSITION AND COMPOSITION OBTAINED |
US5523078A (en) | 1995-02-03 | 1996-06-04 | Michael E. Baylin | Method of preparing and composition for treatment of hair and scalp |
US5587149A (en) | 1995-02-06 | 1996-12-24 | R.P. Scherer Corporation | Topical application emulsions |
FR2730932B1 (en) | 1995-02-27 | 1997-04-04 | Oreal | TRANSPARENT NANOEMULSION BASED ON FLUID NON-IONIC AMPHIPHILIC LIPIDS AND USE IN COSMETICS OR DERMOPHARMACY |
FR2730930B1 (en) | 1995-02-27 | 1997-04-04 | Oreal | USE OF NO-SYNTHASE INHIBITORS TO REDUCE THE IRRITANT SKIN EFFECT OF PRODUCTS USED IN THE COSMETIC OR PHARMACEUTICAL FIELD |
GB9504265D0 (en) | 1995-03-03 | 1995-04-19 | Medeva Plc | Corticosteroid-containing pharmaceutical composition |
US5558872A (en) | 1995-03-07 | 1996-09-24 | Healthpoint Medical Limited Partnership | Gelled mineral oil skin protectant |
US5618850A (en) * | 1995-03-09 | 1997-04-08 | Focal, Inc. | Hydroxy-acid cosmetics |
US5783202A (en) | 1995-03-14 | 1998-07-21 | Soltec Research Pty. Ltd. | Pediculicidal mousse composition for killing head lice |
EP0818195B1 (en) | 1995-03-29 | 2003-11-26 | Shionogi & Co., Ltd. | Gelatin capsule with adjusted water activity |
US5585104A (en) | 1995-04-12 | 1996-12-17 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Cleansing emulsions |
EP0738510A3 (en) | 1995-04-20 | 2005-12-21 | L'oreal | Use of a HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor as an anti-ageing agent and as an anti-acne agent. Composition comprising at least one HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor and at least one active substance with scaling properties. |
FR2733417B1 (en) | 1995-04-25 | 1997-06-06 | Oreal | FOAMING OIL-IN-WATER EMULSION BASED ON NON-IONIC SURFACTANTS, A FATTY PHASE AND A CATIONIC OR ANIONIC POLYMER CROSS-LINKED AND USE IN TOPICAL APPLICATION |
GB9510856D0 (en) | 1995-05-27 | 1995-07-19 | Cussons Int Ltd | Cleaning composition |
UY24246A1 (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1996-06-14 | Neutrogena Corp | TROPIC VEHICLES CONTAINING SOLUBILIZED AND STABILIZED AZELAIC ACID |
AU715827B2 (en) | 1995-06-22 | 2000-02-10 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Stable hydroalcoholic compositions |
JP3542665B2 (en) | 1995-07-07 | 2004-07-14 | 株式会社資生堂 | Anti-aging skin external preparation, collagen cross-linking inhibition skin external preparation and anti-ultraviolet skin external preparation |
FR2736824B1 (en) | 1995-07-18 | 1997-10-10 | Fabre Pierre Dermo Cosmetique | MINOXIDIL HAIR COMPOSITION WITH LOW FAT SOLVENT CONTENT |
US5705472A (en) | 1995-07-18 | 1998-01-06 | Petroferm Inc. | Neutral aqueous cleaning composition |
DE29512760U1 (en) | 1995-08-08 | 1995-11-16 | Wella Ag, 64295 Darmstadt | Pressurized gas container for dispensing foam |
TW504387B (en) | 1995-09-06 | 2002-10-01 | Kao Corp | Emulsified, water-in-oil type composition and skin cosmetic preparation |
US5881493A (en) | 1995-09-14 | 1999-03-16 | D. B. Smith & Co. Inc. | Methods for applying foam |
CN1062129C (en) | 1995-09-14 | 2001-02-21 | 徐荣祥 | Medicine matrix and its use |
JPH0984855A (en) | 1995-09-25 | 1997-03-31 | Kyoto Yakuhin Kogyo Kk | Aerosol preparation for administer medicine to rectum or vagina |
US6221823B1 (en) | 1995-10-25 | 2001-04-24 | Reckitt Benckiser Inc. | Germicidal, acidic hard surface cleaning compositions |
ES2217334T3 (en) | 1995-12-14 | 2004-11-01 | Taisho Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd | AEROSOL PREPARATION. |
FR2742986B1 (en) | 1995-12-29 | 1998-01-30 | Rhone Poulenc Chimie | COSMETIC COMPOSITIONS FOR THE HAIR OR THE SKIN BASED ON SULPHONATED COPOLYESTERS WITH POLYORGANOSILOXANE MOTIFS |
US5716611A (en) | 1996-01-02 | 1998-02-10 | Euro-Celtique, S.A. | Emollient antimicrobial formulations containing povidone iodine |
US5843411A (en) | 1997-02-06 | 1998-12-01 | Topix Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Stabilization of ascorbic acid, ascorbic acid derivatives and/or extracts containing ascorbic acid for topical use |
US5759524A (en) | 1996-02-09 | 1998-06-02 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Photoprotective compositions |
US5889028A (en) | 1996-02-09 | 1999-03-30 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Colonic delivery of nicotine to treat inflammatory bowel disease |
US5846983A (en) | 1996-02-09 | 1998-12-08 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Colonic delivery of nicotine to treat inflammatory bowel disease |
AUPN814496A0 (en) | 1996-02-19 | 1996-03-14 | Monash University | Dermal penetration enhancer |
US5912007A (en) | 1996-02-29 | 1999-06-15 | Warner-Lambert Company | Delivery system for the localized administration of medicaments to the upper respiratory tract and methods for preparing and using same |
US6251369B1 (en) | 1996-03-05 | 2001-06-26 | Sultan Dental Products | Dental fluoride foam |
FR2745716B1 (en) | 1996-03-07 | 1998-04-17 | Oreal | ULTRAFINE PRESSURIZABLE FOAMING OIL-IN-WATER EMULSIONS |
WO1997039745A1 (en) | 1996-04-19 | 1997-10-30 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Use of inhaled retinoids in the prevention of cancer |
US5910382A (en) | 1996-04-23 | 1999-06-08 | Board Of Regents, University Of Texas Systems | Cathode materials for secondary (rechargeable) lithium batteries |
IT1283042B1 (en) | 1996-05-21 | 1998-04-07 | Condea Augusta Spa | COSMETIC COMPOUNDS DEODORANT AND / OR ANTI-BREATHING |
US5797955A (en) | 1996-06-11 | 1998-08-25 | Walters; David J. | Pressure application unit for positioning vertebra |
US5833961A (en) | 1996-06-25 | 1998-11-10 | Inolex Investment Corporation | Polyester-based suncreen formulations |
EP0932401A1 (en) | 1996-07-01 | 1999-08-04 | Sepracor, Inc. | Methods and compositions for treating urinary incontinence using enantiomerically enriched (r,r)-glycopyrrolate |
US5716621A (en) | 1996-07-03 | 1998-02-10 | Pharmadyn, Inc. | Nonocclusive drug delivery device and process for its manufacture |
AU726543B2 (en) | 1996-07-10 | 2000-11-09 | S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. | Triclosan skin wash with enhanced efficacy |
DE19631221C2 (en) | 1996-08-02 | 1999-07-01 | Beiersdorf Ag | Foam-form sunscreen preparations containing water-soluble sunscreen filter substances and surface-active substances |
US6042848A (en) | 1996-08-15 | 2000-03-28 | The Board Of Trustees Of Southern Illinois University | Enhancement of antimicrobial peptide activity by metal ions |
US5833963A (en) | 1996-08-20 | 1998-11-10 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Non-tacky and quick-drying aqueous-based antiperspirant compositions |
US5837270A (en) | 1996-08-26 | 1998-11-17 | Burgess; Nelson Leon | Topical anti-acne composition |
EP0829259A1 (en) | 1996-09-04 | 1998-03-18 | Warner-Lambert Company | Foam/gel with microbeads and/or fine particles |
US6271295B1 (en) | 1996-09-05 | 2001-08-07 | General Electric Company | Emulsions of silicones with non-aqueous hydroxylic solvents |
US5952392A (en) | 1996-09-17 | 1999-09-14 | Avanir Pharmaceuticals | Long-chain alcohols, alkanes, fatty acids and amides in the treatment of burns and viral inhibition |
US7060253B1 (en) | 1996-09-20 | 2006-06-13 | Mundschenk David D | Topical formulations and delivery systems |
FR2754451B1 (en) | 1996-10-14 | 1998-11-06 | Oreal | SELF-FOAMING CREAM |
WO1998017282A1 (en) | 1996-10-23 | 1998-04-30 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Methods of using sucrose octasulfate to treat or prevent enveloped virus infection |
US6093408A (en) | 1996-10-25 | 2000-07-25 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Skin care compositions |
IT1287114B1 (en) | 1996-10-31 | 1998-08-04 | Recordati Chem Pharm | ANTI-HERPETIC PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS FOR TOPICAL APPLICATORS, CONTAINING ACICLOVIR |
WO1998019654A1 (en) | 1996-11-04 | 1998-05-14 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Hair mousse composition comprising silicone emulsion |
NZ335495A (en) | 1996-11-12 | 2002-03-28 | Dov Tamarkin | alpha,omega-dicarboxylic acid esters and their use in treating dermatological disorders |
FR2755854B1 (en) | 1996-11-15 | 1998-12-24 | Oreal | NANOEMULSION BASED ON NON-IONIC AND CATIONIC AMPHIPHILIC LIPIDS AND USES |
EP0889719B1 (en) | 1996-11-16 | 2003-04-02 | Wella Aktiengesellschaft | Agents for dying and decolorizing fibers |
US5906992A (en) | 1996-11-21 | 1999-05-25 | Colgate Palmolive Company | Foam cleaning compositions |
AUPO379596A0 (en) | 1996-11-22 | 1996-12-19 | Soltec Research Pty Ltd | Percutaneous delivery system |
US5951544A (en) | 1996-12-04 | 1999-09-14 | Laser Industries Ltd. | Handpiece assembly for laser apparatus |
US5759579A (en) | 1996-12-05 | 1998-06-02 | American Home Products Corporation | Pharmaceutical suspension systems |
US5695551A (en) | 1996-12-09 | 1997-12-09 | Dow Corning Corporation | Water repellent composition |
US5856452A (en) | 1996-12-16 | 1999-01-05 | Sembiosys Genetics Inc. | Oil bodies and associated proteins as affinity matrices |
US5672634A (en) | 1996-12-23 | 1997-09-30 | Isp Investments Inc. | Crosslinked PVP-I2 foam product |
US5879469A (en) | 1997-01-06 | 1999-03-09 | Deeay Technologies Ltd. | Dishwashing method and detergent composition therefor |
US6582711B1 (en) | 1997-01-09 | 2003-06-24 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Hydroalcoholic compositions thickened using polymers |
SE520811C2 (en) | 1997-01-17 | 2003-08-26 | Ponsus Ab | Skin protection preparations containing lipophilic and hydrophilic components, method of preparation and use thereof |
IN186803B (en) | 1997-02-05 | 2001-11-10 | Panacea Biotec Ltd | |
ES2133090B1 (en) | 1997-02-21 | 2000-04-01 | Uriach & Cia Sa J | NEW APPLICATOR FOR THE ADMINISTRATION OF SEMI-SOLID MEDICATIONS. |
WO1998034604A1 (en) | 1997-02-11 | 1998-08-13 | Bernard Salafsky | ANTI-PARASITIC ACTION OF N,N-DIETHYL-m-TOLUAMIDE (DEET) AND FORMULATIONS THAT PROLONG ITS ACTIVITY IN THE SKIN |
ATE277596T1 (en) | 1997-02-24 | 2004-10-15 | Sla Pharma Ag | TOPICAL PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING A CHOLINERGIC ACT OR A CALCIUM CHANNEL BLOCKER |
FR2760637B1 (en) | 1997-03-11 | 1999-05-28 | Fabre Pierre Dermo Cosmetique | COAL TAR EXTRACT WITH REDUCED AROMATIC HYDROCARBON CONTENT, PROCESS FOR OBTAINING AND DERMO-COSMETIC PREPARATIONS |
US5922331A (en) | 1997-03-26 | 1999-07-13 | Chanel, Inc. | Skin cream composition |
US5951989A (en) | 1997-04-07 | 1999-09-14 | Heymann; Warren R. | Method for the treatment of dry skin |
USH2043H1 (en) | 1997-05-23 | 2002-08-06 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Skin care compositions |
US6372234B1 (en) | 1997-05-27 | 2002-04-16 | Sembiosys Genetics Inc. | Products for topical applications comprising oil bodies |
US6599513B2 (en) | 1997-05-27 | 2003-07-29 | Sembiosys Genetics Inc. | Products for topical applications comprising oil bodies |
NZ501404A (en) | 1997-05-27 | 2001-09-28 | Sembiosys Genetics Inc | Emulsion preparation comprising washed oil bodies of uniform size, shape and density |
US6183762B1 (en) | 1997-05-27 | 2001-02-06 | Sembiosys Genetics Inc. | Oil body based personal care products |
US6217887B1 (en) * | 1997-06-04 | 2001-04-17 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Leave-on antimicrobial compositions which provide improved immediate germ reduction |
EP0884045A1 (en) | 1997-06-06 | 1998-12-16 | Pfizer Products Inc. | Self-tanning dihydroxyacetone formulations having improved stability and providing enhanced delivery |
US20050276836A1 (en) | 1997-06-11 | 2005-12-15 | Michelle Wilson | Coated vaginal devices for vaginal delivery of therapeutically effective and/or health-promoting agents |
EP0993827A4 (en) | 1997-06-13 | 2006-07-05 | Taisho Pharmaceutical Co Ltd | Aerosols |
FR2765799B1 (en) | 1997-07-08 | 1999-08-27 | Oreal | GLOSSY COMPOSITION CONTAINING AROMATIC OILS THICKENED BY A POLYSACCHARIDE ALKYLETHER |
ES2170522T5 (en) | 1997-08-18 | 2011-11-14 | NEUBOURG SKIN CARE GMBH & CO. KG | FOAMY SKIN CREAM. |
SE9703226D0 (en) | 1997-09-08 | 1997-09-08 | Astra Ab | New pharmaceutical composition |
US5885581A (en) | 1997-09-11 | 1999-03-23 | Merz, Incorporated | Composition and method for improvement of the appearance of scars |
US5939376A (en) | 1997-09-25 | 1999-08-17 | Colgate Palmolive Company | Liquid cleaning compositions containing an organic ester foam control agent |
US6241971B1 (en) | 1997-09-25 | 2001-06-05 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Hair styling compositions comprising mineral salt, lipophilic material, and low levels of surfactant |
US6214318B1 (en) | 1997-10-02 | 2001-04-10 | Oms Holdings Llc | Aerosol ointment compositions for topical use |
FR2769299B1 (en) | 1997-10-03 | 1999-12-31 | Oreal | BI-PRODUCTS PACKAGING AND DISTRIBUTION SET |
US6075056A (en) | 1997-10-03 | 2000-06-13 | Penederm, Inc. | Antifungal/steroid topical compositions |
AUPO983897A0 (en) | 1997-10-17 | 1997-11-06 | Soltec Research Pty Ltd | Topical antifungal composition |
US5961957A (en) | 1997-10-20 | 1999-10-05 | Mcanalley; Bill H. | Foam compositions |
US5911981A (en) | 1997-10-24 | 1999-06-15 | R.I.T.A. Corporation | Surfactant blends for generating a stable wet foam |
US5865347A (en) | 1997-10-27 | 1999-02-02 | William T. Wilkinson | Multi-chamber dispenser for flowable materials |
US5877216A (en) | 1997-10-28 | 1999-03-02 | Vivus, Incorporated | Treatment of female sexual dysfunction |
WO1999021562A1 (en) | 1997-10-28 | 1999-05-06 | Asivi, Llc | Treatment of female sexual dysfunction |
JP3450680B2 (en) | 1997-10-28 | 2003-09-29 | 高砂香料工業株式会社 | Method for producing para-menthane-3,8-diol |
DK1510213T3 (en) | 1997-11-10 | 2009-03-23 | Strakan Int Ltd | Penetration-enhancing and irritation-reducing systems including testosterone |
DE29720316U1 (en) | 1997-11-17 | 1998-01-29 | Raimund Andris Gmbh & Co Kg, 78052 Villingen-Schwenningen | Two-chamber dispenser |
US5849042A (en) | 1997-11-19 | 1998-12-15 | Bristol-Myers Squibb | Hair dye compositions containing 2,3 dialkyl-4-aminophenol and a 2-alkyl-1-naphthol |
US5871720A (en) | 1997-11-20 | 1999-02-16 | Colgate-Palmolive Company | Cosmetic compositions with DBS and functionalized silicones |
EP1049486A4 (en) * | 1997-12-05 | 2006-01-04 | Lilly Co Eli | Glp-1 formulations |
TWI225793B (en) | 1997-12-25 | 2005-01-01 | Ajinomoto Kk | Cosmetic composition |
DE19802206A1 (en) | 1998-01-22 | 1999-07-29 | Beiersdorf Ag | Stable cosmetic or dermatological composition with low viscosity |
FR2774595A1 (en) | 1998-02-06 | 1999-08-13 | Rech D Innovation Et De Dev Ce | EMULSION FOR TRANSDERMAL STEROID ADMINISTRATION |
DE19805918A1 (en) | 1998-02-13 | 1999-08-19 | Beiersdorf Ag | Lipidreduced preparations |
US6110966A (en) | 1998-02-20 | 2000-08-29 | Medi-Cell Laboratories, Inc. | Triple action complex |
DE19807774A1 (en) | 1998-02-24 | 1999-08-26 | Beiersdorf Ag | Use of flavone, flavanone or flavonoid compound for protection of ascorbic acid or ascorbyl compound against oxidation, especially in cosmetic and dermatological preparations, |
JP3514105B2 (en) | 1998-02-27 | 2004-03-31 | ティアック株式会社 | Recording medium recording / reproducing device |
ES2245511T3 (en) | 1998-03-04 | 2006-01-01 | Teijin Limited | VITAMIN LOANS D3 ACTIVE IN THE FORM OF EMULSION. |
US6121210A (en) | 1998-03-12 | 2000-09-19 | Dap Products Inc. | Foamable silicone oil compositions and methods of use thereof |
US5990100A (en) | 1998-03-24 | 1999-11-23 | Panda Pharmaceuticals, L.L.C. | Composition and method for treatment of psoriasis |
AUPP310798A0 (en) | 1998-04-22 | 1998-05-14 | Soltec Research Pty Ltd | Vehicle system for a composition comprising a piperidinopyrimidine derivative |
US5919830A (en) * | 1998-04-30 | 1999-07-06 | Gopalkrishnan; Sridhar | Stable non-aqueous blends for personal care compositions |
US6649175B1 (en) | 1998-05-04 | 2003-11-18 | Schering-Plough Healthcare Products, Inc. | Skin barrier composition |
GB9810949D0 (en) | 1998-05-22 | 1998-07-22 | Hewlett Healthcare Limited | Formulation |
FR2779637B1 (en) * | 1998-06-15 | 2000-09-01 | Oreal | PHOTOPROTECTIVE COSMETIC COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A METAL OXIDE NANOPIGMENT AND AN ACRYLIC TERPOLYMER AND USE OF SUCH COMPOSITIONS FOR PROTECTING KERATINIC MATERIALS FROM ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION |
US6706290B1 (en) | 1998-07-06 | 2004-03-16 | Olvai E. Kajander | Methods for eradication of nanobacteria |
FR2780879B1 (en) * | 1998-07-09 | 2002-09-20 | Oreal | PHOTOPROTECTOR COSMETIC COMPOSITION CONTAINING AN ANIONIC SURFACTANT, COMPOUND FILTERING ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION AND CATIONIC OR ZPHITTERIONIC AMPHIPHILIC COMPOUND AND USE THEREOF |
US6146664A (en) | 1998-07-10 | 2000-11-14 | Shaklee Corporation | Stable topical ascorbic acid compositions |
US6124362A (en) | 1998-07-17 | 2000-09-26 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Method for regulating hair growth |
US6071541A (en) * | 1998-07-31 | 2000-06-06 | Murad; Howard | Pharmaceutical compositions and methods for managing skin conditions |
DE19835239A1 (en) | 1998-08-04 | 2000-02-24 | Johnson & Johnson Gmbh | Foaming oil preparation and its use |
JP4017758B2 (en) | 1998-08-04 | 2007-12-05 | 高砂香料工業株式会社 | Cooling agent composition |
GB9817817D0 (en) | 1998-08-14 | 1998-10-14 | Unilever Plc | Cosmetic composition |
NZ509618A (en) | 1998-08-20 | 2003-09-26 | 3M Innovative Properties Co | A patch-in-a-bottle that provides a fluid composition, which is applied to a surface and subsequently dries to form a covering, such as a patch |
JP3712868B2 (en) | 1998-09-02 | 2005-11-02 | 株式会社カネボウ化粧品 | Aerosol composition |
AUPP583198A0 (en) | 1998-09-11 | 1998-10-01 | Soltec Research Pty Ltd | Mousse composition |
US8263580B2 (en) | 1998-09-11 | 2012-09-11 | Stiefel Research Australia Pty Ltd | Vitamin formulation |
US6087310A (en) | 1998-09-23 | 2000-07-11 | Castrol Limited | Skin cleaning compositions and uses comprising a polymer latex emulsion |
JP2002525298A (en) | 1998-09-28 | 2002-08-13 | メルク エンド カムパニー インコーポレーテッド | Treatment of inflammatory diseases by administration of thrombin inhibitors |
US6914057B1 (en) | 1998-09-28 | 2005-07-05 | The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York | Inhibitor of cataract formation |
US6607716B1 (en) | 1998-09-29 | 2003-08-19 | Tech Labs, Inc. | Pediculicidal compositions, a kit, and methods of use |
RU2134052C1 (en) | 1998-10-07 | 1999-08-10 | Нерушай Сергей Алексеевич | Method and apparatus for aerosol application of perfumery liquids |
US6287546B1 (en) | 1998-10-09 | 2001-09-11 | Colgate-Palmolive Company | Shampoos with stabilizers |
JP3876081B2 (en) | 1998-10-22 | 2007-01-31 | 東洋エアゾール工業株式会社 | Aerosol composition for foam formation |
US6110477A (en) | 1998-10-30 | 2000-08-29 | Topix Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Stabilization of ascorbic acid, ascorbic acid derivatives and/or extracts containing ascorbic acid for topical use |
US7521068B2 (en) | 1998-11-12 | 2009-04-21 | Elan Pharma International Ltd. | Dry powder aerosols of nanoparticulate drugs |
US5980904A (en) | 1998-11-18 | 1999-11-09 | Amway Corporation | Skin whitening composition containing bearberry extract and a reducing agent |
US6344218B1 (en) | 1998-11-23 | 2002-02-05 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Skin deodorizing and santizing compositions |
DE19855097A1 (en) | 1998-11-28 | 2000-05-31 | Wella Ag | Pigment-containing, foamable gel |
US20010006654A1 (en) | 1998-12-09 | 2001-07-05 | L'oreal | Compositions and methods for treating hair and skin using aqueous delivery systems |
US6087317A (en) | 1998-12-10 | 2000-07-11 | Dow Corning Corporation | Particle size stable silicone emulsions |
US6486207B2 (en) | 1998-12-10 | 2002-11-26 | Nexmed (Holdings), Inc. | Compositions and methods for amelioration of human female sexual dysfunction |
US6262128B1 (en) | 1998-12-16 | 2001-07-17 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Aqueous foaming compositions, foam compositions, and preparation of foam compositions |
FR2787325B1 (en) | 1998-12-17 | 2001-01-26 | Oreal | NANOEMULSION BASED ON OXYETHYLENE OR NON-OXYETHYLENE SORBITAN FATTY ESTERS, AND ITS USES IN THE COSMETIC, DERMATOLOGICAL AND / OR OPHTHALMOLOGICAL FIELDS |
FR2787728B1 (en) | 1998-12-23 | 2001-01-26 | Oreal | NANOEMULSION BASED ON FATTY ESTERS OF PHOSPHORIC ACID, AND ITS USES IN THE COSMETIC, DERMATOLOGICAL, PHARMACEUTICAL AND / OR OPHTHALMOLOGICAL FIELDS |
AU769224B2 (en) | 1998-12-28 | 2004-01-22 | Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | External preparation |
JP2000191429A (en) | 1998-12-28 | 2000-07-11 | Kao Corp | Foamable cosmetic |
FR2787703B1 (en) | 1998-12-29 | 2001-01-26 | Oreal | NANOEMULSION BASED ON ETHOXYL FATHER ETHERS OR ETHOXYL FATTY ESTERS, AND ITS USES IN THE COSMETIC, DERMATOLOGICAL AND / OR OPHTHALMOLOGICAL FIELDS |
FR2788007B1 (en) | 1999-01-05 | 2001-02-09 | Oreal | NANOEMULSION BASED ON BLOCK COPOLYMERS OF ETHYLENE OXIDE AND PROPYLENE OXIDE, AND ITS USES IN THE COSMETIC, DERMATOLOGICAL AND / OR OPHTHALMOLOGICAL FIELDS |
US6486168B1 (en) | 1999-01-08 | 2002-11-26 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Formulations and methods for treatment of mucosal associated conditions with an immune response modifier |
US6270781B1 (en) * | 1999-01-08 | 2001-08-07 | Maxim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method and compositions for topical treatment of damaged tissue using reactive oxygen metabolite production or release inhibitors |
FR2789371B1 (en) | 1999-02-05 | 2001-04-27 | Sofab | DISTRIBUTOR OF CHEMICALLY UNSTABLE PRODUCTS |
EP1025836A1 (en) | 1999-02-08 | 2000-08-09 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Cosmetic light screening composition |
TWI262930B (en) | 1999-02-10 | 2006-10-01 | Mitsui Chemicals Inc | High-durability flexible polyurethane cold molded foam and process for producing the same |
US6224888B1 (en) | 1999-02-12 | 2001-05-01 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Cosmetic compositions |
US6423329B1 (en) | 1999-02-12 | 2002-07-23 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Skin sanitizing compositions |
JP3641152B2 (en) | 1999-02-17 | 2005-04-20 | 株式会社ヤクルト本社 | Topical skin preparation |
US6761903B2 (en) | 1999-06-30 | 2004-07-13 | Lipocine, Inc. | Clear oil-containing pharmaceutical compositions containing a therapeutic agent |
US7374779B2 (en) | 1999-02-26 | 2008-05-20 | Lipocine, Inc. | Pharmaceutical formulations and systems for improved absorption and multistage release of active agents |
US6305578B1 (en) | 1999-02-26 | 2001-10-23 | Wella Aktiengesellshaft | Device for mixing, foaming and dispensing liquids from separate compressed-gas containers |
IL129102A0 (en) | 1999-03-22 | 2000-02-17 | J P M E D Ltd | An emulsion |
DE60031025T2 (en) | 1999-03-31 | 2007-05-24 | Firmenich S.A. | Use of Cubebol as a flavoring agent |
US6383471B1 (en) | 1999-04-06 | 2002-05-07 | Lipocine, Inc. | Compositions and methods for improved delivery of ionizable hydrophobic therapeutic agents |
US6264964B1 (en) | 1999-04-14 | 2001-07-24 | Conopco, Inc. | Foaming cosmetic products |
US6479532B1 (en) | 1999-04-16 | 2002-11-12 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Antifungal compositions |
US6284802B1 (en) | 1999-04-19 | 2001-09-04 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Methods for regulating the condition of mammalian keratinous tissue |
SK287653B6 (en) * | 1999-04-23 | 2011-05-06 | Leo Pharmaceutical Products Ltd. A/S (Lovens Kemiske Fabrik | Non-aqueous pharmaceutical composition for dermal use |
US6433003B1 (en) | 1999-04-23 | 2002-08-13 | Arthur M. Bobrove | Method for treating hyperhidrosis in mammals |
GB9909711D0 (en) | 1999-04-27 | 1999-06-23 | Unilever Plc | Mousse forming hair treatment composition |
FR2793479B1 (en) | 1999-05-10 | 2001-06-29 | Lir France Sa | DOUBLE DISPENSER FOR FLUID OR PASTY PRODUCTS |
US6417207B1 (en) | 1999-05-12 | 2002-07-09 | Nitromed, Inc. | Nitrosated and nitrosylated potassium channel activators, compositions and methods of use |
US6168576B1 (en) | 1999-05-24 | 2001-01-02 | Irene N. Reynolds | Device for dispensing vaginal medication |
US6518228B1 (en) | 1999-05-27 | 2003-02-11 | Clairol Incorporated | Ultra-mild, clear, aqueous, foamable skin cleanser |
US6395300B1 (en) | 1999-05-27 | 2002-05-28 | Acusphere, Inc. | Porous drug matrices and methods of manufacture thereof |
ATE300274T1 (en) | 1999-05-28 | 2005-08-15 | Unilever Nv | FOAMABLE SHOWER OIL COMPOSITION |
JP2000351726A (en) | 1999-06-08 | 2000-12-19 | Lion Corp | Aerosol preparation |
JP2000354623A (en) | 1999-06-14 | 2000-12-26 | Shiigeru Kk | Deodorant and deodorizing spray |
GB9913951D0 (en) | 1999-06-15 | 1999-08-18 | Unilever Plc | Mousse-forming shampoo compositions |
US6113888A (en) | 1999-06-15 | 2000-09-05 | Neutrogena Corporation | Self-tanning mousse |
US6190365B1 (en) | 1999-06-21 | 2001-02-20 | Chun Lim Abbott | Vaginal douche applicator and method of vaginal deodorization using the same |
JP2001002526A (en) | 1999-06-23 | 2001-01-09 | Koike Kagaku Kk | Foam aerosol composition |
US6524594B1 (en) | 1999-06-23 | 2003-02-25 | Johnson & Johnson Consumer Companies, Inc. | Foaming oil gel compositions |
NL1012419C2 (en) | 1999-06-23 | 2000-12-28 | Airspray Nv | Aerosol for dispensing a liquid. |
US6551604B1 (en) | 1999-06-28 | 2003-04-22 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Skin care compositions |
WO2001001949A1 (en) | 1999-07-01 | 2001-01-11 | Johnson And Johnson Consumer Companies, Inc. | Cleansing compositions |
US6762158B2 (en) | 1999-07-01 | 2004-07-13 | Johnson & Johnson Consumer Companies, Inc. | Personal care compositions comprising liquid ester mixtures |
FR2795643B1 (en) | 1999-07-02 | 2004-06-11 | Oreal | FIRMING COSMETIC COMPOSITION INCLUDING AT LEAST ONE HYDROXYSTILBENE IN ASSOCIATION WITH ASCORBIC ACID |
JP4058199B2 (en) | 1999-07-06 | 2008-03-05 | ポーラ化成工業株式会社 | Warm feeling pack |
WO2001005366A1 (en) | 1999-07-15 | 2001-01-25 | Playtex Products, Inc. | Sunscreen aerosol composition |
US6548074B1 (en) | 1999-07-22 | 2003-04-15 | Elizabeth Arden Co., Division Of Conopco, Inc. | Silicone elastomer emulsions stabilized with pentylene glycol |
FR2796925B1 (en) | 1999-07-29 | 2001-10-05 | Valois Sa | DISPENSER WITH ARTICULATED DISPENSING HEAD |
WO2001008681A1 (en) | 1999-08-02 | 2001-02-08 | First Horizon Pharmaceutical Corporation | Methods of administration of glycopyrrolate compositions |
US6303552B1 (en) | 1999-08-04 | 2001-10-16 | Napier International Technologies, Inc. | Aerosol paint stripper compositions |
DE19938757A1 (en) | 1999-08-16 | 2001-02-22 | Beiersdorf Ag | Cosmetic or dermatological preparations of the oil-in-water type |
WO2001013956A2 (en) | 1999-08-26 | 2001-03-01 | Ganeden Biotech, Inc. | Use of emu oil a carrier for antifungal, antibacterial, and antiviral medications |
US6777591B1 (en) | 1999-08-27 | 2004-08-17 | Sembiosys Genetics Inc. | Legume-like storage protein promoter isolated from flax and methods of expressing proteins in plant seeds using the promoter |
US6479058B1 (en) | 1999-09-02 | 2002-11-12 | Mccadden Michael E. | Composition for the topical treatment of poison ivy and other forms of contact dermatitis |
US6308863B1 (en) | 1999-09-02 | 2001-10-30 | Owens-Brockway Plastic Products Inc. | Dual chamber package for pressurized products |
JP4394775B2 (en) | 1999-09-03 | 2010-01-06 | 株式会社ダイゾー | Water-in-oil foam aerosol composition and method for producing the same |
JP4045475B2 (en) | 1999-09-06 | 2008-02-13 | 東洋紡績株式会社 | Nucleic acid / protein purification equipment |
AU3887301A (en) | 1999-09-20 | 2001-04-24 | Procter & Gamble Company, The | Article for the delivery of foam products |
US6437006B1 (en) | 1999-09-27 | 2002-08-20 | American Cyanamid Company | Pharmaceutical carrier formulation |
US6528086B2 (en) | 1999-09-28 | 2003-03-04 | Zars, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for drug delivery involving phase changing formulations |
FR2798849B1 (en) | 1999-09-29 | 2001-11-23 | Oreal | COMPOSITION FOR WASHING KERATIN MATERIALS, BASED ON A DETERGENT SURFACE-ACTIVE AGENT, A DIALKYL DIALLYL AMMONIUM HOMOPOLYMER AND AN ACRYLIC TERPOLYMER |
US6790435B1 (en) | 1999-10-01 | 2004-09-14 | Unilever Home & Personal Care Usa Division Of Conopco, Inc. | Antiperspirant compositions comprising microemulsions |
US6667045B2 (en) | 1999-10-01 | 2003-12-23 | Joseph Scott Dahle | Topical applications for skin treatment |
FR2799369B1 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2001-12-21 | Oreal | COMBINATION OF ESCINE AND DEXTRAN SULFATE AND THE USE THEREOF |
US6186367B1 (en) | 1999-10-19 | 2001-02-13 | Valley Design Inc. | Metered liquid squeeze dispenser |
FR2799963B1 (en) | 1999-10-22 | 2002-07-19 | Oreal | EMULSIONS CONTAINING AT LEAST ONE INSOLUBLE ORGANIC UV FILTER AND A NON-FILTERING ORGANOMODIFIED SILICONE |
US6080394A (en) | 1999-11-08 | 2000-06-27 | Dow Corning Corporation | Polar solvent-in-oil emulsions and multiple emulsions |
US20030077301A1 (en) | 1999-12-16 | 2003-04-24 | Maibach Howard I. | Topical pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of inflammatory dermatoses |
UA66796C2 (en) | 1999-12-27 | 2004-06-15 | Univ Nat Pharmaceutical | Composition "profesol foamy" for treating radiation lesions of skin |
IL133969A0 (en) | 2000-01-10 | 2001-04-30 | Thixo Ltd | Thixotropic compositions containing unsaturated oils and food products containing the same |
US6967023B1 (en) | 2000-01-10 | 2005-11-22 | Foamix, Ltd. | Pharmaceutical and cosmetic carrier or composition for topical application |
US7001690B2 (en) | 2000-01-18 | 2006-02-21 | Valence Technology, Inc. | Lithium-based active materials and preparation thereof |
US6528033B1 (en) | 2000-01-18 | 2003-03-04 | Valence Technology, Inc. | Method of making lithium-containing materials |
FR2804016B1 (en) | 2000-01-21 | 2006-07-28 | Oreal | NANEMULSION CONTAINING AMPHIPHILIC LIPIDS AND PEG ESTER AND USES THEREOF |
FR2804015B1 (en) | 2000-01-21 | 2005-12-23 | Oreal | NANEMULSION CONTAINING AMPHIPHILIC LIPIDS AND NONIONIC POLYMER AND USES THEREOF |
US20020006435A1 (en) | 2000-01-27 | 2002-01-17 | Samuels Paul J. | Transdermal anesthetic and vasodilator composition and methods for topical administration |
US6780443B1 (en) | 2000-02-04 | 2004-08-24 | Takasago International Corporation | Sensate composition imparting initial sensation upon contact |
FR2804666B1 (en) | 2000-02-04 | 2002-06-14 | Oreal | DISPENSER FOR STORING AT LEAST TWO COMPONENTS AND SELECTIVE DISPENSING EITHER OF A SINGLE CONSTITUENT, EITHER OF THEIR MIXTURE, AND METHOD FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION THEREOF |
NL1014389C2 (en) | 2000-02-15 | 2001-08-16 | Dija Zeist Bv | Tanning preparation for the skin. |
US20040161447A1 (en) | 2000-02-17 | 2004-08-19 | Leonard Paul | Liquid foam producing compositions and dispensing system therefor |
CA2400161C (en) | 2000-02-22 | 2015-11-24 | Metacarta, Inc. | Spatially coding and displaying information |
ATE275378T1 (en) | 2000-02-22 | 2004-09-15 | Color Access Inc | AQUEOUS COSMETIC JELLIES |
DE10008896A1 (en) * | 2000-02-25 | 2001-08-30 | Beiersdorf Ag | Improving the solubility and compatibility of benzotriazole UV filters in oils, e.g. in cosmetics or dermatological compositions, by addition of dialkylnaphthalates |
DE10008837A1 (en) | 2000-02-25 | 2001-08-30 | Henkel Kgaa | Dental cleaner containing propellant gas |
US6664287B2 (en) | 2000-03-15 | 2003-12-16 | Bethesda Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antioxidants |
IL135222A (en) | 2000-03-22 | 2005-06-19 | Univ Ben Gurion | Compositions containing molecular iodine |
DE20006099U1 (en) | 2000-04-01 | 2000-07-06 | MegaPlast GmbH & Co. KG, 78052 Villingen-Schwenningen | Dosing pump dispenser with at least two dosing pumps |
US6649571B1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2003-11-18 | Masi Technologies, L.L.C. | Method of generating gas bubbles in oleaginous liquids |
FR2807322B1 (en) | 2000-04-10 | 2004-02-20 | Oreal | COMPOSITION, ESPECIALLY COSMETIC, COMPRISING ASCORBIC ACID IN ASSOCIATION WITH AN ASCORBIC ACID DERIVATIVE |
US7758888B2 (en) * | 2000-04-21 | 2010-07-20 | Sol-Gel Technologies Ltd. | Composition exhibiting enhanced formulation stability and delivery of topical active ingredients |
JP2002012513A (en) | 2000-04-24 | 2002-01-15 | Kanebo Ltd | Urea-containing whipped cosmetic |
US6358541B1 (en) | 2000-05-03 | 2002-03-19 | David S. Goodman | Topical preparation for the treatment of hair loss |
US6410036B1 (en) | 2000-05-04 | 2002-06-25 | E-L Management Corp. | Eutectic mixtures in cosmetic compositions |
AU2001257534A1 (en) | 2000-05-05 | 2001-11-20 | R.P. Scherer Technologies, Inc. | Oil-in-water emulsion formulation containing hydroquinone and retinol |
US6433024B1 (en) | 2000-05-08 | 2002-08-13 | Karl F. Popp | Topical anti-acne composition |
EP1286652B1 (en) | 2000-05-08 | 2006-09-06 | Pfizer Products Inc. | Skin protectant spray compositions |
FR2808685B1 (en) | 2000-05-12 | 2004-10-08 | Sanofi Synthelabo | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS FOR TRANSDERMAL DELIVERY OF ANTI-INFLAMMATORY AGENTS |
JP2001326952A (en) | 2000-05-15 | 2001-11-22 | Nec Corp | Broadcast confirmation system, method and device for broadcast confirmation, and recording medium with broadcast confirmation program recorded thereon |
FR2809010B1 (en) | 2000-05-22 | 2002-07-12 | Oreal | NANOEMULSION BASED ON ANIONIC POLYMERS, AND ITS USES IN PARTICULAR IN THE COSMETIC, DERMATOLOGICAL, PHARMACEUTICAL AND / OR OPHTHALMOLOGICAL FIELDS |
JP4653282B2 (en) | 2000-05-23 | 2011-03-16 | 昭和薬品化工株式会社 | Minocycline-containing composition |
DE10028638A1 (en) | 2000-06-09 | 2001-12-20 | Schuelke & Mayr Gmbh | Storage-stable composition useful in cosmetic and pharmaceutical compositions comprises combination of glycerol monoalkyl ether with antioxidant |
AU2001268451A1 (en) | 2000-06-13 | 2001-12-24 | Fd Management, Inc. | Cosmetic composition for stressed skin under extreme conditions |
WO2002000820A1 (en) | 2000-06-23 | 2002-01-03 | Combe International Ltd. | Stable foam for use in disposable wipe |
US20020164381A1 (en) | 2000-06-30 | 2002-11-07 | Medicis Pharmaceutical Corporation | Mitocidal compositions and methods |
US8512718B2 (en) * | 2000-07-03 | 2013-08-20 | Foamix Ltd. | Pharmaceutical composition for topical application |
CA2313659A1 (en) | 2000-07-06 | 2002-01-06 | Barry J. Barclay | B complex vitamin compositions that protect against cellular damage caused by ultraviolet light |
DE10033414B4 (en) | 2000-07-08 | 2004-02-19 | Wella Aktiengesellschaft | Clear, two-phase, foam-forming aerosol hair care product |
US6468989B1 (en) | 2000-07-13 | 2002-10-22 | Dow Pharmaceutical Sciences | Gel compositions containing metronidazole |
FR2811564B1 (en) | 2000-07-13 | 2002-12-27 | Oreal | NANOEMULSION CONTAINING NON-IONIC POLYMERS, AND ITS USES IN PARTICULAR IN THE COSMETIC, DERMATOLOGICAL, PHARMACEUTICAL AND / OR OPHTHALMOLOGICAL FIELDS |
DE10035930A1 (en) | 2000-07-21 | 2002-01-31 | Clariant Gmbh | fine emulsions |
US20020035070A1 (en) | 2000-07-26 | 2002-03-21 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Method of regulating hair growth using metal complexes of oxidized carbohydrates |
FR2812191B1 (en) | 2000-07-28 | 2003-10-17 | Oreal | USE OF PROSTAGLANDIN E2 RECEPTOR AGONISTS (EP-3) TO ATTENUATE, DECREASE OR STOP HAIR AND HAIR GROWTH IN COSMETIC PREPARATIONS |
JP4166931B2 (en) | 2000-08-02 | 2008-10-15 | ポーラ化成工業株式会社 | Fever foam cosmetic |
US20040198706A1 (en) | 2003-03-11 | 2004-10-07 | Carrara Dario Norberto R. | Methods and formulations for transdermal or transmucosal application of active agents |
US6514487B1 (en) | 2000-08-08 | 2003-02-04 | Teresa Leigh Barr | Foam and gel oat protein complex and method of use |
WO2002015873A2 (en) | 2000-08-22 | 2002-02-28 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Personal care compositions containing adhesive elastomeric polymer and inorganic colloid |
AU2001286578A1 (en) | 2000-08-24 | 2002-03-04 | Tim Ioannides | Topical antioxidant having vitamin c and method of combination with topical agent by user |
US6299023B1 (en) | 2000-08-24 | 2001-10-09 | Miles Arnone | Device for dispensing two substances in a user selectable ratio with replaceable cartridges |
FR2813189B1 (en) | 2000-08-31 | 2003-02-28 | Oreal | COSMETIC FOAMING CREAM FOR THE TREATMENT OF OILY SKIN |
WO2002022086A2 (en) | 2000-09-14 | 2002-03-21 | Quantum Energy Technologies | Application of water nanoclusters to skin |
JP5082181B2 (en) | 2000-09-21 | 2012-11-28 | 大正製薬株式会社 | Lower rectal retention suppository |
AUPR048600A0 (en) | 2000-10-02 | 2000-10-26 | Soltec Research Pty Ltd | Pharmaceutical vehicle |
DE10049147A1 (en) | 2000-10-04 | 2002-04-25 | Wella Ag | Hair wax product with waxes, non-volatile oils and volatile, hydrophobic substances |
FR2814959A1 (en) | 2000-10-09 | 2002-04-12 | Menarini France | Atomiser for pharmaceutical products based on antiinflammatory agents comprises pressurized container, dosing pouch and metering valve |
US6547063B1 (en) | 2000-10-10 | 2003-04-15 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Article for the delivery of foam products |
GB2367809A (en) | 2000-10-12 | 2002-04-17 | Bespak Plc | Metering valve with collapsible chamber |
US6403069B1 (en) | 2000-10-20 | 2002-06-11 | Colgate-Palmolive Company | High oil clear emulsion with elastomer |
FR2815616B1 (en) | 2000-10-20 | 2003-01-24 | Oreal | DISTRIBUTION ASSEMBLY FOR THE EXTEMPORARY DISTRIBUTION OF TWO PRODUCTS |
US20040018228A1 (en) | 2000-11-06 | 2004-01-29 | Afmedica, Inc. | Compositions and methods for reducing scar tissue formation |
DE10058384B4 (en) | 2000-11-24 | 2004-12-16 | Wella Aktiengesellschaft | Cosmetic or dermatological agent in the form of a creamy permanent foam or a stably foamed cream, its use and method for producing the agent |
US6299032B1 (en) | 2000-11-27 | 2001-10-09 | George W. Hamilton | Disposable actuator with cap opener for aerosol cans |
US6969521B1 (en) | 2000-11-28 | 2005-11-29 | Avon Products, Inc. | Aerosol insect repellent composition having low VOC content and method of applying same to the skin |
WO2002043490A1 (en) | 2000-11-28 | 2002-06-06 | Avon Products, Inc. | Foaming insect repellent compositions |
US20050013853A1 (en) | 2000-11-29 | 2005-01-20 | Irit Gil-Ad | Anti-proliferative drugs |
US6774100B2 (en) | 2000-12-06 | 2004-08-10 | Imaginative Research Associates, Inc. | Anhydrous creams, lotions and gels |
GB0030068D0 (en) | 2000-12-11 | 2001-01-24 | Lawrence Malcolm | Highway vehicular traffic flow control |
JP3497466B2 (en) | 2000-12-12 | 2004-02-16 | 高砂香料工業株式会社 | Warming composition |
US20060254597A1 (en) | 2000-12-14 | 2006-11-16 | 40J's Llc | Method of treatment of atrophic vaginitis by topical clitoral menthol or a related cooling compound |
DE10063342A1 (en) | 2000-12-19 | 2002-06-20 | Beiersdorf Ag | Cosmetic or dermatological composition contains three-part emulsifier system and gas |
US6749860B2 (en) | 2000-12-22 | 2004-06-15 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Absorbent articles with non-aqueous compositions containing botanicals |
US20040079361A1 (en) | 2001-01-17 | 2004-04-29 | Clayton Colin D. | Medicinal aerosols |
FR2819427B1 (en) | 2001-01-18 | 2003-04-11 | Oreal | TRANSLUCENT NANOEMULSION, MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF AND USES THEREOF IN THE COSMETIC, DERMATOLOGICAL AND / OR OPHTHALMOLOGICAL FIELDS |
US20030013692A1 (en) | 2001-01-19 | 2003-01-16 | Gullans Steven R. | Methods of treating neurological disorders |
BR0206980A (en) | 2001-02-05 | 2004-07-06 | Michael Albert Kamm | Use of a smooth muscle tone modulator |
DE10110336A1 (en) * | 2001-03-03 | 2002-09-12 | Clariant Gmbh | Surfactant-free cosmetic, dermatological and pharmaceutical agents |
IL157734A0 (en) | 2001-03-06 | 2004-03-28 | Cellegy Pharma Inc | Pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of urogenital disorders |
CN1527694A (en) | 2001-03-07 | 2004-09-08 | 宝洁公司 | Topical composition comprising a functional aromatic derivative cosmetic bonding agent |
ES2224063T3 (en) | 2001-03-26 | 2005-03-01 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | DOSING VALVE FOR A DOSE INHALER MEASURES THAT HAVE IMPROVED FLOW. |
CA2441893C (en) | 2001-03-26 | 2015-01-20 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Method of attenuating reactions to skin irritants |
NZ528377A (en) | 2001-03-27 | 2005-05-27 | Galen Chemicals Ltd | Intravaginal drug delivery devices for the administration of an antimicrobial agent |
CA2441730C (en) | 2001-03-29 | 2008-11-18 | The Dial Corporation | Antibacterial compositions for skin care |
JP2002302419A (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2002-10-18 | Aldeep Cosmetics Japan Inc | Cosmetic composition |
NZ529308A (en) | 2001-04-05 | 2005-03-24 | Collagenex Pharm Inc | Tetracycline compounds comprising a tetracycline and a controlled release agent to provide delivery at a dose below that required for antibiotic activity |
US6848597B2 (en) | 2001-04-18 | 2005-02-01 | James A. Vlodek | Methods and apparatus for extruding foam through orifices |
US6682726B2 (en) | 2001-04-30 | 2004-01-27 | The Gillette Company | Self-foaming shaving lotion |
US20030053980A1 (en) | 2001-04-30 | 2003-03-20 | The Gillette Company | Shaving compositions containing highly lubricious water soluble polymers |
US20020187181A1 (en) | 2001-05-14 | 2002-12-12 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | System for delivering cosmetics and pharmaceuticals |
ITMI20011019A1 (en) | 2001-05-17 | 2002-11-17 | Carlo Ghisalberti | FURILIC SUBSTANCES FOR TOPICAL USE |
WO2002096374A2 (en) | 2001-05-31 | 2002-12-05 | Upsher-Smith Laboratories, Inc. | Dermatological compositions and methods comprising alpha-hydroxy acids or derivatives |
JP2005501022A (en) | 2001-06-20 | 2005-01-13 | ザ プロクター アンド ギャンブル カンパニー | Personal care composition comprising a polyol-in-silicone emulsion |
US7270828B2 (en) | 2001-06-20 | 2007-09-18 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Personal care composition comprising hydrophobic gel |
FR2826292B1 (en) | 2001-06-22 | 2004-01-23 | Rhodia Chimie Sa | OIL-IN-OIL EMULSIONS COMPRISING A SILICONE, DISPERSIONS OF SUCH EMULSIONS AND USE THEREOF |
US6544562B2 (en) | 2001-06-25 | 2003-04-08 | Blistex Inc. | Acne treatment including dual-package system |
US6428772B1 (en) | 2001-06-25 | 2002-08-06 | Blistex Inc. | Acne treatment composition with cooling effect |
WO2003002082A1 (en) | 2001-06-26 | 2003-01-09 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Pressurized anhydrous antiperspirant emulsions |
KR100791757B1 (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2008-01-04 | 가부시키가이샤 가네보케쇼힝 | Mixer/extractor |
JP2003012511A (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2003-01-15 | Rohto Pharmaceut Co Ltd | Aerosol composition |
WO2003005985A1 (en) | 2001-07-13 | 2003-01-23 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Mousse forming compositions comprising quaternary ammonium agents |
US20060194773A1 (en) | 2001-07-13 | 2006-08-31 | Paratek Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Tetracyline compounds having target therapeutic activities |
DE10134786A1 (en) | 2001-07-17 | 2003-02-06 | Beiersdorf Ag | Foamable preparations |
JP5137289B2 (en) | 2001-08-03 | 2013-02-06 | 武田薬品工業株式会社 | Stable emulsion composition |
DE10138495B4 (en) | 2001-08-04 | 2004-11-11 | Beiersdorf Ag | Foaming preparations and their use |
JP2005504756A (en) | 2001-08-08 | 2005-02-17 | マリア・アントニア・ガルシア−オルメド・ドミンゲス | Injectable foam formulations and novel pharmaceutical applications |
JP4707279B2 (en) | 2001-08-09 | 2011-06-22 | ポーラ化成工業株式会社 | Cosmetics for massage with cool-down effect |
US7091243B2 (en) | 2001-08-09 | 2006-08-15 | Croda, Inc. | Anti-irritants |
IL160275A0 (en) | 2001-08-11 | 2004-07-25 | Aventis Pharma Ltd | Pressurised aerosol dispenser |
US6638981B2 (en) | 2001-08-17 | 2003-10-28 | Epicept Corporation | Topical compositions and methods for treating pain |
US20030049218A1 (en) | 2001-08-28 | 2003-03-13 | Amit Patel | Antiperspirant deodorant emulsion |
DK1455888T3 (en) | 2001-08-29 | 2009-08-24 | Pharmakodex Ltd | Topical administration device |
US6709663B2 (en) | 2001-08-31 | 2004-03-23 | Healthpoint, Ltd. | Multivesicular emulsion drug delivery systems |
US6479060B1 (en) | 2001-09-04 | 2002-11-12 | Healthpoint, Ltd. | Elegant hydrogenated castor oil ointments |
FR2829693B1 (en) | 2001-09-20 | 2004-02-27 | Oreal | FOAMING COSMETIC CREAM |
DE10147820A1 (en) | 2001-09-27 | 2003-04-10 | Beiersdorf Ag | Self-foaming, foam-like, post-foaming or foamable cosmetic or dermatological preparations containing waxes or lipids which are solid and / or semi-solid at room temperature |
US7931533B2 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2011-04-26 | Igt | Game development architecture that decouples the game logic from the graphics logics |
US20030185839A1 (en) | 2001-10-05 | 2003-10-02 | Podolsky Daniel K. | Methods and compositions for treating dermal lesions |
AU2002367745B2 (en) | 2001-10-10 | 2007-05-10 | Exxonmobil Research And Engineering Company | Biodegradable non-toxic gear oil |
US20030082120A1 (en) | 2001-10-26 | 2003-05-01 | Milstein Harold J. | Method for reducing systemic effects of aging, effects of aging on the skin, and incidence of skin damage from sun exposure using antibiotics of the tetracycline family |
US9283162B2 (en) | 2001-10-26 | 2016-03-15 | Taiyo Kagaku Co., Ltd. | Composition for oily foamable aerosol |
US7255869B2 (en) * | 2001-10-30 | 2007-08-14 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Anhydrous cosmetic compositions containing polyols |
DE10154324A1 (en) | 2001-11-06 | 2003-08-07 | Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co Kgaa | Topically applicable compositions with external active substance depot formation, their production and their use |
DE10155956A1 (en) | 2001-11-09 | 2003-05-22 | Beiersdorf Ag | Self-foaming, foam-like, post-foaming or foamable cosmetic or dermatological preparations |
WO2003041667A2 (en) | 2001-11-13 | 2003-05-22 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Compositions containing enzymes stabilized with certain osmo-protectants and methods for using such compositions in personal care |
DE10155792A1 (en) | 2001-11-14 | 2003-05-22 | Beiersdorf Ag | Self-foaming, foam-like, post-foaming or foamable cosmetic or dermatological preparations containing siloxane elastomers |
WO2004043469A1 (en) | 2001-11-16 | 2004-05-27 | Klysz Beatrice M | Anti-aging skin care composition and uses thereof |
DE10159002A1 (en) | 2001-11-30 | 2003-06-18 | Clariant Gmbh | Use of multi-phase foaming agents from foam dispensers |
FR2833246B1 (en) | 2001-12-06 | 2005-06-24 | Beatrice France Touteau | DEVICE FOR SIMULTANEOUSLY ACTING TWO AEROSOLS CONTAINING TWO PRODUCTS TO BE MIXED AT THE TIME OF USE |
US6531118B1 (en) | 2001-12-11 | 2003-03-11 | Avon Products, Inc. | Topical compositions with a reversible photochromic ingredient |
WO2003053292A1 (en) | 2001-12-20 | 2003-07-03 | Femmepharma, Inc. | Vaginal delivery of drugs |
SE0104421D0 (en) | 2001-12-21 | 2001-12-21 | Ponsus Pharma Ab | New composition |
US20030118515A1 (en) | 2001-12-21 | 2003-06-26 | Robert Jew | Cosmetic composition containing carbon dioxide |
US6765001B2 (en) | 2001-12-21 | 2004-07-20 | Medicis Pharmaceutical Corporation | Compositions and methods for enhancing corticosteroid delivery |
US20030129259A1 (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2003-07-10 | Avon Products, Inc. | Topical lightening compostitions and methods of use |
JP4549625B2 (en) | 2002-01-05 | 2010-09-22 | 株式會社アモーレパシフィック | Finely emulsified particles containing ginseng saponin metabolites as active ingredients, a method for producing the same, and a cosmetic composition for preventing skin aging containing the same |
US7192601B2 (en) | 2002-01-18 | 2007-03-20 | Walker Edward B | Antimicrobial and sporicidal composition |
US6992049B2 (en) | 2002-01-31 | 2006-01-31 | Exxonmobil Research And Engineering Company | Lubricating oil compositions |
NZ517094A (en) | 2002-02-08 | 2005-03-24 | Advanced Animal Technology Ltd | Improvements in and relating to substance delivery device |
US20050255065A1 (en) | 2002-02-14 | 2005-11-17 | Quimversion, S.L. | Aluminium and hexamethylenetetramine complex and the applications thereof |
US6589216B1 (en) | 2002-02-20 | 2003-07-08 | Abbott Research Group, Inc. | Vaginal douches, vaginal douche applicators and methods of vaginal douching |
US6682511B2 (en) | 2002-02-21 | 2004-01-27 | Robert Wallace Besoyan | Brief protector |
US6691898B2 (en) | 2002-02-27 | 2004-02-17 | Fomo Products, Inc. | Push button foam dispensing device |
US7635463B2 (en) * | 2002-02-27 | 2009-12-22 | Pharmain Corporation | Compositions for delivery of therapeutics and other materials |
WO2003075851A2 (en) | 2002-03-06 | 2003-09-18 | Cellegy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for the treatment of anorectal disorders |
US20050281766A1 (en) | 2002-03-11 | 2005-12-22 | Avon Products, Inc. | Method of improving the aesthetic appearance of epithelia |
US6736860B2 (en) | 2002-03-12 | 2004-05-18 | Unilever Home & Personal Care Usa Division Of Conopco, Inc. | Gradual permanent coloring of hair using dye intermediates dissolved in alkaline water with fatty alcohol |
CA2422244A1 (en) | 2002-03-14 | 2003-09-14 | Homax Products, Inc. | Aerosol systems and methods for mixing and dispensing two-part materials |
US20030180347A1 (en) | 2002-03-19 | 2003-09-25 | W.F. Young, Incorporated | Patch for the delivery of topical agents |
WO2003078075A1 (en) | 2002-03-19 | 2003-09-25 | Airspray International B. V. | Dispensing unit |
JP4322124B2 (en) | 2002-03-28 | 2009-08-26 | 伯東株式会社 | Method for stabilizing bubbles in foam-containing cosmetics |
ATE337718T1 (en) | 2002-04-12 | 2006-09-15 | Dreamwell Ltd | CASSETTE BED SYSTEM |
US8192749B2 (en) | 2003-04-16 | 2012-06-05 | Galderma Laboratories Inc. | Methods of simultaneously treating ocular rosacea and acne rosacea |
US8846039B2 (en) | 2002-04-26 | 2014-09-30 | Asan Laboratories Company (Cayman), Limited | Method for ameliorating pruritus |
US6875438B2 (en) | 2002-04-27 | 2005-04-05 | Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh | Preparations for topical administration of substances having antiandrogenic activity |
CA2384922C (en) | 2002-05-03 | 2008-09-02 | Purepharm Inc. | Topical glycopyrrolate product for the reduction of sweating |
AU2003243205A1 (en) | 2002-05-06 | 2003-11-17 | Collagenex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of simultaneously treating mucositis and fungal infection |
MXPA04011179A (en) | 2002-05-10 | 2005-02-17 | Unilever Nv | Hair conditioning compositions. |
US6783027B2 (en) | 2002-05-15 | 2004-08-31 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Metered-dose underarm product and package |
US20030215472A1 (en) | 2002-05-16 | 2003-11-20 | Bonda Craig A | Methods and compositions employing a dialkyl amide |
KR20050007553A (en) | 2002-05-20 | 2005-01-19 | 콜라제넥스 파마슈티칼스, 인크 | Methods of treating allergic reactions |
JP4050094B2 (en) | 2002-05-28 | 2008-02-20 | 株式会社三谷バルブ | Metering valve mechanism and aerosol products |
US6723309B1 (en) | 2002-06-10 | 2004-04-20 | Jeffrey Alan Deane | Hair cleansing conditioner |
US7763587B2 (en) | 2002-06-13 | 2010-07-27 | L'oreal S.A. | Derivative of glucose and of vitamin F, compositions comprising it, uses and preparation process |
FR2840903B1 (en) | 2002-06-13 | 2005-01-28 | Oreal | GLUCOSE AND VITAMIN F DERIVATIVE, COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING THE SAME, AND USES FOR IMPROVING THE CONDITION OF HAIR AND HAIR |
US7163669B2 (en) | 2002-06-19 | 2007-01-16 | J.M. Huber Corporation | Cosmetic compositions comprising calcium silicates |
EP1547937B1 (en) | 2002-06-26 | 2010-12-08 | Daizo Co., Ltd. | Packaging container for discharge of plurality of contents, packaging product including the packaging container and process for producing the packaging product |
JP2004026605A (en) | 2002-06-27 | 2004-01-29 | Asahi Fiber Glass Co Ltd | Greige goods for glass fiber yarn and glass fiber yarn made using this |
US20040002550A1 (en) | 2002-06-28 | 2004-01-01 | Mercurio Anthony Fred | Post foaming compositions |
US6785629B2 (en) | 2002-07-02 | 2004-08-31 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Accuracy determination in bit line voltage measurements |
JP3833972B2 (en) | 2002-07-08 | 2006-10-18 | 古河電気工業株式会社 | Wire harness assembly system |
US7137536B2 (en) | 2002-07-22 | 2006-11-21 | Seaquist Perfect Dispensing Foreign, Inc. | Inverted aerosol dispenser |
DE10233330B4 (en) | 2002-07-22 | 2007-04-26 | Sasol Germany Gmbh | Microemulsion containing UV photoprotective filter and / or anti-dandruff agent |
US6897195B2 (en) * | 2002-07-24 | 2005-05-24 | Nanjing Zhongshi Chemical Co. | Composition of menthol and menthyl lactate, its preparation method and its applications as a cooling agent |
US20020182162A1 (en) | 2002-08-07 | 2002-12-05 | Mohsen Shahinpoor | Nitric oxide (NO) donor+cGMP-PDE5 inhibitor as a topical drug for enhanced hair growth |
FR2843373B1 (en) | 2002-08-12 | 2005-03-04 | Jean Augustin | DEVICE FOR PACKAGING AND APPLYING A PRODUCT IN FLUID FORM |
US7939170B2 (en) | 2002-08-15 | 2011-05-10 | The Rockefeller University | Water soluble metal and semiconductor nanoparticle complexes |
EA008150B1 (en) | 2002-08-26 | 2007-04-27 | С. Л. А. Фарма Аг | Pharmaceutical composition |
US6770607B2 (en) | 2002-09-12 | 2004-08-03 | Unilever Home & Personal Care Usa, Division Of Conopco, Inc. | Viscoelastic cleansing gel with micellar surfactant solutions |
US7906473B2 (en) | 2002-09-13 | 2011-03-15 | Bissell Homecare, Inc. | Manual spray cleaner |
US6968982B1 (en) | 2002-09-18 | 2005-11-29 | Burns Caleb E S | Multiple-mist dispenser |
GB0221697D0 (en) | 2002-09-18 | 2002-10-30 | Unilever Plc | Novel compouds and their uses |
US7179481B2 (en) | 2002-09-19 | 2007-02-20 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Vaginal health products |
US6949037B2 (en) | 2002-09-27 | 2005-09-27 | Richard A. Enos | Quick-release fastener for releasably attaching lacrosse stick head to shaft |
FR2845672B1 (en) | 2002-10-09 | 2006-02-10 | Airlessystems | FLUID PRODUCT DISPENSER |
IL152486A0 (en) * | 2002-10-25 | 2003-05-29 | Meir Eini | Alcohol-free cosmetic and pharmaceutical foam carrier |
US8232304B2 (en) | 2002-10-24 | 2012-07-31 | G & R Pharmaceuticals, Llc | Antifungal formulations |
US7700076B2 (en) * | 2002-10-25 | 2010-04-20 | Foamix, Ltd. | Penetrating pharmaceutical foam |
MXPA05004278A (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2005-10-05 | Foamix Ltd | Cosmetic and pharmaceutical foam. |
US20060018937A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2006-01-26 | Foamix Ltd. | Steroid kit and foamable composition and uses thereof |
AU2004266502B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2010-09-23 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Penetrating pharmaceutical foam |
US20080206161A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2008-08-28 | Dov Tamarkin | Quiescent foamable compositions, steroids, kits and uses thereof |
US20080031907A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2008-02-07 | Foamix Ltd. | Cosmetic and pharmaceutical foam |
US8900554B2 (en) * | 2002-10-25 | 2014-12-02 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Foamable composition and uses thereof |
US8119150B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-02-21 | Foamix Ltd. | Non-flammable insecticide composition and uses thereof |
US20050205086A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2005-09-22 | Foamix Ltd. | Retinoid immunomodulating kit and composition and uses thereof |
US20080317679A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2008-12-25 | Foamix Ltd. | Foamable compositions and kits comprising one or more of a channel agent, a cholinergic agent, a nitric oxide donor, and related agents and their uses |
US8486376B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2013-07-16 | Foamix Ltd. | Moisturizing foam containing lanolin |
US20050069566A1 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2005-03-31 | Foamix Ltd. | Foam carrier containing amphiphilic copolymeric gelling agent |
US20160158261A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2016-06-09 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Antibiotic Kit and Composition and Uses Thereof |
US20080138296A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2008-06-12 | Foamix Ltd. | Foam prepared from nanoemulsions and uses |
US20070292359A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2007-12-20 | Foamix Ltd. | Polypropylene glycol foamable vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
US7820145B2 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2010-10-26 | Foamix Ltd. | Oleaginous pharmaceutical and cosmetic foam |
US10117812B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2018-11-06 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Foamable composition combining a polar solvent and a hydrophobic carrier |
US9668972B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2017-06-06 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Nonsteroidal immunomodulating kit and composition and uses thereof |
US20050186142A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2005-08-25 | Foamix Ltd. | Kit and composition of imidazole with enhanced bioavailability |
US20070292461A1 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2007-12-20 | Foamix Ltd. | Oleaginous pharmaceutical and cosmetic foam |
US20060193789A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2006-08-31 | Foamix Ltd. | Film forming foamable composition |
US9265725B2 (en) * | 2002-10-25 | 2016-02-23 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Dicarboxylic acid foamable vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
US20120156144A1 (en) * | 2002-10-25 | 2012-06-21 | Foamix | Foamable Compositions, Kits and Methods for Hyperhidrosis |
US20050271596A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2005-12-08 | Foamix Ltd. | Vasoactive kit and composition and uses thereof |
US8119109B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-02-21 | Foamix Ltd. | Foamable compositions, kits and methods for hyperhidrosis |
US20060233721A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2006-10-19 | Foamix Ltd. | Foam containing unique oil globules |
US9211259B2 (en) * | 2002-11-29 | 2015-12-15 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Antibiotic kit and composition and uses thereof |
US20070292355A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2007-12-20 | Foamix Ltd. | Anti-infection augmentation foamable compositions and kit and uses thereof |
US7704518B2 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2010-04-27 | Foamix, Ltd. | Foamable vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
EP1556332B1 (en) | 2002-10-28 | 2016-10-05 | Givaudan SA | Coolant solutions and compositions comprising the same |
JP2004250435A (en) | 2002-11-21 | 2004-09-09 | Dai Ichi Seiyaku Co Ltd | Composition for hair growth |
JP4282311B2 (en) | 2002-11-26 | 2009-06-17 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Ice making equipment |
US20070134167A2 (en) | 2002-12-12 | 2007-06-14 | Neubourg Skin Care Gmbh & Co. Kg | Stable foam cream |
GB0229071D0 (en) | 2002-12-13 | 2003-01-15 | Unilever Plc | Cosmetic method and composition for enhancing attractiveness |
US20040191196A1 (en) | 2002-12-16 | 2004-09-30 | Dov Tamarkin | Novel conjugate compounds and dermatological compositions thereof |
FR2848847B1 (en) | 2002-12-18 | 2005-10-14 | Coletica | COSMETIC OR DERMOPHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION COMPRISING AN AQUEOUS INSOLUBLE ENZYME AND USES THEREOF |
US7842791B2 (en) | 2002-12-19 | 2010-11-30 | Nancy Jean Britten | Dispersible pharmaceutical compositions |
FR2848998B1 (en) | 2002-12-20 | 2006-04-07 | Oreal | DISPENSING DEVICE HAVING MEANS FOR DISTRIBUTING TWO PRODUCTS IN VARIABLE PROPORTIONS |
MXPA05007266A (en) | 2003-01-02 | 2006-01-17 | Femmepharma Holding Co Inc | Pharmaceutical preparations for treatments of diseases and disorders of the breast. |
WO2004064769A2 (en) | 2003-01-21 | 2004-08-05 | Hector Herrera | Methods for making and using topical delivery agents |
NZ541526A (en) | 2003-01-24 | 2008-03-28 | Stiefel Res Australia Pty Ltd | Clindamycin phosphate foam |
US20040151756A1 (en) | 2003-02-04 | 2004-08-05 | Richards Anthony P. | Edible low density high surface area drug vehicle, method of manufacturing low density high surface area drug vehicle |
US7517519B2 (en) | 2003-02-06 | 2009-04-14 | Cipla Limited | Topical immunotherapy and compositions for use therein |
WO2004071479A1 (en) | 2003-02-12 | 2004-08-26 | Connetics Australia Pty Ltd | Film foaming hydroalcoholic foam |
US6841547B2 (en) | 2003-02-28 | 2005-01-11 | Albert Einstein College Of Medicine Of Yeshevia University | Method for decreasing low density lipoprotein |
US20040175347A1 (en) | 2003-03-04 | 2004-09-09 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Regulation of mammalian keratinous tissue using hexamidine compositions |
GB0305010D0 (en) | 2003-03-05 | 2003-04-09 | Unilever Plc | Changing colours |
US6843390B1 (en) | 2003-03-17 | 2005-01-18 | Joe G. Bristor | Multiple fluid closed system dispensing device |
US7357950B2 (en) | 2003-03-21 | 2008-04-15 | Elizabeth Anne Mazzio | Topical treatment for dyshidrosis (pompholyx) and dry skin disorders |
US20040192754A1 (en) | 2003-03-24 | 2004-09-30 | Shapira Nathan Andrew | Methods for treating idiopathic hyperhidrosis and associated conditions |
US7488757B2 (en) | 2003-03-24 | 2009-02-10 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Invisible antimicrobial glove and hand antiseptic |
DE10315936A1 (en) | 2003-04-03 | 2004-10-28 | Ing. Erich Pfeiffer Gmbh | Discharge device for at least one medium |
WO2004093895A1 (en) | 2003-04-22 | 2004-11-04 | Pharmacia Corporation | Compositions of a cyclooxygenase-2 selective inhibitor and a potassium ion channel modulator for the treatment of pain, inflammation or inflammation mediated disorders |
US20040220187A1 (en) | 2003-04-22 | 2004-11-04 | Pharmacia Corporation | Compositions of a cyclooxygenase-2 selective inhibitor and a sodium ion channel blocker for the treatment of pain, inflammation or inflammation mediated disorders |
US7575739B2 (en) * | 2003-04-28 | 2009-08-18 | Foamix Ltd. | Foamable iodine composition |
DE10319771B4 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2005-03-17 | Koenig & Bauer Ag | System for inspecting a printed image |
JP2004353084A (en) | 2003-05-08 | 2004-12-16 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | Evaporator fixation member |
FR2854821B1 (en) | 2003-05-16 | 2006-12-08 | Oreal | ASSEMBLY FOR PACKAGING AND DISPENSING A PRODUCT, IN PARTICULAR IN THE FORM OF A SAMPLE |
JP4232535B2 (en) | 2003-05-20 | 2009-03-04 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Printer maintenance system, print control server, client, method related thereto and program related thereto |
US7222802B2 (en) | 2003-05-23 | 2007-05-29 | Meadwestvaco Corporation | Dual sprayer with external mixing chamber |
AU2003275509A1 (en) | 2003-05-25 | 2004-12-13 | Eco Animal Health Ltd. | Dimeticone-containing sustained formulation |
US7186416B2 (en) | 2003-05-28 | 2007-03-06 | Stiefel Laboratories, Inc. | Foamable pharmaceutical compositions and methods for treating a disorder |
TR201807182T4 (en) * | 2003-05-30 | 2018-06-21 | De Paoli Ambrosi Gianfranco | The use of dimethyl sulfone in formulations for chemical skin / facial peels. |
US20050208083A1 (en) | 2003-06-04 | 2005-09-22 | Nanobio Corporation | Compositions for inactivating pathogenic microorganisms, methods of making the compositons, and methods of use thereof |
JP4018032B2 (en) | 2003-06-17 | 2007-12-05 | 高砂香料工業株式会社 | Hair and body cleaning composition |
WO2004112780A1 (en) | 2003-06-18 | 2004-12-29 | Galderma S.A. | Metronidazole-based green tinted topical pharmaceutical composition |
CA2528344A1 (en) | 2003-06-19 | 2004-12-29 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Polyol-in-silicone emulsions |
US20050042182A1 (en) | 2003-08-13 | 2005-02-24 | Moshe Arkin | Topical compositions of urea |
AU2004253410B2 (en) | 2003-07-03 | 2008-08-21 | Japan Science And Technology Agency | Remedy for sarcoidosis and method of treating the same |
US20070140999A1 (en) | 2003-07-18 | 2007-06-21 | Hill Dermaceuticals, Inc. | Topical skin care composition containing refined peanut oil |
WO2005009416A1 (en) | 2003-07-24 | 2005-02-03 | Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited | Modified release compositions for minocycline |
US7226230B2 (en) | 2003-07-28 | 2007-06-05 | Raymond Liberatore | Spreader |
US20080069779A1 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2008-03-20 | Foamix Ltd. | Foamable vehicle and vitamin and flavonoid pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
US8795693B2 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2014-08-05 | Foamix Ltd. | Compositions with modulating agents |
US8486374B2 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2013-07-16 | Foamix Ltd. | Hydrophilic, non-aqueous pharmaceutical carriers and compositions and uses |
US20060140990A1 (en) | 2003-09-19 | 2006-06-29 | Drugtech Corporation | Composition for topical treatment of mixed vaginal infections |
CN1886126A (en) | 2003-09-25 | 2006-12-27 | Dmi生物科学公司 | Methods and products which utilize N-acyl-L-aspartic acid |
FR2860143B1 (en) | 2003-09-26 | 2008-06-27 | Oreal | COSMETIC COMPOSITION COMPRISING A SEQUENCE POLYMER AND A NON-VOLATILE SILICONE OIL |
US20050084551A1 (en) | 2003-09-26 | 2005-04-21 | Jensen Claude J. | Morinda citrifolia-based oral care compositions and methods |
GB2406330B (en) | 2003-09-29 | 2005-12-07 | Bespak Plc | A dispensing apparatus |
KR20060113907A (en) | 2003-09-29 | 2006-11-03 | 에테나 헬스케어 인코포레이티드 | - high alcohol content gel-like and foaming compositions |
CA2528818C (en) | 2003-10-03 | 2010-08-10 | Collegium Pharmaceutical, Inc. | Topical aerosol foams |
FR2860502B1 (en) | 2003-10-07 | 2007-09-14 | Valois Sas | DOSING VALVE AND DEVICE FOR DISPENSING FLUID PRODUCT COMPRISING SUCH A VALVE |
GB0323908D0 (en) | 2003-10-11 | 2003-11-12 | Nupharm Lab Ltd | Pharmaceutical foam formulation |
WO2005034903A1 (en) | 2003-10-14 | 2005-04-21 | Showa Denko K.K. | Agent for skin external use containing salt of ascorbic acid derivative, method for stabilizing the agent for skin external use, and stabilizer |
FR2860976B1 (en) | 2003-10-20 | 2006-02-10 | Ravi Shrivastava | NOVEL SYNERGISTIC COMPOSITIONS FOR IMPROVING THE BIODAVAILABILITY AND EFFICIENCY OF POLYUNSATURATED FATTY ACIDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF BRAIN FUNCTIONING DISORDERS. |
US7419498B2 (en) | 2003-10-21 | 2008-09-02 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Quick release knot attachment system |
CA2542145A1 (en) | 2003-10-31 | 2005-05-19 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Skin care composition containing dehydroacetic acid and skin care actives |
AU2006246425B2 (en) | 2003-11-06 | 2012-03-22 | Genencor International, Inc. | Personal care compositions and methods for their use |
DE602004005073T2 (en) * | 2003-11-06 | 2007-06-21 | Unilever N.V. | IMPROVED COSMETIC COMPOSITION WITH VITAMIN B3, VITAMIN B6 AND AN ORGANIC ACID |
JP2007510757A (en) | 2003-11-06 | 2007-04-26 | ザ リサーチ ファウンデーション オブ ステイト ユニヴァーシティ オブ ニューヨーク | How to treat eczema |
US8157788B2 (en) | 2003-11-06 | 2012-04-17 | Paolo L. Manfredi | Multi-site drug delivery platform |
DE10354051A1 (en) | 2003-11-17 | 2005-06-16 | Beiersdorf Ag | Dispensers containing cosmetic preparations containing aids for keeping the donor in motion |
WO2005048966A1 (en) | 2003-11-17 | 2005-06-02 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Antiperspirant composition and applicator therefor |
CA2546195A1 (en) | 2003-11-21 | 2005-06-02 | Pfizer Products Inc. | The use of anti biotics as vaccine adjuvants |
US20050115988A1 (en) | 2003-12-01 | 2005-06-02 | Brian Law | Multiple liquid foamer |
US20050123496A1 (en) | 2003-12-08 | 2005-06-09 | Unilever Home & Personal Care Usa, Division Of Conopco, Inc. | Self foaming non-aqueous personal wash cleansers with little or no surfactant |
DE10361022A1 (en) | 2003-12-23 | 2005-07-28 | Merckle Gmbh Chem.-Pharm. Fabrik | Topical preparations containing dimethyl sulfoxide and dexpanthenol |
NZ548771A (en) | 2003-12-30 | 2010-05-28 | Gilead Sciences Inc | Phosphonates, monophosphonamidates, bisphosphonamidates for the treatment of viral diseases |
IL159729A0 (en) | 2004-01-06 | 2004-06-20 | Doron I Friedman | Non-aqueous composition for oral delivery of insoluble bioactive agents |
CA2555121A1 (en) * | 2004-02-04 | 2005-08-25 | Foamix Ltd. | Cosmetic and pharmaceutical foam with solid matter |
US7225518B2 (en) | 2004-02-23 | 2007-06-05 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Apparatus for crimping a stent assembly |
JP4381169B2 (en) | 2004-02-27 | 2009-12-09 | 花王株式会社 | Hair cosmetics |
WO2005084410A2 (en) | 2004-03-03 | 2005-09-15 | Essentia Biosystems, Inc. | Compositions and methods for topical application and transdermal delivery of botulinum toxins |
EP1725132A2 (en) | 2004-03-18 | 2006-11-29 | Bodypoint Designs, Inc. | Pivoting side mount and quick release assembly for a pelvic stabilization device |
DE102004016710B4 (en) | 2004-04-05 | 2020-11-19 | Greppmayr GmbH | Foot care formulation |
CA2556993C (en) | 2004-04-08 | 2013-05-21 | Novartis Ag | Pimecrolimus foam composition containing hexylene glycol, optionally oleyl alcohol, dimethylisosorbide and/or medium chain triglycerides |
JP2007532697A (en) | 2004-04-19 | 2007-11-15 | ストラテジック サイエンス アンド テクノロジーズ, エルエルシー | The beneficial effects of increased local blood flow |
NL1026031C2 (en) | 2004-04-23 | 2005-10-25 | Airspray Nv | Delivery assembly. |
EP1768648A1 (en) | 2004-04-28 | 2007-04-04 | Foamix Ltd. | Body cavity foams |
JP2005314323A (en) | 2004-04-30 | 2005-11-10 | Sato Pharmaceutical Co Ltd | Hair growth formulation |
US20050244354A1 (en) | 2004-04-30 | 2005-11-03 | Sam Speron | Oxygenated personal care products |
US20050255048A1 (en) | 2004-05-15 | 2005-11-17 | Collegium Pharmaceutical, Inc. | Sprayable formulations for the treatment of acute inflammatory skin conditions |
US7083125B2 (en) | 2004-05-17 | 2006-08-01 | S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. | Detachable tube assembly |
US7143909B2 (en) | 2004-05-21 | 2006-12-05 | Sonoco Development, Inc. | Reconfigurable metered material dispenser |
US8394394B2 (en) | 2004-05-26 | 2013-03-12 | L'oréal | Mousse formulations |
ITBO20040338A1 (en) | 2004-05-28 | 2004-08-28 | Progine Farmaceutici Srl | VAGINAL NEBULIZATION DISPENSER |
US20050268416A1 (en) | 2004-06-03 | 2005-12-08 | Sommers J E | Foldable lotion applicator |
JP4368250B2 (en) | 2004-06-09 | 2009-11-18 | ポーラ化成工業株式会社 | Post-form dosage form of warm cosmetic |
FR2871698B1 (en) | 2004-06-17 | 2008-07-04 | Galderma Sa | SPRAY COMPOSITION COMPRISING AN ASSOCIATION OF PHARMACEUTICAL ASSETS AND AN OILY PHASE |
FR2871696B1 (en) | 2004-06-17 | 2006-11-10 | Galderma Sa | TOPICAL COMPOSITION FOR THE TREATMENT OF PSORIASIS |
US8211449B2 (en) | 2004-06-24 | 2012-07-03 | Dpt Laboratories, Ltd. | Pharmaceutically elegant, topical anhydrous aerosol foam |
JP4355264B2 (en) | 2004-06-25 | 2009-10-28 | ポーラ化成工業株式会社 | Warm feeling non-water foam cosmetic |
US7207655B2 (en) | 2004-06-28 | 2007-04-24 | Eastman Kodak Company | Latency stirring in fluid ejection mechanisms |
US6991789B2 (en) | 2004-06-29 | 2006-01-31 | Allergas, Inc. | Methods of modulating intracellular degradation rates of toxins |
US20060008432A1 (en) | 2004-07-07 | 2006-01-12 | Sebastiano Scarampi | Gilsonite derived pharmaceutical delivery compositions and methods: nail applications |
UA93354C2 (en) | 2004-07-09 | 2011-02-10 | Гилиад Сайенсиз, Инк. | Topical antiviral formulations |
US20060121073A1 (en) | 2004-07-12 | 2006-06-08 | Sandhya Goyal | Topical gel formulation comprising insecticide and its preparation thereof |
MXPA06014390A (en) | 2004-07-19 | 2007-10-02 | Warner Lambert Co | Formulation for stimulating hair growth. |
WO2006010589A2 (en) | 2004-07-29 | 2006-02-02 | Mipharm S.P.A. | Post foaming gel mousse |
JP4557624B2 (en) | 2004-07-29 | 2010-10-06 | 株式会社吉野工業所 | Quantitative dispenser |
US20060029565A1 (en) | 2004-08-09 | 2006-02-09 | The Gillette Company | Self-heating shave foam product |
WO2006020695A2 (en) | 2004-08-12 | 2006-02-23 | Triaccess Technologies, Inc. | Optical receiver with increased dynamic range |
ES2429040T5 (en) | 2004-08-31 | 2017-06-13 | Stiefel Research Australia Pty Ltd | Method and compositions of microemulsion and submicron emulsion |
KR100623013B1 (en) | 2004-09-04 | 2006-09-19 | 김영대 | Nano-emulsion, the use thereof, and preparing method thereof |
ES2729826T3 (en) * | 2004-09-23 | 2019-11-06 | Arc Medical Devices Inc | Pharmaceutical compositions and related methods to inhibit fibrous adhesions or inflammatory disease using low sulfate fucans |
US8916050B2 (en) | 2004-09-27 | 2014-12-23 | Special Water Patents B.V. | Methods and compositions for treatment of water |
FR2875797B1 (en) | 2004-09-30 | 2006-11-24 | Oreal | DISTRIBUTION ASSEMBLY FOR THE EXTENDED DISTRIBUTION OF TWO PRODUCTS |
BRPI0404595A (en) | 2004-10-26 | 2006-06-13 | Natura Cosmeticos Sa | oil-in-water nanoemulsion, cosmetic composition and cosmetic product comprising same, process for preparing said nanoemulsion |
DE102004052986A1 (en) | 2004-11-02 | 2006-05-04 | Lindal Ventil Gmbh | Device for mixing two different components |
US7350673B2 (en) | 2004-11-19 | 2008-04-01 | Glynntech, Inc. | Metered dose squeeze dispenser |
US8080560B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2011-12-20 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Immune response modifier formulations containing oleic acid and methods |
FR2880802B1 (en) | 2005-01-14 | 2008-12-19 | Sederma Soc Par Actions Simpli | COSMETIC OR DERMOPHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING EUGLENE EXTRACT |
US20060194769A1 (en) | 2005-01-25 | 2006-08-31 | University Of Vermont And State Agricultural College | Small molecules that reduce fungal growth |
BRPI0607038A2 (en) | 2005-01-28 | 2009-12-01 | Basf Ag | use of polymers cosmetic compositions for hair and skin and dermatological composition |
US20060177392A1 (en) | 2005-02-10 | 2006-08-10 | William Walden | Oil-based composition for acne |
US20060193813A1 (en) | 2005-02-11 | 2006-08-31 | L'oreal | Nanoemulsion containing a hydroxylated urea compound |
GB0506141D0 (en) | 2005-03-24 | 2005-05-04 | Transphase Ltd | A topical compostion and its uses |
EP1866033B1 (en) | 2005-03-24 | 2017-04-19 | Ensign Laboratories PTY LTD | Sunscreen aerosol spray |
US20060222675A1 (en) | 2005-03-29 | 2006-10-05 | Sabnis Ram W | Personal care compositions with color changing indicator |
CA2610135A1 (en) | 2005-04-19 | 2006-10-19 | Foamix Ltd. | Apparatus and method for releasing a measured amount of content from a container |
CA2610662A1 (en) | 2005-05-09 | 2007-05-18 | Foamix Ltd. | Foamable vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
WO2006122158A2 (en) | 2005-05-10 | 2006-11-16 | Xanthone Plus International, Llc | Skin care compositions containing xanthones |
US9173835B2 (en) | 2005-05-10 | 2015-11-03 | Dermipsor Ltd. | Compositions and methods for treating hyperproliferative epidermal diseases |
ES2407407T3 (en) | 2005-06-01 | 2013-06-12 | Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited | Vitamin formulation |
US20060272199A1 (en) | 2005-06-02 | 2006-12-07 | Bmc Manufacturing, Llc | Aqueous gel candle for use with a warming device |
US8211874B2 (en) | 2005-06-03 | 2012-07-03 | Galderma Laboratories Inc. | Inhibition of thrombin generation |
AU2006339311A1 (en) | 2005-06-07 | 2007-09-07 | Foamix Ltd. | Antibiotic kit and composition and uses thereof |
WO2007085899A2 (en) | 2005-07-06 | 2007-08-02 | Foamix Ltd. | Foamable arthropocidal composition for tropical application |
US20070009607A1 (en) | 2005-07-11 | 2007-01-11 | George Jones | Antibacterial/anti-infalmmatory composition and method |
US20070015738A1 (en) | 2005-07-15 | 2007-01-18 | Walker Stephen G | Use of non-antibacterial tetracycline formulations for inhibiting bacterial spores from becoming infectious vegetative cells |
ES2765895T3 (en) | 2005-07-18 | 2020-06-11 | Procter & Gamble | Aerosol cream foam, method for treating hair and use |
US20080152596A1 (en) | 2005-07-19 | 2008-06-26 | Foamix Ltd. | Polypropylene glycol foamable vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
WO2007085902A2 (en) | 2005-07-19 | 2007-08-02 | Foamix Ltd. | Foamable composition combining a polar solvent and a hydrophobic carrier |
ATE410997T1 (en) | 2005-07-22 | 2008-10-15 | Wella Ag | HAIR TREATMENT METHOD USING A DRY FOAM USED AS A MECHANICAL CARRIER |
CN100531515C (en) | 2005-07-22 | 2009-08-19 | 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 | Printing circuit board with modified power zone block |
CA2618974C (en) | 2005-08-09 | 2014-01-28 | Nanobio Corporation | Nanoemulsion compositions having anti-inflammatory activity |
WO2007025244A2 (en) | 2005-08-25 | 2007-03-01 | Houle Philip R | Treatment systems for delivery of sensitizer solutions |
WO2007119099A2 (en) * | 2005-09-12 | 2007-10-25 | Foamix Ltd. | Apparatus and method for releasing a measure of content from a plurality of containers |
FR2890559B1 (en) | 2005-09-13 | 2011-06-24 | Galderma Sa | DERMATOLOGICAL FOAMS BASED ON METRONIDAZOLE AND EMULSIONS FOR PREPARATION |
DE202006004676U1 (en) | 2005-09-28 | 2007-02-08 | Neubourg Skin Care Gmbh & Co. Kg | Formulation, useful as foam skin cream and to treat e.g. dermatitis and psoriasis, comprises an aqueous emulsion, propellant gas, urea emulsion, hyaluronic acid, free fatty acid and at least two emulsions |
EP2108360A3 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2010-06-09 | Collegium Pharmaceutical, Inc. | Topical Pharmaceutical Foam Composition |
US20070134174A1 (en) | 2005-11-03 | 2007-06-14 | Christopher Irwin | Personal care composition |
JP2007131539A (en) | 2005-11-08 | 2007-05-31 | Koike Kagaku Kk | Chilling foam cosmetic |
US20070148194A1 (en) | 2005-11-29 | 2007-06-28 | Amiji Mansoor M | Novel nanoemulsion formulations |
JP4885529B2 (en) | 2005-12-08 | 2012-02-29 | 住友重機械工業株式会社 | Radiation detection unit and radiation inspection apparatus |
US20070160548A1 (en) | 2005-12-13 | 2007-07-12 | Playtex Products, Inc. | Moisturizing sunless tanning composition |
US20070142263A1 (en) | 2005-12-15 | 2007-06-21 | Stahl Katherine D | Color changing cleansing composition |
US20070148112A1 (en) | 2005-12-28 | 2007-06-28 | Avon Products, Inc. | Foaming, color-changing topical composition and method of imparting a cosmetic effect |
US20070166273A1 (en) | 2006-01-19 | 2007-07-19 | Krivulka Joseph J | Skin treatment educational kit |
AU2007207116B2 (en) | 2006-01-19 | 2012-08-02 | Disphar International B.V. | Foam-forming composition |
CA2645073A1 (en) * | 2006-03-08 | 2007-09-13 | Nuviance, Inc. | Transdermal drug delivery compositions and topical compositions for application on the skin |
US20070224143A1 (en) | 2006-03-21 | 2007-09-27 | Kamedis Ltd. | Cosmetic and pharmaceutical foam carrier |
KR20080098659A (en) | 2006-03-22 | 2008-11-11 | 더 프록터 앤드 갬블 캄파니 | Aerosol product comprising a foaming concentrate composition comprising particulate materials |
US7252816B1 (en) * | 2006-03-29 | 2007-08-07 | Dow Pharmaceutical Sciences | Topical acne vulgairs medication with a sunscreen |
BRPI0709674A2 (en) * | 2006-03-31 | 2011-12-06 | Stiefel Res Australia Pty Ltd | sparkling suspension gel |
WO2008075207A2 (en) | 2006-04-04 | 2008-06-26 | Foamix Ltd. | Anti-infection augmentation foamable compositions and kit and uses thereof |
US20070264317A1 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2007-11-15 | Perrigo Israel Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Imiquimod cream formulation |
CA2653347A1 (en) | 2006-05-31 | 2007-12-13 | The Dial Corporation | Alcohol-containing antimicrobial compositions having improved efficacy |
JP4892282B2 (en) | 2006-06-09 | 2012-03-07 | アルプス電気株式会社 | Lubricating composition for electrical contacts |
WO2008110872A2 (en) | 2006-06-23 | 2008-09-18 | Foamix Ltd. | Foamable compositions and kits comprising one or more of a channel agent, a cholinergic agent, a nitric oxide donor, and related agents and their uses |
US7826675B2 (en) * | 2006-07-04 | 2010-11-02 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Feature-aware image defect removal |
WO2008038147A2 (en) | 2006-07-05 | 2008-04-03 | Foamix Ltd. | Foamable vehicle comprising dicarboxylic acid or dicarboxylic acid ester and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
US9023863B2 (en) | 2006-07-14 | 2015-05-05 | Stiefel Research Australia Pty Ltd | Fatty acid pharmaceutical foam |
EP1889609B1 (en) | 2006-07-18 | 2019-05-22 | Meda AB | Immune response modifier foam formulations |
US20080031908A1 (en) | 2006-07-25 | 2008-02-07 | L'oreal | Oily cosmetic composition in aerosol form |
JP2008040899A (en) | 2006-08-08 | 2008-02-21 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Printing controller, program, and method |
MX2009002536A (en) | 2006-09-08 | 2009-04-14 | Foamix Ltd | Colored or colorable foamable composition and foam. |
ES2315123B1 (en) | 2006-09-25 | 2009-12-30 | Divasa-Farmavic, S.A. | STABLE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS OF TETRACICLINES IN SOLUTION, PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING AND USES. |
HUP0600765A2 (en) | 2006-10-06 | 2008-10-28 | Istvan Piller | Container for stable carbondioxide foam, process for producing stable carbondioxide foam and method for using of foam |
US20080206155A1 (en) | 2006-11-14 | 2008-08-28 | Foamix Ltd. | Stable non-alcoholic foamable pharmaceutical emulsion compositions with an unctuous emollient and their uses |
US20080260655A1 (en) | 2006-11-14 | 2008-10-23 | Dov Tamarkin | Substantially non-aqueous foamable petrolatum based pharmaceutical and cosmetic compositions and their uses |
WO2008152444A2 (en) | 2006-11-29 | 2008-12-18 | Foamix Ltd. | Foamable waterless compositions with modulating agents |
CN102670424A (en) | 2006-12-15 | 2012-09-19 | 宝洁公司 | Skin care compositions |
WO2008083158A2 (en) | 2006-12-26 | 2008-07-10 | Femmepharma Holding Company, Inc. | Topical administration of danazol |
US20080292560A1 (en) | 2007-01-12 | 2008-11-27 | Dov Tamarkin | Silicone in glycol pharmaceutical and cosmetic compositions with accommodating agent |
JP2010515766A (en) | 2007-01-16 | 2010-05-13 | オイスターシェル エヌ.ブイ. | Effervescent composition and use thereof for killing arthropods |
US20080188446A1 (en) | 2007-02-02 | 2008-08-07 | Warner Chilcott Company Inc. | Tetracycline compositions for topical administration |
WO2008097850A1 (en) | 2007-02-02 | 2008-08-14 | Warner Chilcott Company, Inc. | Tretracycline compositions for topical administration |
PT103661B (en) | 2007-02-23 | 2010-09-07 | Hovione Farmaciencia S A | MINOCYCINE PREPARATION PROCESS CRYSTALLINE |
GB0703909D0 (en) | 2007-02-28 | 2007-04-11 | Neuropharm Ltd | Treatment of anxiety disorders |
FR2915891B1 (en) | 2007-05-10 | 2012-05-11 | Oreal | FOAM COMPOSITION COMPRISING A SILICONE POLYMER |
US9511016B2 (en) | 2007-06-12 | 2016-12-06 | Epicentrx, Inc. | Topical composition for treating pain |
US8636982B2 (en) | 2007-08-07 | 2014-01-28 | Foamix Ltd. | Wax foamable vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
US8617100B2 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2013-12-31 | Foamix Ltd. | Device for delivery of a foamable composition |
US20090130029A1 (en) | 2007-11-21 | 2009-05-21 | Foamix Ltd. | Glycerol ethers vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
WO2009069006A2 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2009-06-04 | Foamix Ltd. | Foam containing benzoyl peroxide |
WO2010041141A2 (en) | 2008-10-07 | 2010-04-15 | Foamix Ltd. | Oil-based foamable carriers and formulations |
WO2009072007A2 (en) | 2007-12-07 | 2009-06-11 | Foamix Ltd. | Carriers, formulations, methods for formulating unstable active agents for external application and uses thereof |
CA2711703A1 (en) | 2008-01-08 | 2009-07-16 | Foamix Ltd. | Sensation modifying topical composition foam |
CA2712120A1 (en) * | 2008-01-14 | 2009-07-23 | Foamix Ltd. | Poloxamer foamable pharmaceutical compositions with active agents and/or therapeutic cells and uses |
US8652443B2 (en) | 2008-02-14 | 2014-02-18 | Precision Dermatology, Inc. | Foamable microemulsion compositions for topical administration |
ES2330291B1 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2010-10-18 | Lipotec Sa | USEFUL PEPTIDES IN THE TREATMENT OF SKIN, MUCOSAS AND / OR LEATHER HAIR AND ITS USE IN COSMETIC OR PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS. |
RU2547441C2 (en) | 2008-03-06 | 2015-04-10 | Анакор Фармасьютикалз, Инк. | Boron-containing small molecules as anti-inflammatory agents |
US20120141384A1 (en) | 2008-05-06 | 2012-06-07 | Dov Tamarkin | Antibacterial conjugated boronic acids and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
EP2312563B1 (en) | 2008-08-07 | 2012-07-18 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Display device |
US8780718B2 (en) * | 2008-11-25 | 2014-07-15 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for maintaining persistence by a backup virtual server |
JP5213734B2 (en) | 2009-01-22 | 2013-06-19 | サンウエーブ工業株式会社 | Cabinet with flap door |
CA2752070C (en) | 2009-02-12 | 2017-11-28 | Precision Dermatology, Inc. | Foamable benzoyl peroxide compositions for topical administration |
PT2400951T (en) | 2009-02-25 | 2018-11-26 | Mayne Pharma Llc | Topical foam composition |
US20120164087A1 (en) | 2009-04-24 | 2012-06-28 | Carter Daniel C | Human Serum Albumin-Based Topical Ointment for Treatment of Acne, Psoriasis, Egfr-Induced Toxicity, Premature Skin Aging and Other Skin Conditions |
US20120087872A1 (en) * | 2009-04-28 | 2012-04-12 | Foamix Ltd. | Foamable Vehicles and Pharmaceutical Compositions Comprising Aprotic Polar Solvents and Uses Thereof |
PT104644B (en) * | 2009-06-26 | 2012-11-06 | Hovione Farmaciencia S A | Topical formulation containing a tetracycline and a method of treating skin infections using the same |
US8255186B2 (en) | 2009-07-09 | 2012-08-28 | Air Liquide Large Industries U.S. Lp | Presenting dynamic SCADA data |
CA2769677A1 (en) * | 2009-07-29 | 2011-02-03 | Foamix Ltd. | Non surface active agent non polymeric agent hydro-alcoholic foamable compositions, breakable foams and their uses |
WO2011013009A2 (en) * | 2009-07-29 | 2011-02-03 | Foamix Ltd. | Non surfactant hydro-alcoholic foamable compositions, breakable foams and their uses |
US20110052506A1 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2011-03-03 | Collegium Pharmaceutical, Inc. | Stable Aerosol Topical Foams Comprising a Hypochlorite Salt |
WO2013136192A2 (en) | 2012-03-15 | 2013-09-19 | Foamix Ltd. | Use of tetracycline compositions for wound treatment and skin restoration |
US20140121188A1 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2014-05-01 | Foamix Ltd. | Compositions for the improved treatment of acne and related disorders |
US20140186269A1 (en) | 2013-01-03 | 2014-07-03 | Foamix Ltd. | Vehicle compositions essentially free of pharmaceutically active agents for the improved treatment of acne and related disorders |
GB2474930B (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2012-07-04 | Foamix Ltd | Topical tetracycline compositions |
BR112012007473A2 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2019-05-07 | Foamix Ltd | tetracycline topical compositions and methods of use |
US9849142B2 (en) * | 2009-10-02 | 2017-12-26 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Methods for accelerated return of skin integrity and for the treatment of impetigo |
US8735377B1 (en) | 2010-02-04 | 2014-05-27 | Susan Anna Sipos | Methods of treating herpes zoster |
US20110212035A1 (en) | 2010-02-26 | 2011-09-01 | Collegium Pharmaceutical, Inc. | Emollient foams for treatment of dermatoses |
US8623330B2 (en) | 2010-03-18 | 2014-01-07 | Precision Dermatology, Inc. | Emollient foams for treatment of seborrheic dermatitis |
EP2563336A4 (en) | 2010-03-26 | 2014-07-23 | Prec Dermatology Inc | Aerosol foams comprising clindamycin phosphate |
US20120070390A1 (en) | 2010-04-21 | 2012-03-22 | Phillips D Howard | Topical drug delivery system with dual carriers |
US20130053353A1 (en) * | 2010-05-04 | 2013-02-28 | Foamix Ltd. | Compositions, gels and foams with rheology modulators and uses |
ES2918299T3 (en) | 2010-06-11 | 2022-07-15 | Prec Dermatology Inc | High oil content emollient spray foam compositions |
WO2012007843A2 (en) | 2010-07-12 | 2012-01-19 | Foamix Ltd. | Apparatus and method for releasing a unit dose of content from a container |
CN103347517B (en) | 2010-08-11 | 2018-10-02 | 德雷克塞尔大学 | Treat the D of dyskinesia in Parkinson's disease3Dopamine-receptor stimulant |
US20120064136A1 (en) * | 2010-09-10 | 2012-03-15 | Nanobio Corporation | Anti-aging and wrinkle treatment methods using nanoemulsion compositions |
US8895536B2 (en) | 2010-10-29 | 2014-11-25 | Infirst Healthcare Ltd. | Compositions and methods for treating chronic inflammation and inflammatory diseases |
EP2665483B1 (en) | 2011-01-19 | 2020-08-26 | Laboratory Skin Care, Inc. | Topical minocycline compositions and methods of using the same |
US20140221320A1 (en) | 2011-07-08 | 2014-08-07 | The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York | Topical minocycline ointment for suppression of allergic skin responses |
JP2014532717A (en) | 2011-11-03 | 2014-12-08 | プレシジョン ダーマトロジー インコーポレイテッドPrecision Dermatology, Inc. | Stable skin aerosol foam with reactive propellant |
US8801680B2 (en) | 2012-03-14 | 2014-08-12 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Angled retracting sheath for safety needle |
US9018236B2 (en) | 2012-03-22 | 2015-04-28 | Precision Dermatology, Inc. | Cyclodextrin-based microemulsions, and dermatological uses thereof |
CA2775393C (en) | 2012-05-02 | 2014-04-29 | Samy Saad | Topical non-aqueous pharmaceutical formulations |
JP2015525766A (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2015-09-07 | パラテック ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド | Tetracycline compounds for the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders |
PT106679B (en) | 2012-11-27 | 2015-03-25 | Hovione Farmaciencia Sa | TOPICAL FORMULATIONS OF TETRACYCLINES, THEIR PREPARATION AND USES |
US20140243300A1 (en) | 2013-02-28 | 2014-08-28 | Precision Dermatology, Inc. | Controlling the Bioavailability of Active Ingredients in Topical Formulations |
EP2961385A4 (en) | 2013-02-28 | 2016-07-27 | Prec Dermatology Inc | Topical formulations of corticosteroids with enhanced bioavailability |
WO2014151347A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-25 | Revance Therapeutics, Inc. | Minocycline derivatives |
US20140261916A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Thyssenkrupp Steel Usa, Llc | High strength - high ductility cold rolled recovery annealed steel and process for manufacture thereof |
EP3010487A4 (en) | 2013-06-17 | 2016-12-07 | Contract Pharmaceuticals Ltd | Non-aerosol foams for topical administration |
WO2015066717A1 (en) | 2013-11-04 | 2015-05-07 | BioPharmX, Inc. | Dosage form comprising an active ingredient and a plurality of solid porous microcarriers |
IN2013MU03646A (en) | 2013-11-20 | 2015-07-31 | Lupin Ltd | |
PT107433B (en) | 2014-01-28 | 2018-12-04 | Hovione Farm S A | PARTICLE SIZE REDUCTION AND CONTROL PROCESS |
WO2015153864A2 (en) | 2014-04-02 | 2015-10-08 | Hopkins Patricia T | Methods for treating inflammatory conditions |
-
2008
- 2008-12-01 WO PCT/IB2008/003908 patent/WO2009069006A2/en active Application Filing
- 2008-12-01 US US12/745,417 patent/US9439857B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2016
- 2016-09-12 US US15/263,120 patent/US20170157175A1/en not_active Abandoned
Cited By (35)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10117812B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2018-11-06 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Foamable composition combining a polar solvent and a hydrophobic carrier |
US10322085B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2019-06-18 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Dicarboxylic acid foamable vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
US10821077B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2020-11-03 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Dicarboxylic acid foamable vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
US11033491B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2021-06-15 | Vyne Therapeutics Inc. | Dicarboxylic acid foamable vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
US11103454B2 (en) | 2007-08-07 | 2021-08-31 | Vyne Therapeutics Inc. | Wax foamable vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
US10369102B2 (en) | 2007-08-07 | 2019-08-06 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Wax foamable vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
US11433025B2 (en) | 2007-12-07 | 2022-09-06 | Vyne Therapeutics Inc. | Oil foamable carriers and formulations |
US10363216B2 (en) | 2009-04-28 | 2019-07-30 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Foamable vehicles and pharmaceutical compositions comprising aprotic polar solvents and uses thereof |
US10213384B2 (en) | 2009-04-28 | 2019-02-26 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Foamable vehicles and pharmaceutical compositions comprising aprotic polar solvents and uses thereof |
US10588858B2 (en) | 2009-04-28 | 2020-03-17 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Foamable vehicles and pharmaceutical compositions comprising aprotic polar solvents and uses thereof |
US9884017B2 (en) | 2009-04-28 | 2018-02-06 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Foamable vehicles and pharmaceutical compositions comprising aprotic polar solvents and uses thereof |
US10092588B2 (en) | 2009-07-29 | 2018-10-09 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Foamable compositions, breakable foams and their uses |
US11219631B2 (en) | 2009-07-29 | 2022-01-11 | Vyne Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Foamable compositions, breakable foams and their uses |
US10350166B2 (en) | 2009-07-29 | 2019-07-16 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Non surface active agent non polymeric agent hydro-alcoholic foamable compositions, breakable foams and their uses |
US10821187B2 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2020-11-03 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Compositions, gels and foams with rheology modulators and uses thereof |
US10137200B2 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2018-11-27 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Surfactant-free water-free foamable compositions, breakable foams and gels and their uses |
US10029013B2 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2018-07-24 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Surfactant-free, water-free formable composition and breakable foams and their uses |
US10463742B2 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2019-11-05 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Topical tetracycline compositions |
US10517882B2 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2019-12-31 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Method for healing of an infected acne lesion without scarring |
US10265404B2 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2019-04-23 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Compositions, gels and foams with rheology modulators and uses thereof |
US10086080B2 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2018-10-02 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Topical tetracycline compositions |
US10610599B2 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2020-04-07 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Topical tetracycline compositions |
US10322186B2 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2019-06-18 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Topical tetracycline compositions |
US10238746B2 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2019-03-26 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd | Surfactant-free water-free foamable compositions, breakable foams and gels and their uses |
US9849142B2 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2017-12-26 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Methods for accelerated return of skin integrity and for the treatment of impetigo |
US10835613B2 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2020-11-17 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Compositions, gels and foams with rheology modulators and uses thereof |
US10213512B2 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2019-02-26 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Topical tetracycline compositions |
US10967063B2 (en) | 2009-10-02 | 2021-04-06 | Vyne Therapeutics Inc. | Surfactant-free, water-free formable composition and breakable foams and their uses |
US10849847B2 (en) | 2016-09-08 | 2020-12-01 | Foamix Pharamaceuticals Ltd. | Compositions and methods for treating rosacea and acne |
US11324691B2 (en) | 2016-09-08 | 2022-05-10 | Journey Medical Corporation | Compositions and methods for treating rosacea and acne |
US10398641B2 (en) | 2016-09-08 | 2019-09-03 | Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Compositions and methods for treating rosacea and acne |
CN112689497A (en) * | 2018-09-14 | 2021-04-20 | 联合利华知识产权控股有限公司 | Mousse composition |
WO2020053108A1 (en) * | 2018-09-14 | 2020-03-19 | Unilever Plc | Mousse composition |
US11884901B2 (en) | 2018-09-14 | 2024-01-30 | Conopco, Inc. | Mousse composition |
WO2020219919A1 (en) * | 2019-04-26 | 2020-10-29 | 3V Sigma Usa Inc. | Rapid gel polymericcompositions, systems and methods |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US9439857B2 (en) | 2016-09-13 |
WO2009069006A3 (en) | 2009-11-12 |
WO2009069006A2 (en) | 2009-06-04 |
US20110045037A1 (en) | 2011-02-24 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US9439857B2 (en) | Foam containing benzoyl peroxide | |
US10588858B2 (en) | Foamable vehicles and pharmaceutical compositions comprising aprotic polar solvents and uses thereof | |
US11433025B2 (en) | Oil foamable carriers and formulations | |
US9682021B2 (en) | Substantially non-aqueous foamable petrolatum based pharmaceutical and cosmetic compositions and their uses | |
US9539208B2 (en) | Foam prepared from nanoemulsions and uses | |
US8119109B2 (en) | Foamable compositions, kits and methods for hyperhidrosis | |
US20110097279A1 (en) | Stable non-alcoholic foamable pharmaceutical emulsion compositions with an unctuous emollient and their uses | |
US20120156144A1 (en) | Foamable Compositions, Kits and Methods for Hyperhidrosis | |
US20080152596A1 (en) | Polypropylene glycol foamable vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof | |
US20070292359A1 (en) | Polypropylene glycol foamable vehicle and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |